Beginners Complete Dropshipping Tutorial for 2025 (11 Hour Guide)

This is me in school. Next year, David hopes to study mining engineering in Adelaide Uni, and in ten years time, he hopes to be a billionaire. Despite being laughed at, I decided to go on the quest to become a billionaire, and over the past ten years, I've launched businesses in software I've mentored. I even launched a YouTube almost 500,000 subscribers. However, all of those business models pale in compare to one business model where I've made all of my money in this one particular business model. I've done over $800 million in sales, and now I plan

to give away the complete framework completely free, simply because I think it's going to be funny to see how many millionaires we can make. So what is this business model? You might have already heard of blurring out dropshipping, but this is inherently flawed. Dropshipping is where you go to a supplier. You go on to a website, like a Chinese website, and you stock their product on your website. Once you get an order on your website, you just contact that supplier, place an order with them, and ship the product to a customer. It's great for beginners

because you don't need to touch any of this stock, and you don't really need to outlay any capital. But the truth is, the model is inherently flawed. First of all, because you are selling such low quality items that you've barely touched a large portion of drop shippers will get their payment processing banned very, very quickly through things like Shopify. Meaning that all of your revenue can get locked as soon as you stop. The second issue is because you're selling really, really bad quality products, the users on the platforms that you're advertising on, like Facebook and

Google, absolutely hate you. And therefore they will often ban your advertising account as well, meaning you can't generate any more revenue. It's the fact that the product and the business that you launch, although you can get very, very early stage success, eventually the product just dies if it takes. This is because how easy it was for you to launch the store. It's very easy for other people to launch it as well, meaning the supply and the demand meets an equilibrium very quickly. So even if you can jump through all of these hurdles to finally get

a successful store, it's going to be short lived and eventually it's going to go to zero. So what's the answer? The answer is exactly how I've created my wealth, which is to create a brand. By building a brand, we're creating a set of values that our customers share with us. We are also providing an amazing customer experience, ensuring that the customers keep coming back and back. And this allows us to launch future products as well, which stops that equilibrium happening. Now I know what you're thinking. This sounds really expensive. People invest millions to create a

brand, but I've created the Millionaire Outcome framework to get all of the benefits of dropshipping, while ensuring that customers have a great experience. And you can compound the business. We do this through incredible product selection, great branding and positioning, and sustainable marketing practices. Now, before I tell you what's in the framework, I need to be real with you. Whenever we learn something new, it's a very, very frustrating and lonely journey. We constantly question whether we're intelligent enough or if we're doing the right thing. But you only live once, and if you aren't a 9 to

5 right now and you know that you want something more in life, you need to commit to a regular schedule of actually learning and implementing those learnings. But here's the good news. I'm going to be building a store alongside of you every single week. This way you can come on to millionaires.com or this YouTube and watch the video and just copy me step by step. For those that have watched videos similar to this, you're probably waiting for an ask. You're probably waiting for me to sell you something and I'm not going to. This is completely

free. All you need to do is subscribe to this channel or head to Millionaire's dot com. One thing you will notice though, is there is a bunch of software that I use to maximize revenue for my store. Granted, some of these people are affiliates, but they are the tools that I recommend and I would be using anyway for the course. Also set up a discord which is completely optional. You don't need to join that, but I've had this discord free for the past two years, and there's been too many spammers and scammers, too much moderation,

so I've set that up at one dollars. Similar to how Elon Musk did with Twitter. For those skeptics out there that think this is about money for me, I could launch this for $10,000 a ticket this course, and I could probably make $20 million for it. This is not about money. I want to create an impact and get as many people rich as possible. For those that are starting out with super low budgets and barely have anything, I've done my best to suggest as many free tools as possible so you can keep your budget as

low as possible. So how does this course compare to other people's costs? Aside from it being free? The first thing I say is I've done over $800 million in sales, and I've been focused on this for seven or so years. A lot of the other courses that you'll see out that people have only done about $5 million maximum in sales before they start selling info products, they've designed their course to maximize revenue for them rather than success of their students. I don't need that money. The second thing I'll say is that this course is going

to be far, far longer than most of them. Now, this might feel really, really confronting for you, but the truth is, there's a lot of just small steps that a lot of other courses miss, as well as big things about how to position the brand for the future. So what are we going to cover? First we're going to cover how to find really great products. This is a framework that I've been working on for the past four or so years, and I've done multiple speeches on it. Once we have the product, we've got to create

the brand. We've got to understand how to position it, what angles are going to work for marketing, and how to make the brand look beautiful across all platforms. Then I'm going to show you how to do budget photography and actually breathe in proper Photoshop so that you can elevate your dropshipping brand past all of your competitors as well as photos. I'm going to show you how to create user generated content, which is a video format that works very, very well on advertising platforms. Once we have all of that content, then we're going to go and

set up our marketing channels and our Shopify store. I'm going to show you step by step instructions of every single settings that you need to know. Then once we start getting some sales, we're going to start showing you some advanced stuff. We're going to show you how to scale up and down advertising platforms such as Google, Facebook and TikTok, as well as how to optimize your emails and split testing over time. So if you're truly ready to actually commit to learning. Head to millionaires.com and subscribe to this YouTube. Let's get after it. When I first

started e-commerce, I didn't know my dick from my elbow. I didn't know what I was doing. I didn't know how to launch ads. I didn't know how to source products. But I got lucky. I picked one product and it was the perfect timing. I was basically just boosting posts on Facebook, and I was making so much money and 10 million in my first year. And a lot of people are saying, yeah, you know, you're amazing at e-commerce. But the truth is, early in those days, I was not and I just got lucky. And that's what

I want for you. So I since then have launched hundreds and hundreds of products before, and I think I've distilled these data points from a lot of failures as well. This story is about like uncommon getting lucky. There are a lot of people in Daily Mentor, my seven figure coaching group that quickly did $3 million in that first year because they just picked the right product, they picked the right trend. So without further ado, let's get into it. So the first one. This may sound trite, overused, but it needs to solve a big problem. Yeah,

I had a lot of ego and I thought I could pretty much sell anything online. I decided to sell coolers. So like skis that were, motorized and you could take them down to the beach now. Portable. Now that anyone that knows that industry won the problem that you're solving isn't that big. You're just keeping beers a little bit colder, which is a huge burning desire for certain people. Compare that to something like back pain or, plantar fasciitis. Like foot pain. Like these are big problems that big avatars are facing compared to something quite small. So

long story short, that business blew up in my face, and it was largely because of two things. The first one being that I was struggling to communicate the value of the product and create instant demand. And then the second reason for it was that it was actually saturated, which I'm going to touch on. I think it's point number six, but go down to, point two. I like to really reflect on the marketing channel that I'm actually going to use to acquire customers as well. So right now there are two main ways of targeting customers for

e-commerce that I that I actually recommend. The first is obvious it's Facebook ads. This is where I've created all of my wealth, and it is the most powerful marketing tool that has ever existed. Realistically, providing the product follows a lot of the other framework across, what I'm talking about today. Facebook Ads is going to work for you. The second point is this organic viral content strategy that I'm going to probably try to teach you guys. With my product selection as well. Making sure that I can cover both of these areas, because that product will probably

work on Facebook, but the product that works on Facebook might not be able to go viral because it needs a visual element. So that brings me to my next point, which makes a really great product, is there needs to be some kind of visual element for those that have been following me for a while. They know that I launched I. I've done this challenge before. I launched a brand that I made decent money with the draw up. I got it viral and it was a yellow cleaning scrub, which is similar to the pink stuff, which

is a pink cleaning scrub. And the reason why that product works very similar to high smell. The reason why that works is because it's just a different color. And there's patent interruption on these organic fades. So they're scrolling down and they're like, why is that cleaning product pink? And then I actually watch the video and that can go viral. So the next point that I think is a really important factor is really good gross margin. You really want your gross margin to be over 60% if possible. So a lot of the tools that I'm actually

going to show you how to find winning products will calculate this margin for you as well. But I'm also going to give you a manual calculation sheet as well, so you can make sure that you've got over 60%. Now this brings me to my other point, which is you want to have preferably an average order value of over $100. Now, because we're dropshipping due to one, the product being quite small and probably the materials being quite cheap, you know, in terms of just how many atoms the material uses. There is a good chance that we're

not going to be able to sell the product for over $100, because it's going to be competitive and there's going to be lots of versions and the price is going to be down. So but realistically, all of the products that I have scoured very, very well have had an average order value of over $100. And that's why I think that it should be on my list. If you break that those two things down together, if I'm selling a product for $100 and I've got 60% margin, maybe I spend $40 for a customer and then I

make $20 net profit, which is great unit economics. Now the next thing is saturation. Now, I am a firm believer that if you are an incredible marketer, that saturation is a good thing. One of my friends, they decided to test themselves, and they found the most saturated product that they possibly could with dropshipping. And they are very good marketers, by the way. And they launched it. And within I think, six months, they were on a $40 million a year run rate. So that was on track to make $40 million over the near future 12 month

period, just because they picked the most saturated product and there was already demand for it, and they just annihilated their competitors because it is a little bit of like a winner takes most market. When your creative's a doubt in whether your website's dialed in, whether you've got the best margin so you can spend a little bit more it definitely if you think about a distribution curve, if you are, you know, 20% better on those ads, you definitely don't just take 20% a market, they take a lot more. Now, that being said, for you, the beginner,

I want you to pick the least saturated, most niche possible so that I can get you early success and profitable customers without wasting too much money. There is a lot of like iterative process and a lot of wasted spend when we go into a really competitive thing. And also because you are basically competing on Facebook, it's a it's an auction system. So I don't want you to go and start auctioning up again someone like me. I want you to find something really new. That's kind of a bad spot. Now, how do we know whether that's

happening? One of the first things is that already in a department store. Like, it could be, you know, something like Kmart in Australia, it could be something like Walmart. And that's a very simple thing to figure out. You just search the product category on Google, and if you can see it on T, Mary or Shane for like absolutely $0, super, super cheap. And chances are that's probably already saturated. Can there be cases where you can take one of those products and brand it better, and make a slight variation in the product at, beat them? Of

course there is. But for this example, I want you to spend a lot of time on the product process and try to find something that's at least that tried as possible. One other thing that you can do with this as well is it's not just if it's saturated. In the US, you can use the free tool called search from you just right in search form in Google and you can then search the Google ads, the shopping ads in other regions. So like you'd say massage gun or something like that. And even though that it's scaling

in the United States, I might not be scaling elsewhere. And I'll show you a tool to help you with this as well. It's a paid one. But the interesting thing is, there's so many people in Daily Mentor that there's their first business. There's selling in Finland, Norway, Sweden, all of these countries that the large dropshipping community or people don't actually try to scale in because one, the duties that confusing to it's a smaller market. So we might just if we do want to do a really saturated product or we're worried about saturation, we can go

to one of these smaller markets and scale out our dropshipping product there. Next up we've got, can you make the product different. Now this is very difficult for a product that we are just getting from China or getting off AliExpress or Alibaba, because we're just taking what the supplier can give us and anyone can access that. There are ways that you can make it a little bit more differentiated. You can either work with the supplier to make some customized version, but a lot of the customization is either going to be in the product packaging or

the branding, which I'm going to show you exactly how to do with Zen drop the tool that we're going to use to actually deliver these products. But I think that the other thing that you can differentiate, which I don't think anyone has really talked about well, is positioning as well. So why am I selling a knee brace or something like that? In a competitive market, everyone is selling it for, let's say, marathon runners. Where you going to sell it to old people? Now, that's obviously not a great example because there's lots of people selling it

for both. But if we can do enough market research to find new ways to position these products, that's going to be differentiated within the branding, and it's going to be a really good form of protection with you. And it's even like the product imagery is a form of differentiating against the common dropship of that is just absolutely lazy and doesn't and uses a supplier images. Next up, we've got the size. Now, when we launched the O.T., one of the interesting things was dropship has tried to launch the product, but because, fabric's so heavy and thick,

that's why it was so popular. Dropship has had to scale down the product in terms of thickness to actually make it feasible to ship internationally from China. So they couldn't really dropship our high quality product without charging the exact same price is us. And why wouldn't you just buy the original? So size is a really good differentiator when possible in terms of building a brand. But when it comes to dropshipping, we need the product. On the flip side, we need a smaller product. So we're not going to pick anything really, really big in our research

process because otherwise it's just not going to be economically feasible. The freight is going to be too expensive compared to actually what we can sell the product for. The next one is compliance. Now, I want this to be a relatively simple experience for you guys initially. I don't want you to selling something that, can harm someone. So for example, like a baby product, there's a large amount of compliance that goes into this stuff. And now the typical process is the supplier will give you certifications, they'll use a testing agency like SGS or something like that.

This is the same as if it's electrical. They should have all of the certifications and you should site them. You should also get your products, your own products with the custom branding, the white labeling that we're going to do tested as well. Because if any, if you start to scale that up, any regulatory agency is going to want to see that. Now, this is the thing. You know, a lot of you people are just like, oh, wow, that none of that made sense to me. And that's fine. Like, we just don't need to pick those

products. We can just pick something really, really simple for you. And this is the same with like counterfeit. We're not going to pick a Pokemon product. We know we need to pay the licenses there, and we know that the longevity is not there. We're just going to get banned off Shopify. We're going to get banned on Facebook. So yeah, don't pick is it compliant products is what I'm trying to say now the next one is a little bit exclusive to me, I think. And I think people, don't really talk about it enough. My three biggest

product launches when I launch them, they weren't on AliExpress. Yes. Which is counterintuitive, right? It's like one I wasn't dropshipping them, but it's like, how did you even get the product? And this is a really good indication of saturation. Like we were talking about before. But the interesting thing is, if you can find it on Alibaba and use Zen Drop like we're talking about, which I'm going to show you how to do, you can actually get dragged across to AliExpress and you kind of got this little advantage as well. So realistically a lot of these

products are going to end up on AliExpress. This is quite rare to find, to be completely honest. I'm not sure if we're going to be able to find it today, but I will show you the process. The next one is the product. I just has the work. You can easily get a decent dropshipping business to $10 million revenue per year with a garbage product, but realistically one that's unethical. You're taking advantage of customers. They're going to be annoyed too. It's really going to be stressful because you're going to get a lot of chargebacks, you're going

to get banned from certain things, and it's just not right. Then it's just not optimal. If we're selling a product that works, we're going to get viral coefficient. So we're going to get word of mouth referrals. The friends are going to tell their friends, and it's just going to be so much easier. We're going to get good reviews. And people when studying our product, they're going to purchase from us again. So we really just want to make sure that whatever we're promising with our products, it actually works. So the next one is, is it part

of a really big chain? Now, one technique that I do here is I go on to Google Trends, and you can write in something like Carnivore Diet, but also an authentic one is just say it going up and to the right. If it's tapering off for like a six month period, that's still sometimes okay, providing that it's being kind of parabolic before it. But if it's kind of, you know, been one year growth and then one year slowly coming down or three years growth and then like one year coming down, that's when I'm a little

bit tentative to go into that space. The other thing that you can do is on Google Trends, you can search something that is like relatively consistent being searched, against your trend. And you can see sometimes that that kind of levels it out. I don't think the big trend, side of things is 100% necessary, by the way, because one, it might just be a bad pop. You might be so early. Nobody was searching wearable blankets when I was launching early. Nobody was so searching way to blankets when I was starting most the Google Trends was like

flat. And then it was like straight up and got ahead of them. So it doesn't need that much track record. But the next point, my final point is very, very important, especially if you don't have a huge amount of budget and you're just getting started. Everything that you do needs to be very achievable and within your circle of competence. And let me explain that there's a large amount of content that you're going to need to shoot. You're going to shoot the product imagery, you're going to need a sheet, Facebook ads, you're going to need to

write briefs about the creative side of things. Now, as a really good marketer, I feel like I could sell anything. I could go into any product category I could do. And I'm going to give you this research process. I don't think anyone has done very well about how to, understand positioning, how to do competitive research, how to understand your avatar. But it's that's a lot of work. If you are already an expert in something like fitness, you're already an expert in, like, chess can get to skip that stage of, like, learning the customer. Cas9 is

actually real. Much easier to market because you're just marketing to yourself. That's not 100% required again, but one thing that definitely is it. You need to be ready to shoot content for this. Let's say if you're going to do rock climbing equipment or something like that, and the innovative helmet for rock climbing, you want to hope you can rock climb, because otherwise you're just going to have to pay other people to do it. A lot of these prices, you're going to be shooting the ads initially yourself, and plus even the rock climbing show, even if

you're paying someone that is compared to someone that needs to, you know, put a collar on their dog, it's going to be way more expensive and laborious for them. And this is the same with like really beautifully interior photos. This is why all of the wall print businesses that are dropshipping like prints have to use AI photos because it's really hard to properly style them now. Luckily, they can use AI photos in Photoshop, but if you're going to use something else like a rug, it can't be photoshopped. You really need to think about the content

process here. If you don't have access to like, a girlfriend or a mom or something like that, don't do a female based product, especially in the early stages. Now, if you're a little bit more experienced, which I think a few people are, and you've got a little bit of a budget put behind this, then chances are you can get away from that as well. Probably, ignore what I just said there, and you can just go for the best opportunity. So I'm going to go through quickly, go through that frequently asked questions again just to make

sure I covered everything. So if you've got any of these questions you can message it in our discord. But we've got what is a good profit margin for a product. You know, we want at least 60% gross margin if possible. How do I choose the right marketing channel for my product? Largely based on what you think that it's going to work on, based out of the Facebook and that the organic, but also what you think you're good at, like if you're really good at operations, if you're really kind of data driven, then maybe Facebook is

going to be the way to go. But if you have already, you know, if you think you can make viral TikToks and there's some indication of that, maybe you've got a little bit of a social media following on your own page. Or you've been studying lots. Then maybe you want to pick that channel. Maybe if you're like 20 years ago, if, like if you started a come back, then you maybe are an SEO person. So I would probably lean towards the skill set that I have, but at the same time focusing on the larger channels

that I've mentioned. So what does it mean to have a product to have a visual element? It's basically something that can do pattern interruptions or to create the desired outcome. That is a visually interesting thing that creates anticipation, that is relatively the unique like think about colored board boardshorts to create the outcome. You splash water on it and that creates a bit of like a shock to the brain. So why is it important for put out to solve a big issue? It's important simply because you can communicate a big burning desire and therefore get people

to take action quickly. How do I determine a product if a product is saturated? When over that Google at and look at how many sophisticated competitors are also at the product. The trend rocket that I'm about to show you will also allow you to search a lot of these competitors and see how many Facebook ads are running for that existing product, which will be helpful. What should I consider when setting the average order value? Realistically, the market is going to determine that as well as the cost of the product. So that's going to be in

the next step. What are some examples of compliance issues that I should be aware of? Anything that's electrical, anything that's selling to babies is definitely something that's going to need a lot of insurance and a lot of testing. So now we know all of the theory we can get in and start using these tools and find some product. And we're going to build a huge list of products so that we can start selling. The next step is finding as many products as possible. This is probably the funnest, stage of e-commerce. I think asides are making

sales because we can see all of these amazing trends and all of these amazing businesses by the end of this process. What we want is options. We just want so many different options. We're not just looking for one idea, we're looking for ten. And this is because we're going to refine our thought process later on and pick. We're obviously going to only pick 1 or 2 to pursue. But one thing's for sure is that you'll find a winning product and you'll be like, this is awesome, but then you'll find another one. You feel like this

is even more awesome. So we just want to kind of build this, big master list of potential products that we can sell. Now, there's obviously two ways that we can find products we can do conscious scrolling, and we can just go out Instagram feed, or we can do we can use a paid tool. Now I'm going to cover a little bit about both, but the reason why I recommend a paid tool is because the the amount of investment in time that we're about to take, like we're going to have to order samples, we're going to

have tissue content, we're going to build a website, which is going to take a week. Then if it works, we're going to be running this product for three years, possibly if it works really well, maybe just a year. If it's a it's a flash in the pan. But like the amount of investment that needs to go into something in the future compared to paying a small amount of upfront money to actually get a winning product, the right winning product, it's just going to pay dividends. So the first way that we can find winning products, the

complete free method is we're just going to go onto an Instagram or TikTok, and we're going to sign up to a brand new account. You can just call it Spy Tool or, you know, David's spying or, you could even name it around the niche that you're looking for. Let's say you want to launch a pet product. You can actually do it on desktop as well. We can go and we can sign up for this account and we can just scroll this. This is called the scrolling method. What we want to do is we want to

interact not with ads, not just with normal pies. We want to interact with sponsored posts that we think are good. So we can click on to the website. We can lock the photo. This is basically going to tell Facebook that we're an interactive shopper, and you're just going to get served more ads. More e-commerce ads don't interact with things like medical ads or just things that you can't dropship. You basically indicate to Facebook that you want to see more ads or you're about to shop. You can just keep doing this and scrolling through and saving

all of the links and then reassessing from there. But I do highly recommend the portal. Full disclosure I created Trend Rocket. I've been creating this tool for the past three years because I saw when I launched three brands to $10 million pretty much in the first 12 months that product was just the most important thing and most importantly, regional competition being that there's no competitors for that product was one of the main variables that was important. So what I tried to do was try to build a tool that gave you all the cutting edge new

products with low amounts of competitors, with a ton of data. So what we want to do is we want to go to trend rocket.io, and then we're going to sign up so we can start our free trial. And we can select the plan. Just select the monthly basic plan for now. Now as soon as we're in just general cut, we're just going to get a bunch of training brands. I will give you a walkthrough of all of these, these things on the side in a second. The first thing we're going to want to do is

come into Creative Center and we're going to want to create a new board. So I'm just going to create product ideas and you'll see why I'm doing this in a second. Basically, I'm creating a big board, with all of these, product ideas that I can actually, start selling. So once we've created that board, which we're going to populate with products, the main thing that we're going to do is we're going to come to this discover brand section. Now, the unique thing about Churn Rocket, compared to these other tools, now there is 30,000 brands in there.

There's also over 1.5 million ads. That is in this section just here. It's very easy for us to just populate train rocket with, you know, with like a million brands. We just scrape lists and populate them and start scraping data. But if you for anyone that has used other paid products, software or spy tools, it is so overwhelming. There are just so many different products in there. There's Korean game shows that are like running ads that you like, have to have filter through with English, and then some of them don't filter. There's UN compliant scam

products that were never scaling in the first place. So realistically, by keeping the, the data set small, we're making it easier for you to find brand, because a lot of these brands, like the vast majority of these brands, could work. These products could work for you. So, but to filter through it, because 30,000 is still a large amount of brands, what we're going to do is we're going to add a filter. So the first thing we're going to do is we're going to make sure that Instagram followers, and the Facebook likes are relatively low because

when someone launches Facebook ads, they do an automatic placement. So, you know, their Facebook likes and their Instagram followers are going to increase. So we're basically saying to train rocker, we want someone that is relatively new to, let's go 10,000 relatively new as a page. That way we know that they haven't spent too many ads, but we also want to go into Facebook Ads camp and make sure that they are running some ads. Right. So like going 1010 ads there, because that way we know that they're actually running Facebook ads because that's the channel that

we want to run. So that's narrowed it down to 524 brands for me. Obviously there's the brands are increasing every single day. So don't be too stressed. Do we get a different number. Now what I like to do here is I like to just hold command or I think it's control for for PC. And I just like to go through all of these brands and just open them up. So I'm just going to click into a bunch of these and I can come across. Now, the next thing that I want to do is you can

read this, but I just like clicking a website as well to clicking into all of these websites just so I can see what they are. And honestly, I can do this for hours. I'm obsessed with products. It's so much fun. So this is looks like it's a pretty premium. I have no idea what this is. Is it active wear cycling gear? So kind of like vintage training wear, which is interesting. Then we've got a pets. This is looks like a dropshipping product. Looks like it's a pet brush as well as a detangling spray. That's really

interesting. In C, we pretty much got a product in there. If we really wanted to. Obviously, we're not going to pick the first products that we say we want to spend at least a day on this, maybe even two days. And we're just going to, as I said, put in the list. So let's say I like this new a pets. I can come into some other things. They're scaling scores really high, their revenue scores really low, which means that their business isn't very old and is getting scores very high, which is fantastic. We can go

into that traffic and revenue. But the truth is that it's still pretty, pretty early. But we can come into that Facebook ads as well and see all the Facebook ads they've ever run. So they are running that brush. They're not running the detangling spray. And this is the one thing that we can do. We can click on here and we can add these to the product ideas board that we saved before. There's actually already a default winning products board. And I can just click save ad because I don't mind this product. And then I'm pretty

much just going to repeat this. I'm going to go through here. So gamer advantage it is a proven lens proven lens to improve sleep reducing headaches. And obviously it's for gamers as well. It looks like they're kind of selling supplements, which is really interesting. So a lot of these stores, it's a little bit confusing what their main feature product is. And that's when you come into the Facebook ads and you see what is their main core product, because there's this, the thing that they're running heads towards. So this is a great example of if they

are just selling blue light glasses, which, a very saturated product looks like they've got a couple of other features behind it. I'm still struggling to understand what it is. They this is a great advanced AI. Great example of positioning. So if it is blue light, people are selling it to the teenagers that are studying people, selling it to gamers, to people selling it to older people, they get headaches. There's plenty of different positioning that we can actually do for these products. That's what we want to understand. So now we have, buy a first, which looks

like it's like kind of like a supplement, you know, open up. It looks like it's kind of a supplement brand. Looks pretty cool. Let's go see that feature product. So it looks like the selling stuff male tried hands natural kind of solution. This is a really good product for people that want to run, some advanced stuff. It's going to be pretty competitive if if it's not, unless you have like a really kind of unique ingredient, you're going to save it to the board anyway just so we can, study it. I can just see my Nuka.

So the manuka skin saber, let's just study that a little bit more, because maybe that's a vile ingredient. The richest people in the world are the most observant. If you were at dinner when you first heard about Bitcoin and you bought it then and there, how much money would have made? I bet you everyone heard about Bitcoin when it was still very, very low and the vast majority of people would have dismissed it and said, this is a this is a fad. This is a trend. I'm not even going to bother trying to understand it

because it's confusing the rich people in life will actually stop and pause and be curious and be like, I need to understand this. Not I'm not going to act on it, but I'm not going to judge. And I want to understand, because that way I can connect the dots in other future things as well. So that really weird friend that you have that suddenly starts doing something like eating just may pay attention to it, because chances are that really weird friend has. What about a trend before you or has learned something that you don't know

and you need to at least understand? And that's kind of what I just did there with this Manuka, product. I was clicking out of it because I'm going quite quickly to show you what I'm looking for. But at the same time, manok is just an interesting ingredient. I'm just like, okay, can it if it is like manuka honey or something like that, is there something that I can apply that into another beauty based product for something different? But yeah, as expected, this is, Nuka Honey, which looks really cool. Really interesting product that now we've got

fashionable walking canes. I think that this is probably pretty, pretty niche. But at the same time, there is riches in niches, that's for sure. Not going to save that one just because I don't really want to sell walking canes. And we've got a bunch of other products. This looks like cycling, luxury cycling and running gear. It's a bit too commoditized. Kind of not what I'm looking for. If I was to start a fashion brand and not to discourage you guys when we find some cool products here that we can dropship, I think that, you know,

I probably would use the design and to make them very, very unique. But at the same time, if you find a piece of fashion that has some functional element for it, then that you can call out that as well. That's already dropshipping. I still think it is is viable, but it can't just be really great looking clothes. In my opinion, I have seen some dropship is doing some solid numbers with like dresses, but they're selling a dress that a celebrity is just one. And then doing, this, they're kind of using that imagery. So sometimes that's

a little bit dodgy. But at the same time, it's just like, you guys need to be aware of that. You kind of need a unique angle if you're just going to sell commodities, base clothing. My opinion with all of this products, like in our discord, we're going to have a winning product section. I'm going to keep sending products there that I think are winners. So make sure you join that and we can just chat about products like if anyone finds any, anything really interesting or wants feedback, we can chat about that. There is definitely a

thing with dropshipping because it is so easy to actually scale that you don't want to share your winning product with anyone. I assume that if I shared a winning product, a million people will start doing it. So you really want to get feedback about your products from people that you trust, a feedback about your ads from people that you trust. But then you just go, spreading it out in our discord as well. Just, a small note, but one thing that I really like to do with general as well is just come in to the ads,

and typically I'll have just a change in mind. You know, I mentioned the carnival thing before, but what I'm really looking for, for in my product, because my purpose is not to make lots of money, but, probably will have to make a lot of money to prove to you guys that this is the way to do it. I'm looking for something that allows me to cover a wide range of skill sets, so I want something that can do the viral creator. I want something that can do the Facebook ads, but I also want something that

can allow me to show you the more complicated ways of acquiring customers so you can be an advance person. Typically, what people will do with Facebook ads is they'll create just a random iPhone photo video that gives a couple of influencers and they'll post it. That is their basics, and we'll start with that. But then the more advanced stuff is using advertorials. And also Vsauce, which is advertorials, is kind of like a news, a news kind of website that tells a story. And VSL is a video sales, that is, which is a much longer form

of piece of content. They can educate consumers a lot more. The people that are doing $100 million, $200 billion through dropshipping products are the ones that are doing that. And that's why I want to show you. So I can't pick a product like just a standard jacket or something like that, because I'm not going to be able to write advertorials. There's no large burning problem solution that requires education to bridge that gap with that product. So that's what I'm looking for, as well as all of the previous product requirements that we've we've previously talked about.

So if you have this large, large kind of problem that you want to solve or something that you're looking for, you can just expedite the search through the ad section. So I could also just search in something like posture. And when you get a little bit older an experience within the industry, you start to see all of these trends that go full circle. So things that are just always going to be an issue for people. There's a solution that comes out and then a better mousetrap comes out and it keeps iterating. And I think posture

is definitely one of those. So we can look at all of these different posture shapers. We can add these to the product ideas, bomb. As so many different silly selections chairs such a big niche. But waste Cheney's. So it can play a lot of these videos. A lot of them. Same from this honey love brand. So there's shapewear that's kind of cool, shaped by such a big trend. And there as well, I've got posture chairs again, orthopedic shoes. I think. One thing about the advertorials that I mentioned, if it is for an older audience, definitely

likes better, I think that people find that form of marketing. You've probably seen them before. It's like you'll never believe. It's kind of like the infomercial vibes. And typically it does work with a little bit better with an older audience because they're willing to actually read and look at things rather than Gen Z millennials that just want to buy the product and do all of their research, actually, on, this is an interesting one. That's a great hook. So I got men shapewear as well. Hey, that's pretty cool. Dumb shit as well. Cool bunch of products.

Let's keep going. Let's go to something like ADHD. So fellow ADHD, maybe I can relate to these sweats. So we've got this brand here. I don't have sound. For anyone touching to really good ad. Just one consistent clip. I like it, so it's basically a shot that helps ADHD. I like that it's interesting. I think we're going to be able to do anything with formulations or like supplements is often difficult to dropship because the quality. You really don't want to sell something dodgy in that area as. And if you're getting it from straight from a

Chinese factory, you're not vetting the product. You know, checking all of its compliance is probably another one of those compliant products. But I'm a little bit too scared to use, from dropshipping. I'd want to run all the tests, all the compliance tests and whatnot. So next we have this pod. I a shark tank. I'm actually seeing him next month, so it should be fun. He signed up for Shark Tank season two. Hopefully you can make it. So we'll go into this one as well. I don't know why that's for ADHD. Okay, so the review footwear

for ADHD. It's kind of interesting. Now this product I'm assuming if I know what it is. I just grab another one. It's hard up here to be matte which is going to be too big to drop shit. So there's no point saving that one. Called the selling imposter corrector as well. So saturated that product at the same time, it's kind of tempting to take that to the hottest possible product, the most competitive at least then would test the skills. Cool. So that's, relatively consistent across these brands. Next, we can do something like cleaning, cleaning is

always good because at the anticipation that it takes for people to receive the the end of the clean thing, because people are going to see you applying something, then they're gonna be like, okay, that's going to be clean. That was so obvious. I'm so sorry for just saying that, but we've got some good cleaning products here. That looks pretty awesome. That's visually super appealing and interesting. Shower. It's pin that. So compared to the sculling method of just sculling on Facebook and seeing all the ads, we've found just so many different products so quickly. So it's

just going to be a big time saver. And they're just better products as well. So this is a sprinkler. That's really cool. I've never seen that before. I don't really see what the benefit is versus the other sprinklers, but it does look quite nice. One thing we can also do is go in filters in AD. By now we can make sure that the videos are relatively long 30 to 1 20s if we wanted to go and find VSL videos, we can use, 2 to 10 minutes. Just get our movies by now and we've got chocolate.

I don't really want to do a formulation, so clean drinking water. If you're wondering about like what trends you can actually search, we can just go into ChatGPT. And ChatGPT is going to be best friend for the next, next period where you can try these things. You can just write in what, some of the best dropshipping nations, and it'll give you a bunch of lists. So fitness and health, beauty and skincare, like we got pet. Be more specific. We can send that. Resistance bands, posture correctors, keto. So we can basically punch any of that into

Trend rocket and get some good stuff. So again, let's just do pet. So now we've got a bunch of pet product so we can look at and see what's unique about their positioning. It's a nice little hook. So these are tough toys for dogs. It's pretty easy product not mass market but definitely kind of niche. We've got pet harnesses. Hydration devices. It's pretty cool sweat. So I feel like we've got enough ideas now so we can come back to this creative center. And all of those ideas that we just, talked about are here. I think

there's definitely more that ten so how do we decide which one to pursue? So one thing that I really like about Trend Rocket is that, as I said before in the previous video, if a product is right, like relatively unique and is not covered over AliExpress, which the vast majority of the competing trending software like products, spyware tools are, they're just grabbing from AliExpress, scraping the data about how quickly those are selling and then suggesting those products to you. You end up selling the exact same products as everybody else. General goods a little bit different

because we're finding products in a different way. So realistically, you can, be relatively sure that you're not going to overlap with these these, a ton of competitors when you find these winners to understand which one to go for. It's a bit of an art versus science. I think that some people are very, very good at understanding trends and understanding how to market products. And those people are generally like creative right sides, right side of the brain, people, then those people that are a little bit more logistical, a little bit more factual, that really struggle to

wrap their head around. And they want to use data to drive the decision. Depending on who you are is really going to be how much risk you want to take in this next step, because I think that for me, I will probably just go through one of these products and pick it based off my knowledge of the industry. Now, you might just be too terrified to do that. And that is is not good. I want to get you over that hurdle. I want to get you to just launch a product and learn by doing, you

know, action creates information, but for the next steps, what I would probably do is I would pick a product that I like. After all of that research, I'm going to take this pet hydration, one. I'm just as an example. And what I'm going to do is I'm going to just go into the brand and I can study a little bit more about it. So I want to just go to the website there, click through before it's okay. I doing some seriously great numbers. I'm seriously good numbers. Really nicely branded, which is this will be a

custom product based on their branding and how nice it is. It'll be a custom product, meaning you're not going to be able to find it on AliExpress or Alibaba, but that doesn't mean we can't find a similar product solves a similar issue, and scale it that way. So it's basically a dog fountain. So it looks like it's filtering the dog's water, which makes a lot of sense. Pulls dog for crumbs. Great. That makes sense. Really nice clean website. Looks like they've designed it all themselves. The use case is obvious for this product, so we can

pretty much now go into dog filtered water and we can use Google to understand how saturated is. Now, if you want to sell your product in the United States, you should be at your location in Australia or vice versa. You should use a VPN and you use the google.com today, or google.com, and you should be searching in that country with a VPN on so that you're getting the suggestions based on being in that region, because that's what your consumer is going to say. And it's also going to be like what competitors are there? So we

can see that there are a fair few competitors here. When we when we see something like Amazon being super cheap for our product, we can be a little bit concerned about it. And we can see again that there's retailers selling our product or something similar. So this is probably not something that we should go after because unless we can find a real unique design to find this, we can go to AliExpress and we can write in dog filter. And we can see that there's this design which is probably going to match that previous design that

I saw before. Something similar. And you can also just check out the price as well, $18 for that one, $13 for that one. Does fish efficient. What that. That's weird. I wonder if the cat likes it more than regular water with the fishnet. But one thing that we can look for is if we are looking at the exact same product across all of these here, and they look ugly and they don't solve the right use case that we just have had a bright idea about, that's when I would like still, even if it was in

a retailer, still spend a bit of time in AliExpress to see if I could find a product that I really wanted, or I would go to Alibaba and which is a little bit harder to get into dropshipping, but at the same time we can do it and we can look at, pet filtration and what, and we're going to find even very, very different products on here as well. Let me go. Pet water help filtration. I'm outta water. Both. And I can say that that's that previous one. But this is where I would spend a fair

bit of time trying to research if I can find a better product than those out there. Now, as I said earlier, I don't want you to pick something too competitive. So this example that I've just grabbed is just far too competitive. You need to spend a lot more time in this, section and trying to find brands that or new products that aren't just completely saturated. Eventually what you'll do is you stumble upon a product that is relatively new. It only has 2 or 3 competitors. Then what you can do is you can go into the

competitor's website and just check out how sophisticated they are. If it's a terrible website, chances are you're still very, very early. Then there's a good chance that this product, considering one competitor is scaling it, there's not that many competitors. They're also doing a really bad job. That's the winner. That's the one that we really just want to jump into and get moving very quickly. And the next step will just be coming straight on to AliExpress, searching it, getting it on to Z drop and starting to sell, which I'm going to show you in the next

module for me. I've got to decide what product to sell. Obviously I think honestly the orthopedic shoes, I'd be able to scale that pretty well. This is just going to be too big. These guys look like they're, I think selling in this competition where space should be good. It's it's honestly going to be so difficult. And chances are like, I'm going to have to invest a lot of time into the advertising. But at the same time, I think, as I said, I want to pick something really, really difficult so that one I can flex or

at the same time show you how to problem solve when things don't go as planned. But I probably I'm going to work with something in the competition where space, it's very competitive, but at the same time it's a mass market. I think that one thing that you can do is mixed use cases as well. So yeah, I've got the posture where and I've got the compression where both big things. Is there a way that my positioning can mix both of those two concepts so I can activate both audiences as well? Now we need to spend

a bit of time market researching that, but we need to find the exact product that we're going to drop ship. But we also need to write the briefs and the positioning and the branding so that we can actually compete in this competitive space. So now we have our list of products. What we need to do is we need to find a supplier that can both ship us a sample and also ship our customers their orders. Once we start marketing our product. Now to do this, we have a couple of options. We can go to AliExpress,

we can go to Alibaba and we can, communicate with these suppliers, get samples. The problem with that is it does take a lot of time. And it also is very frustrating. Anyone that's talk directly to a Chinese supplier that doesn't have great English knows how long it can actually take. So I highly recommend using a dropshipping tool. The dropshipping tool I recommend is Zen Drop. Now let me explain why and let me explain a little bit more about the industry as a whole. I was offered around $100,000 to do a promotion for a dropshipping tool

in this video, and there's a lot of money floating around in the industry. I turn that down to where I zen drop for, because I believe strongly that it is the best tool to actually achieve what we're trying to achieve, which is to make you guys into millionaires. I think this is going to be the biggest free e-commerce course that's ever existed, and we're going to get so many people through it. And I would feel bad if I really pushed you guys onto one of these toes that couldn't deal with the stresses that you're actually

going to put through it when you're actually getting orders. I have friends that do absurd volumes three, Zen Drop and Zen Drop can handle it. And that's where I want to get you guys to. For those that don't understand how these tools work, I'm going to give you a walkthrough in a second. But basically, Zen Drop will handle everything for you. They'll find the supply up, they will communicate with the supplier, they'll order the product. They'll ship the product to the customer straight from China. They will, you know, give you a tracking code. And it

basically handles all of that. So as you can imagine, there's a lot of operational complexity within that process. And you have to manage that with the supplier. If you don't use one of these tools. The main differences that I see within these tools is the first thing is the service as a whole. Remember, one of the main points in finding the winning products was you've got to provide a good product that works in a good amount of time so that customers, you know, come back or don't report you so you don't get chargebacks and lose

your store. And Zen Drop is amazing with this service because the main difference is that they have like, I think it's 300 people in China currently that are handling a lot of the operations. So they'll actually order a lot of the products into their own warehouses and ship it out, compared to allowing the suppliers to kind of manage the process themselves with no kind of central hub of distribution. And that's where I think a lot of the breakdown happens. So they've done all of the hard work to set up a better product, which will allow

us to handle this volume. They also, handle refunds just way quicker. They respond in like a couple of minutes at max and we'll refund customers and refund yourself as well, which is super, super important. It also that operational complexity that they created allows for better shipping times a lot of the time. And they're even setting up US fulfillment as well. So you know shipping time can be 714 days or whatever. Shipping time can get down to 2 to 7 days. If you guys start doing significant volumes and set up with us, which I don't think

many others have, I think only one other dropshipping tool has is this Zen Drop select program, which I'm going to try to get as many of you guys into this as possible, which is basically when you do 10 or 10 orders within kind of a three select day period, you get a WhatsApp message, you get this kind of select member that will help you with your orders and manage the operations for it. And even if you're like, oh, I just want this product, I want I need you to check on this at the factory. Like,

can you can you see this kind of thing there just kind of like really, really help you out. And I think that that level of support is unparalleled now to create transparency. While I did turn down big Six offers so that I could work with Zen Drop, I am still an affiliate, which means I could get a commission. But the way I set it up is that I'm only going to actually make money to offset the cost of this course, and that will even be that profitable, if at all, if you guys are successful. And

this is why I'm setting up this course with support for 6 to 12 months, keeping it free because I want to get as many people as possible through it. I want to actually get them successful through Zen Drop, and only then will the commissions really actually mean anything. This way. Zen drops aligned, I'm aligned and you're aligned as well to getting results. So I think that's enough of clarifying. Let's run through and break down the top. So for those that have set up their store three millionaires.com or use the AI store builder that I provided,

then chances are you've already actually set up your Shopify store and linked Zen drop. It should both be installed, but I'm going to go through the steps for those people that are just following along on YouTube and don't want to sign up to millionaires.com, even though it's free, so that they can set up the Shopify store from scratch. So the first step is we're going to click on the Shopify link in the description. So we are setting up a Shopify store. We're going to enter our email address here. And click Skip all Australia. And we're

just going to go through all these prompts. And it will set up. So now we've got our Shopify dashboard I could walk you through here I'm really excited to but we're just not quite ready. Zen NLP is more important now than actually getting the Shopify store set up because we need to get that product imported so you can start, setting up the store. So to do this, we need to again come to my affiliate link. So now we're going to enter all of our details. I'm going to just use the same amount that I use

for the Shopify store. One thing to note is you're not going to be charged this. There is a seven day free trial, so don't stress about that too much. And that should sign up. So now we get a few prompts I'm just going to close this tasks I'm going to close this and we're going to click I already have a store and click continue. And we're going to integrate this store. So I'm going to click authorize Install. And we're going to install there. And we've just successfully connected our Zen drop to our Shopify store. You

can see it says my store here. It says my store here. If we change the name of my store to, Davis Blankets or whatever, that would have changed as well. So now we're in Zen Drop. I'll just give you a quick tour around. But realistically, until we have orders, it's not going to make a huge amount of sense. Aside from the product section, we have a dashboard here. This is where the orders will come in. We have Find My products here, which is the feature that we're about to use to find the products that we've

already sourced from, Cherry Rocket. We've got my products. This is, you'll see, once I import that, this will populate, then again, this is orders. This is kind of where you can turn auto fulfillment. Also, as soon as a customer orders it shipped straight to the customer. Pretty self-explanatory. Branding is an interesting feature, I think. I don't think the other, I don't think the other tools actually have branding, but this allows you to add an insert into your product, which you know, might have your logo. It might have a discount code, because one of the main

issues with dropshipping is when the product arrives to the customer and it's just Chinese branding all over, and there's nothing to tie back from your original product to the from your website to what they've received, it can drastically reduce chargeback rates and, refund those kind of things. So that's a really, really good feature that I'll probably use pretty early on because I somewhat know what I'm doing. And then you can come down here, we've got bundles and boxes as well. We've got the AliExpress import. Now this is a pretty important feature that pretty much any

product. If you can't find the product in this fine product section that we're about to explore, and you're like, I saw this on Trend rocket. It's working really well. I need to import it. You can just download this Chrome extension, go to AliExpress, click import and then you'll be able to sell the product yourself on the website. And pretty much Zen Drop will will source it and start shipping the product. Now one thing to note here is if you if you can't find the product in fine products, which we're going to do in a second

and you need to import it, and I just really have never sourced it before, can take a little bit more time to actually get them because they've got to go find the suppliers. So give yourself a little bit more buffer time if you are doing quite innovative, unique product that doesn't exist. And that's pretty much an overview of Xandra. Now, the next step that we need to do is we've got our list of products here. We've got some really cool ones, exciting ones. You don't have to find this direct product. You can just use what

it represents and change either the positioning or the actual product selection itself and import your Uri. So this is where I think Xandra works really well with. This is like for example, we have this, let's say we've got we've got to make it mixture between shape wear compression wear, posture, wear and you know, even like the men's stuff as well. So I think that a really cool angle could be again, I'm trying to satisfy this criteria of like, how can I show you all elements of acquisition. So I do kind of like doing something quite

competitive as well. So I think that that could be a really cool angle if we get these compression where make sure that we get the product that does can also help posture because of its tension and also can help people in like a formal wear setting as well that look better and make them feel better as well. I think that there's definitely something there. So what we can do if is if we're trying to find something like this, we can just write in compression. Now one other thing that I didn't show before is we want

these shapes from anywhere. We don't need it shipping from the US straight away, but we do probably want to go to Zone Drop concealment, which is their own Sicilian network we're getting at make sure that they, you know, have kind of shipped that product before. And you can see we're getting a bunch of these options where we can scroll down until we kind of find something that satisfies what we want. And, you know, something like this looks relatively good. It's always hard to know until you touch the product and use the product. One thing when

we're looking at these products, we can switch between, you know, Australia, the UK, and we can see exactly what the product is going to cost and the shipping and therefore the total. So you kind of can kind of imagine how much you need to sell this product for if it's going to test $10 to get to the customer. But realistically we can click through here. This it looks like it's positioned is like a bodybuilding shirt, which I don't think is correct. I think that the supplier has on I think this looks like like eye imagery.

I could be very wrong about that. But, yeah. Look, I think this is like an undergarment. That has. You can see a lot of these compression wear. I must admit, I had a little bit of knowledge in this category before, because I've seen competitors do something similar, but the. You can see this, this band here should be able to actually pull the shoulders back as well. So kind of a it's like a multi-use product. But look, I'm actually going to import multiple products using Z drop now. And then what we're going to do is we're

going to use one encompassing brand and make sure it's not a general store, the general store, a lot of people, what they'll do is they'll just import 50 products that we use, all of the supplier imagery, and they'll get banned, or they'll finally find one winner, but it will fizzle out really quickly. I'm being a little bit more targeted than that. I'm setting up probably a branded store that has a clear brand direction, which I'm going to show you how to do. I'm going to handle the photography as well, so it looks premium in a

competitive space. And then I'm going to test 3 or 4 products underneath that brand. So it's probably going to be something within the fitness apparel space with some features and benefits. So this is just going to be one of my products. I'm just going to add this in here. So we click Add Products. And that's going to pop up over here. Now what we can do is we can click review and publish. And go through these steps. So the description is going to be fine. You can actually just delete that. We're going to change it

all. Then the variants we can unselect all of them. Let's just like let's let's just leave them in. This doesn't really matter too much. The sales price. You can change all of this. I'm just going to change a little bit later on. But the images I definitely don't want all of those. So I'm just going to keep just the product ones. And we can just click publish to my store. Now, this is worth noting that it's showing a lot of inventory because basically said drop can access as many units as they want. You're not actually

ordering like 50,000 units or anything like that, but realistically it's going to take them a little while sometimes to find this product and start shipping it in the normal 1 to 3 day period. So this is why often I like to, click confirm here, and I like to actually order the product through my store to make sure that they get the source, because that's going to just kick, then drop into gear. And it's essentially the same if you are using the AliExpress import method because you couldn't find it in this fine product section, you want

to by ordering the product in a store like a customer would, it's basically going to set off the chain of events. So then the next time of the customer orders is and jobs prepared. So once you've got all of your products added here that you want to sample, when you want to start selling, we're just going to go into Shopify. And now we just need to set up all of the plan. You can get a basic plan. That's fine. Now we're just going to sign up for a plan. Intro details. Now I do want to

make sure that you set up Shopify in the right way, so there's not too much to it at this point. Shopify is pretty good at communicating it. You don't need to do yearly billing. You can just do the monthly billing. $1 for one month is my offer. I'll keep you in the loop if that changes. That will just be like in the module. If it does change. So now we've entered our customer details. I know it feels a lot like we're setting up Shopify now, but these are really, really basic things that it's just going

to allow us to get put out. Because if we don't have a product, we're not going to be able to do the photography for it. We're not going to be able to actually start marketing a properly. We're not going to be able to verify its quality. So the next thing that we need to do is you kind of just keep going through these steps. We can add a custom domain that's not 100% necessary at this point. I'm going to show you those steps. The one thing that is important is setting up, Shopify payments. So we

want to complete account setup here and click Submit Details. And depending on whether you have a company which is a registered business or you're an individual is what you're going to click here. I'm going to be registered business corporation. So we just need to select our industry type which doesn't really matter too much. Try to get it as close as possible. Next you need to make sure that you use your exact details for Shopify payments as what is on your ID, because eventually what's going to happen if you make enough money, which I'm gonna make

sure that you make enough money, is that they're going to ask you to verify your identity, verify your address and all of those details. So if you've logged on any of these, they're just going to hold all your money and never give it back. So make sure that you spend a bit of time on this. Oops. As I do it from don't we can basically be the owner. Now we can use our Gmail for this. It doesn't need to be anything else. Make sure you're adding a phone number that they can actually contact as well.

And the residential address that you use is different from the business address. The residential needs to be on your identification. Which I'm sure I'll blur out so you guys don't come visit me. Not that I would hate it. Now we can skip the equity ownership. I doubt you're got a partner now. We do. For Australians, this is going to be probably irrelevant for us set up. We want to add a director. And 100 and 100% of the company. Now, I do recommend that you actually upload all of these identification documents. You know, straight out we

go make they confirm. But I'm going to submit for their location there. So now we should be able to go to our store, view the store again. We've got a password here. We can remove the password if we really wanted to. I don't want anyone else accessing a shop. Now add the product to the cart. Depends on what model? What product you actually need. And we should be able to just check out now. Get it sent to your home address. And don't worry, this money is going to come straight back to you. There should be

a few fees that Shopify will take, but it's going to be like two bucks maximum and click pay now. And that product is on the way. So you might have 3 or 4 products in this. And if you really want to check, you can come back to Zandra and say that has set up correctly. You can see this first order here. And we can click on here. And we can just basically fulfill the sale item. And your sample should be on its way. So while that sample is on its way we're going to start doing

my unique proprietary market research process so that you guys can be rather than just be crappy dropship. Is that just grabbing all of these products? Just steal the content from these Chinese suppliers, get banned like no, I'm going to level you up in terms of marketing ability. In the next step, I'm going to show you some example, other products that I think is going to be our sell. One disclaimer here is these next products that I'm show you in the next session. Don't copy them directly because as I said one, I don't even know if

they're going to work. They're so competitive. Two there's much better products out there. I didn't want to rip off too many that like I already in Daily Mentor. Obviously they've got so many brands in there. So I'm picking something brutally competitive. Don't copy them. A lot of other people will. It'll make it even worse. Pick your own products. But yeah, let's get into the next module where we're actually going to become polite marketers. So the next step is we need to do a market research and understand what is going to set our product aside from

all of the other competitors. I think even the that does over $100 million a year struggles with this sometimes with our new product launches. This is what separates really, really good business owners to really, really bad business owners is really understanding how to position your product. Remember, we might be selling the exact same product as other people, but through our marketing channel or through how a marketing like the benefits of the product is maybe differentiated itself. Now, one of the main things that I see people do wrong here is that they just download all of

the Ali Express images, they steal competitor's videos, which is just blatantly illegal. Trust me, you're going to get caught eventually. All of your ad accounts get banned. Won't be worth it long term because you added cans of banned, you're going to be buying something called agency accounts for the rest of your life, and it's just stupid. And it doesn't even perform that well. Like, we can easily create these creatives using free software and just spending a bit of time and infinitely become better. So don't listen to anyone that just tells you to outright steal creatives.

It's just stupid. The thing that we're going to do now is we're going to do both market research, and we're also going to kind of build out the initial strategies for our content. Flywheel and our branding. So I created this file for everybody. It's pretty pretty simple. Now you might see at the bottom here I've got something called the snapshot. Now this happened through I was just scrolling TikTok the other day and I came across this one product. And it kind of fits into the brand that we're launching, functional fitness, where it's probably way less

commoditized than the compression shirt. But at the same time, I think that, you know, I've got the model coming so that we can just basically put that on him and we can have a couple of extra shots there and hedge our bets there. I've also been looking at a couple of other products which I'll feel fill in through there, but realistically, I've just added that this ownership and I've ordered one from Z drop. So today we're going to do the market research process for both of them, just so you can kind of see what's going

on. I think that TikTok is the best place to start with this. And what we're going to do is we're going to build what's called a Swat file, where I am going to go through, and one you can create a brand new TikTok and said something like sonar shadow compression shot so that TikTok tailors the fade towards you, which I think we've talked about already. But alternatively, you, can just go in and you can search in something like, compression Shop. So I'm going to just do exactly that. I'm going to go on to my TikTok

and I'm going to write in compression, share. And there's a fair bit you can see when they're posted. So 2022 is interesting. But at the same time it's pretty, it's a lifetime ago when it comes to TikTok. You can see this one's this year and we can just go into this. I can't believe I'm making this video. You have to understand about the young Ella. Compressions is there's two different types of fabric. Type. Number one is this thin fabric. You're going to find it on the stealth skin. So let's just break down this creative just

because we're here to learn about marketing. The first thing he did was talk about gyno. So he instantly called out a certain avatar that he is position towards avatar. Being a customer base. And then he went into, what else did he say? Something about LA? I'm making this video. All you have to understand about the only compressions is there's two different types. So yung la impressions, which is basically the brand. So he said the brand pretty early there which sometimes come up sometimes can't. But look this has got so many views it could be gross

that I'm not sure. But at the same time, I think that he's done a really good job of calling out the avatar, and then he goes into and the speed compression tees, tag number two is a much thicker fabric. Then he goes into the features and benefits of the product and actually starts selling you on what they are now. Look that that's a very different product to what we've got. We've kind of got this undergarment that is going to, can be used for people wearing suits, probably doesn't look that appropriate for the gym. You'd look

a bit like a loser, but that's okay. I think that so. So is this an interesting, creative 100%? It's it looks like it's doing really well. So I want to come to my notion board. Now I'm using notion guys here if you haven't seen it before. Because the reason why you can use Google Docs, but I actually like to use this embed feature. And now notion should be free. I'm pretty sure it's free, but you can just write in embed and you can pull it in there. Now you can see that when I'm fully document

this file, I can basically see, it's very annoying when you have a swipe file and you need to click into it and then a click into each one, you kind of just want to be able to see them all running. So I've got that there. We can shorten it a little bit. But I'm just going to kind of put this all together. Now one thing I can do if I find a competitor that is very, very similar to this, to the point where it's like they're selling my product, I can put them, put that URL

here. Young la. So we can come into here and we can actually grab their URL and chuck it here. Because that's going to allow me to kind of go back to it later on and fill out a lot of these other things. Yeah, I'm just going to keep continuing with this swap file. Let's look at one that's a little bit more like ours. See that seem to go pretty viral. Which, you know, a long time ago, the main thing that I'm seeing is like a lot of these people are just extremely jacked. And this is

this is obviously the main target avatar for, the compression shots, not the ones that, you know, we're referring to that make you kind of look fit out like almost the shape aware. Now, one thing that you can notice about all of these compression is I'm kind of searching for the wrong product. It's the wrong solution, because a lot of these people I just jacked going to the gym, they're using it as, you know, to make them look good, but also stay fit, stay warmed up and whatnot. When we come and we look at our product,

we can see that like it's a little bit different. Like, you can see that it's kind of trying to make it look a little bit better. It's more of an undergarment for everyday people. I would say. So that's probably more what I would define as shapewear. So instead we can come in here and go men shapewear. And this looks like it's more like aligned with us with the reason we came by. Self-confidence has really taken a this tent up. Now you see the natural posture that was actually, if I remember correct. Yeah, that one was

on trend rocker as well. So we've already kind of got a lot of data on that. These guys are doing creative really well. They're able to get viral TikToks and they're running a bunch of Facebook ads, everything with the also slimming body shaper undershirt from the natural posture. It cool. So great. Let's go. Great hook there. With the recent weight game, recent weight gain talks about feeling confidence instantly. You can imagine the customer base talking about that. What else have we got this tanked up. They really haven't kind of exposed what the product is yet.

Then they expose what it is and it talks about how it works. Then they have a call to action. That's pretty pretty basic stuff, to be honest. But it's basic because it really works. It's what most, most ads are. So I'm just going to grab that as well. I'm also going to grab the natural posture brand as well. I hope I can actually kind of grab this URL. Cool. Swipe. I don't know what revenue these guys are doing. And just to check sway. So they posture, you know, in about, hey, 25, $50,000 a month. Not

too bad doing decent revenue and I mean December maybe it's a give thing put out, maybe not. But realistically they're doing a little bit of volume when I come to their site. You know, I don't I don't a good job, especially in the creatives as I talked about like all of this positioning, all of these creatives, this is the more important stuff than a pretty website. But obviously we can, you know, elevate it a lot there. I kind of got a, you know, pretty generalized fitness dropshipping store just all around posture, which, hey, I don't

mind, I don't mind, but anyway, the creatives decent, so we'll just keep going through this and we'll just keep breaking down what I'm looking for. This stage can actually be done before you order your first sample, and you kind of commit to the product because you honestly might find these crazy products that you're like, oh, no, I want to do this one. But when we're searching these categories as well, one thing to know is that these, you know, these had 36,000 views. That's like not a lot, by the way. Like we're really looking for reason

videos that have gone over at least 200,000 views to kind of show you how how it's working. This looks like it our exact product. You can see that they're talking about the postural angle. They're I think it's interesting that you kind of got that first look at that. The male with his shirt off. Now got this second one. Again there's like the bar is really really low because a lot of people are just playing the dropshipping game that I talked about before. But if we want to create something that really hits, you know, $1 million,

$2 million a year that we need to kind of elevate this and be be well thought out about him, because if we're better than everybody, we're just going to take this entire market. So the next thing we can do is we can just go to Google requirements and we can see a couple of other brands here. Now this is really important because this Google step is a very natural progression of how consumers will shop. So they'll see your Facebook ID or they'll see your tick tock creatives and then they actually will go to Google. So

if there's a brand like this, shape me like my bet is on these guys not understanding Facebook creatives or anything like that, but being go to Google, and it's probably a similar business to the natural posture key. Just like but they're just focusing on Google. So it's important for you to check out both brands because there's pricing here. Let's say what, you're going to sell this exact same product. And we do our own photography, which kind of looks like they've done some of these other people probably have a demo and whatnot. I think that one,

we want our photography to be more elevated than theirs. And two, we need to be in a similar price point if we if we deem that being fit, like, we can go ultra premium or something like that, but it is going to be really hard, this kind of commoditized product. But what I'm going to do here is I'm just going to add this person here, paste as mention. I that terrible. Okay. The interesting thing about going through all of these competitors is just like how low the bar actually is. And I'm that gives that brings

me to two conclusions. One, a couple. One maybe nobody wants the product and there's not enough money to invest in the product development and improve the branding and the imagery or too. It's a very fragmented market and it's up for taking. So one of those things is probably true. And that's kind of what we need to find out. So I'm not getting a huge amount of insights from these guys when I go through them. Let me just pull out the three brand. So let's be structured about how I approach this. What we're kind of looking

for is we're breaking down a few things. So we kind of the price here just $37. We can come in here and we can do $37. And then we've got the positioning of which is largely based on that creative that we had before, which needs to be replayed. Positioning slash offer is for men who are, insecure. And then we've also got the offer, which, truthfully, I didn't really see an offer on the website. The offer will sometimes it's for specialized stores. Like if we come to this one, we've got free shipping to us. All the

orders over $75. It's, Okay offer. You might have $50 off. The thing that you might also have is like this product, plus a free shorts version or something like that. Like, that's a pretty strong offer as well. Or they might even have a buy one, get one free. And that's really what I like to take note of. Maybe they're selling a set, because sometimes people that are able to create the better offer within these products will do really well. Like another offer might be for let's say you are selling a weight loss shake. It's like

if you don't lose weight 30 days, you get your money back. So I'm going to stick with this one, this product. I think that that's really interesting. The three day design, I actually quite like it. What are they doing? Well, they doing organic social. Well, they're doing, Facebook ads. Well. And good product page or better product page. The most three day roundup. Now we've also got what could they be doing better. Which I'm just going to leave at the moment. We've got again, just men aged 30 to maybe 50 is their target avatar. Content strategy

and hooks kind of talked about that one previously. So let's come back to these guys ads and just break some stuff down. The. List. Let's break down the offers these kind of things. So instant slimming. It's a really nice word. Same avatar. It's definitely in most avatar. Obvious avatar. This one's interesting. They are targeting women there but it's just not with our product to better it's a different product. Yeah it's a different product. He just trying to find anything out of the ordinary quote is what you sign as well. Here's what I want with my

stomach firms my chest. Best thing is nobody knows I'm wearing it. Check them out. I'm cool. Look, I think this is pretty self-explanatory. Nothing groundbreaking that this is interesting positioning. So let's fill out that young lawa now and work through it. So what are they doing? Well, it looks like they were doing TikToks really well, so absolutely crushing it here. I would spend a fair bit of research and we're going to spend too much time on it, because you guys are probably getting a little bit bored and you kind of starting to understand what I'm

looking for. But you can see the different positioning for this kind of product. Maybe there's an ability for us to look at our product as a solution to similar things to this audiences and make it cool by using really fit models. That's just something that you can kind of start thinking about how why is one, why is one product being targeted to one audience? Can the other one be applicable to the other audience? And that's also kind of this market research process. So I'm going to go and fill out the rest of this shape. And

once it's fully populated, we're going to have to really some great creatives that we can go and reproduce in a different way. We're going to have some great hooks. We're going to have the structure for our website to start doing our copy. And aside from that, the actually the next thing that we need to do that's relatively urgent for me as we need a plan, this photoshoot, we need to understand how we can elevate this product imagery, because that's the only way that I'm going to be able to get this competitive product to work. I'll

see you in the next module. In this video, I'm going to go over the main mistakes that I see beginners make. Now, this is going to be a relatively long video and you might not completely understand everything that I say, but it's important you watch this full video, from start to completion, to just start picking up on some of the language that I'm using and not skip it, because if you if you skip it and you follow some of my future tutorials, like around Facebook ads or something like that, I might not clearly explain these

warnings before I do the action, and therefore you will get a count. Bands or something bad's going to happen. Dropshipping is quite a frustrating thing when you first start, and this is because Shopify was always kind of like, do we like dropshipping? Do we not like drop shippers? Facebook was also like, do we like them? Do we not? And for a long time people thought it was actually not even okay to do. Now that it's been a long time since that, and they're obviously very, very welcoming, all that now providing that you deliver a really,

really good service and you comply by their policies. Now, the policies can be quite confusing and they can also change a lot. They also can be kind of some hidden things where they're not actually policies, but at the same time they they're expected of you. So not only this, I'm also going to cover some legal things and some things that that I've made mistakes with as well. So the first big mistake that I want to point out is you need to be tracking your expenses. This is both on a daily level but also on a

accounting level. Too many people, they will set up a company oh so sorry. They won't even set up a company. May will stop following a lot of the things that I'm going to cover in this course and then come like they'll get some success and then come tax time, they'll have no idea what they're doing a month or two, they'll have no idea if they're profitable, and there's just a bunch of stuff that just doesn't work out unless you are organized and tracking your expenses. So step by step, I'm going to give you a video

later on about how to do this with a software, using a free software as well. But I'm also going to do a video later on where we manually do this as well. It's largely going to also depend on, you can also just at the moment, make sure that every single thing that you do, you're using your company email for which I set up, or bad, to show you how to set up so that all of your invoices are in your inbox, and then you want to just make sure that all of those, invoices, you know,

either organized in a software like Xero or my job or any of those accounting softwares so we can link our bank to that so that all of those expenses fly through from the credit card or the whatever we're using to pay. Well, tentatively, we can just use an Excel spreadsheet at the moment and we can just be like, yep, this is a Shopify expense. And then we basically match up the the invoice as well. So long story short, just stay organized when you pay for something. Let's say you pay a creator or you pay a

supplier or something like that. You just need to make sure that you have an invoice. And all of this is like organized and easy to find on a daily level. So that's on a monthly level. On a daily level, we want to make sure all of our Shopify costs are set up correctly, which I'm going to show you how to do. And that way, tracking our daily expenses including tax okay. So sales tax is going to be a confusing little module that we're going to go through. But I've seen a lot of people get a

lot of success. You know, we launched a brand and we got it to $1 million a month in revenue. And then we hired a new CFO. And the company was a mess at that point. And it was like, you're barely making money. In fact, you're losing money in some previous months where you're doing huge volumes. And this is all because we weren't accounting for sales tax. So we need to make sure that we're sophisticated with that company set up. I'm going to do a completely, complete video on that, which I'm going to show you how

to use ChatGPT to start researching these more complicated accounting side of things and go through, I'll just go through Australia, UK and, the US just because that's where most my viewers are. But at the same time, you can just copy the exact framework, but realistically you want to set up a company if you can. If you're like if you, you know, think that you're going to get some success in there. So it's just a good practice to lodge and get a company because of liability. If you get sued and you just set this all up

in your personal name, because let's say you do something and let's say you have any other assets within your, personal name, suddenly that is all now become liable. Also, from a tax perspective, you're going to be paying way, way more tax. So I'm going to show you how to set up a company. And I see that's a massive mistake that people make. The other thing is registering for sales tax. So now there is a bunch as as I'm filming this is a bunch of I'm not sure if Kamala or Trump is going to get elected.

That's going to be a very interesting one to look back at. But Trump is saying that he's going to really kind of change the import tariffs and the the tax side of things. And also even the Biden administration right now is going after, what's called de minimis, which is when we sell a product under a certain sales that showed a certain amount, depending on what was selling our product for. If it's like a $20 product, we might not need to pay import taxes on. Depending on the country that we're selling it to, we might not

need to collect that and also pay that, for example, in the UK. So understanding your tax liabilities for that, which I'm going to cover, in a later date is really, really important as well. This is stuff sounds a little bit overwhelming, but I promise you I'm going to cover it. I just want you to be had this like base level of awareness that the language that I'm talking about and the potential liability is that you are going to have creating a business. My I remember going into my tax lawyers office when I was relatively new,

starting in business, and he said, look, if you have a job with someone else, like let's say you're a teacher, your risk in life is probably like a three, okay? It's a relatively stable job. As soon as you start a business, any business, your risk probably doubles to six out of ten. There's unknown unknowns that you don't know, and this is why we try to get knowledge so we can at least make those, issues known. Unknowns. Like, now you know that you don't know about tax. So there's a big, big difference there. And that can

sometimes cover us. Now, the other thing that you need to consider is insurance. So whenever we sell a product, we should probably have product liability insurance in case someone chokes on it or hurts themselves on the product. And I see a lot of people not get insurance. But say you, let's say you already have a deposit in a house here at the 30 year old or something like that, and you're just like, I want to break through this 9 to 5 and I'm going to try a side hustle. You set up a company or you

don't set up a company to start dropshipping. You don't do your due diligence, you make a mistake and unfortunately someone gets hurt. Then they are going to sue you personally because you don't have a company. There's going to be no insurance and you can lose your house. And that's what I want you to kind of avoid. So having a company set up and then having the proper insurance and doing the proper due diligence around the supplier is key. The next thing is trademarks as well. So if you start to get success, one thing you might

find is that the actual supplier themselves trademark your business name and in China and then kind of extort you so that you can never leave that, business. The other thing that you might find, as well as people that, you know, try to trademark your product in another country that you're not selling in. So as soon as we hit a decent amount of profits and I'm talking like at least $10,000 a month, on our first business, we should be trademarking it. If I was to launch a brand new business, trademarks would be one of the first

things that I do. Business structure. I covered that a little bit, but, with business structures as well comes some tax complications, which if you already are, making a little bit of money, you have a family or something like that, you do want to actually chat to your tax advisor about the best way to structure the tax. Side of the business, because businesses can be extremely beneficial for your tax position if set up correctly. More so than employees, because you're going to have income tax there. And there are certain expenses that you can deduct through the

business, providing they're producing revenue. Terms of service is a big one. When we go through our Shopify module and we set up our Shopify store, we're going to set up things like our terms of service and our privacy policy. This is something that Shopify makes quite easy. With templates. We can just kind of one click and set it up. But you do want to make sure that you kind of, have that, that set up and you're abiding by the, the terms of service that you're, you are giving your customer. That's all the, the stuff that

I see no dropshipping course is talking about, because truthfully, they probably don't really understand it that much or they think it's irrelevant, although that you think that, you know, people don't want to hear it. But I'm not just trying to give you a little bit of success and give you a taste of the industry. I'm trying to make you a millionaire. I'm trying to make you with so much abundance in the future that, these things become an issue. I want these things to become an issue, to force you to learn them because you are so

successful pretty much. Now. The next one is PayPal. PayPal is a bit of a necessary evil to many people. It's a very trusted thing for the consumer. I wouldn't be surprised if one day PayPal becomes less relevant to be completely honest. But if you can have PayPal in your store, customers are going to trust you a lot more. And your conversion rate, meaning the amount of customers that go onto your website and convert to purchase will be higher because that payment option exists. Now, when you set up your Shopify store, one of the first things

that we're going to do is we want to change our PayPal address because it automatically creates based on the Shopify email. And we're going to want to make sure that that's the right PayPal. And we're also going to want to make sure that, you know, we set up PayPal correctly so we don't get banned straight away. With PayPal, the main thing that we need to do is not get banned on this. It's a nightmare. I was banned for like eight years because I was clueless kid. I believe I was selling very, very when I was

very young and like very early in my entrepreneur early years and I just didn't really know what I was doing, which cause, you know, I'd probably lost tens of millions of dollars in sales because of that. Luckily, you know, we we have a really great business now, and they're a trusted partner for us. You really want to make sure with PayPal that you are not getting any disputes. Disputes, meaning when you, like when someone purchases, maybe you don't ship for a while, maybe you send them the wrong product, maybe do something bad. Maybe the communication

is really poor and then they open a dispute, meaning that they requesting a refund. Pretty much. If you have a large amount of disputes or a very delayed amount of time before the product is shipped and a tracking number is provided on PayPal, you will get banned off that service. And this is why using a really trusted dropshipping partner that, can deliver on with really fast shipping times is kind of key here. The other thing that you really need to do is make sure that you're just constantly monitoring PayPal, that it's a with an active

email because the warnings will pop up, communicate will happen from customers, and you just want to make sure that you're providing a really, transparent amount of information in a timely matter, then you shouldn't get banned then. Also, yeah, make sure that you're providing all the tracking details for your orders, which we're going to do in the Shopify section, the other payment processor that you're probably going to use from the outset, and in fact, we're definitely going to use is Shopify Payments, which is the default payment provider on Shopify. When we set up, this is very

similar. It can sometimes ban you if you're selling something like a little bit shady or you're, let's say you're selling trademarked goods or like you're selling a licensed product, like a Disney product when you're not and Disney complains to you, or maybe you're selling something completely against Shopify, the terms of service, like I don't believe weapons is one of them, but something along those lines could cause you a few issues there as well. So picking a product that is appropriate is going to help you then. But yeah, again, all of the same same issues. The

other thing is image theft. If you're just stealing people's images and you're getting DMCA ID, which is like where someone reports that image and getting takedown and Shopify just checks it out, they're going to kind of freak out. Both of these payment providers are going to freak out if your sales go through the roof. I remember talking to, two guys. They're just like, I need a session with you that, like, offered me absurd amounts of money to jump on a call with them. To try to help them in this option. I turned down the money

I just jumped on because the money was so absurd, and they were scaling up to $1 million in, like, six months into the program process, into their business. And I was like, this is crazy. And then Shopify just killed their site, just turned it off, and it was kind of hard to decide why. I think it was because they had a few chargebacks and that was selling a product that was electrical. And yeah, I just I just got absolutely shut down. And I think it was if, if that was a gradual over a three year

period with no chargebacks with their own imagery and yeah, a bit of a brand behind that, I don't think that would have happened. So there is such thing as scaling maybe too fast, especially with this early stage business. Which brings us to Facebook. Getting banned off Facebook ads is probably one of the most common complaints. The most frustrating complaints that I get now, I'm going to find a trusted partner that can get people unbanned off Facebook, help people with bans and I might put them in a millionaire Xcom somewhere because truthfully, you might not be

able to afford that because you're just kind of beginning. So the best thing is prevention. Now, there's a few things that we can opt to do that's a little bit different, actually. Shopify and PayPal make sure that you are setting up with your full name, your proper name that's on your passport, on your address. Make sure that you're putting your proper postal address within that you make sure you maybe not using VPNs all the time because of confused them and freak them out. And that will also help you not get banned. But that's similar to

Facebook, right? You can see the commonalities between these people. They're just trying to make sure you're not scamming customers. You are who you say you are and you follow all of the steps. So Facebook getting banned, there is going to be a nightmare. If you scale up too quickly, they might ban you. Then you want to. When you go through the process, make sure that you set up a business manager on Facebook, which we're going to do together. Make sure that you can verify either your business through that or you verify your identity as well.

Things like making sure that your landing page is very, very accurate. You've got to responsive communication. Again, the IP flags that I mentioned is another one. Your valid payment method. This one's a little bit different PayPal and Shopify. So if you put a card in there that isn't your card or something that gets reported, game over, you're done. Make sure that you are putting a card in there that has enough funds that isn't going to just get denied the first payment. Don't add the payment method. Add the payment method gets the nod at the payment

method. The more times you have to click around this stuff, chances are you're going to break something, or they're going to think you're a bot or you're just going to. They're just going to flag you as like, hey, you're trying to do something dodgy here. Yeah. And try not to make like really false or outlandish claims as well. On for your product, especially if you're selling something medical medical like chances are they'll go to a manual review and it'll pop up and you're like, I can cure diabetes in two weeks, and then all three of

them would just go, not banned. And you don't, you know, want to do that. Some brands you want see scaling like on Facebook, you know, like how are they getting away with this. They're using before and after photos. They're doing all of these crazy claims and chances are they've gone past this stage where it's like probably is automated. To be completely honest, I'm not 100% sure it's either automated or a very low level of agents that are reviewing these sites. My my guess is it's probably like automated initially. And these larger sites that are, making

some of these outlandish claims are past that stage. Hence they're getting away with that. And you might not. There is one other thing about Facebook that you might hear a lot where you're like, oh my, Facebook's already been banned. Maybe. Where were you ages ago with all of this structuring stuff? And all of these warnings, and you can use something called an agency account. Now, I don't know anything about agency accounts to be transparent. I've never had a Facebook ad account been I've never had any issues with the Shopify payments either. In fact, I've never

had an ad account been I've mentioned my, few issues with PayPal, which I take total responsibility for in the early years, but the, the fact that I have now run legitimate businesses with amazing products that bring joy, that have great reviews, and I deliver them at a really quick service, hasn't. And I don't need to do anything dodgy. I mean, in Australia, a very trusted region, I use my computer every single time, never had any issues and you shouldn't either if you're doing that kind of stuff. Whereas if you're already banned, you might want to

use something called an agency account. And I give you all of that content contact simply because I've never used an agency account. This is what my dropshipping friends talk about. I'm not actually hugely familiar with them. I'm not sure if they're 100% legal. I'm not sure if they're 100% against Facebooks terms of service. So you need to do some research there and get some consulting. Maybe I'll put an expert dropship up in our discord if we find that like people need them and everything checks out, okay, then maybe we can give a contact for you

guys to, get get an agency account so you can finally run Facebook ads through that agency account. Now, there's a difference between hiring an agency like a Facebook agency and getting them to create your account for you, and they own your pixel and your business manager, compared to what this referred to as an agency account. So getting an agency to run an account massive red flag. If you an agency ever says, hey, we'll set up this Facebook ad account for you and you're not banned on Facebook. And they're like, we'll own the pixel, but blah,

blah, blah, massive red flag. Do not use that agency. They're a scam artist and they are doing that. So you can never leave that agency, which is that, and you're not going to own any of your data. And therefore, yeah, you whenever you try to leave, it's going to cost you a lot of money. Now an agency account is, I guess, something similar because you're kind of getting access to this other account, but you're still able to kind of do things on it so that was kind of a very vague description, but at the same

time, go you can go search agency accounts on YouTube and learn from an expert about that. But I think 99.95% of people won't need that. And you can just basically not get banned in the first place. Other thing to remember, the mistakes that I see people make, even the million dollar brands in daily mentor, getting hat on all of these platforms, the first thing that you do is you set up two factor authentication, okay? Because everything email across Facebook, everything, Facebook will have an option that you can say, hey, does everyone need ad? Does everyone

need to do two factor authentication or just admins? You set it to everyone. It's just a non-negotiable for everything that you do. It's just a good habit to get into. The other thing on Facebook is you've got targeting restrictions. Don't just like go buy lists of customers and add those lists and try to do something hacky, you know, just copy the exact Facebook frameworks that I give, in my Facebook sessions. And you should be should be pretty good. So second part of this video, I'm just going to show you how to use ChatGPT to find

more answers about company set ups before you have to go to professionals like accountants and lawyers and whatnot. So the prompt I'm going to use is, be a business advisor, a technical. I want to set up a dropshipping store. I want to know, think, you know, things about how to set up companies. Be it a business advisor, slash accountant, slash lawyer. Let's try that be. No, companies I'm located. Actually, let's do break down the difference between UK, US and EU. You can add your country. Them. And let me just walk you through some of this

language. So we've got a bunch of legal structures that we can set up. So the first one is, which I think is yeah in the UK, Australia and the US. In the US it's called a soul proprietary proprietary ship. But in soldier it's sole trader in Australia, in the United Kingdom. Now this is often what a lot of people will do in the early stages. I think it's probably one of the least preferred options, in my opinion, simply because it's going to have very, very high tax for you. And also you've still got, liability on

yourself personally. So not a not a great structure. And the next thing is setting up a company which is an Ltda. In the UK, it's also Patriot Day in Australia and then LLC in the United Kingdom. Now, this is probably a preferred structure. You can go on to Asik, in Australia, or you can go into companies House or whatever in the UK, and you can set this up in a module, the documents yourself. Or alternatively, your accountant will do it very, very quickly for you and probably do it correctly. That is the ideal structure. But

again, if you're just first starting out and you've got like, hey, I've got like $1,000 to launch this, like this product, then maybe you can't afford that. But again, get some advice here. Don't sue me. And it because you didn't get advice. That is probably what I'm trying to say there. Then, you've got a bunch of other structures as well that if you're going to use these, I would insist that you have get advice for them. So like S Corp C Corp's partnerships as well. They're all just a little bit more complicated. And the tax

obligations will be very different to depending on the person and person and situation. So we can break down the tax as well. So corporation tax is going to have 19%. It's going to be all pretty similar 21%. And then Australia is 25%. And that's basically if you set up the corporation you're going to be paying similar amounts regardless if you're personally running the business, it's going to be taxed as like income tax, and you're going to be paying upwards of like 40% if it's set up as a company, you're going to be paying the tax

within the company at the company level, which is that that those numbers that I've just talked about, which is like 20 to 25% ish, but then when you drag it out to use it personally, you're then going to pay tax on top of that, which brings you to a similar number, right? So in the end, the main difference is, yeah, like at the end of the year, if it's all getting taxed as personal income, you're going to have far less money because you might not want to take all the money out. You might want to

just keep using it in a business. So that's something to really consider. Then we've got sales taxes as well, which when you hit a certain threshold within a region you need to register for sales tax. So the thresholds who they gave the thresholds here. So if you oh doing over 75,000 a year. And it's probably similar in the other regions I'll explain us in gets a little bit complicated. If you're doing over that you actually need to register for GST and sales tax. And you're probably going to want to register the company at that point

as well. In the US, it's goes state by state. So actually I believe Shopify can do it. We use software to, manage that, at scale. But I believe Shopify has some level of warnings. If you set up in the US where it tells you when you're starting to get to those those threshold. Again, I'm not a tax lawyer. This is one definitely one of my weak spots. So I'm just giving you the overall some other compliance things. You need to obviously file annually when you're running a business every single year, you need to file how

much money you've made so that people know how much tap their tax you need to pay as well. You've also got payroll and superannuation. If you've got any home employees in in Australia that can get a little bit complicated. Sounds like it's similar in the UK to have employees there, but let's leave that at the moment. It's just something to be aware of. The you need to register GST filings. So you've got your income tax, which will most likely be annually now depending on your turnover, you might also pay GST annually, which is your sales

tax. So there are two different types of tax. One is how much you make. And then the other one is how much GST you collect from customers. Now GST sales tax you have every time you sell a product, you might have seen your invoice or like this. This is this isn't just Australia. Let's say you're selling a product for $100 and then it's got this little line. It might be like GST, $9 underneath it. You are collecting that tax. Sometimes it can be inclusive or not inclusive. It might be $110 when you finally check out,

but the products only 100 and $100. Alternatively, it might be $100 and then the tax is inclusive. So it's the $9 if that makes sense. You can change that setting in Shopify how you want to handle it. But basically what that means is whatever that number is, as you are collecting that on behalf of that customer to pay to the government at a later date. But then every time you pay GST, let's say on importing the goods, or let's say you pay a graphic designer who also charges GST, you can actually deducted from all of

that money that you are collecting from the customers. So let's say you collect $100 of GST from all of your customers, but you've paid $20 in JJ's pay. The difference is going to be 80. So that's kind of how the sales tax works, which is typically why you really when you start to hit a certain threshold, you're going to need a piece of that accounting software to start tracking all of this. And you don't want to hire some terrible bookkeeper, doesn't understand local sales tax and how to be how to treat those because chances are

you're going to kind of stuff it up. I do believe that setting up companies is going to be a better way to get Facebook compliance, all of that kind of stuff, which we talked about in another video. But yeah, I think that that's that's the general structure. If we went really advanced, you can structure things in Australia with holding companies as well. So in Australia it can be very tax beneficial to have a trust that owns the company and can even have a holding company in between the company, so that you can pay up dividends

and protect income and assets and whatnot. But again, that's pretty advanced stuff that you need a tax attorney to talk to you about. But yeah, I hope that gives you the the requirement. Again summarizing, if you're just starting out and you're willing to accept the liability of running the company, then chances are you don't need to set up a company. You can take all the negatives if you're, experienced. You have assets and you want to do it properly. Set up company. Again, I'm not a financial advisor, so get advice when possible. So I'm going to

go through multiple levels of how to get images for your dropshipping store from level zero, which is stealing people's imagery, which I do not recommend. It's illegal to all the way to planning a photo shoot, a branded photo shoot to really elevate your stuff. So the level, let's call it level zero level loser is stealing competitors images. Now, some dropshipping courses out there will say or a YouTube videos will be like, don't do this. But that kind of also hinting you should do this, I just don't recommend it because there's something called a DMCA. If

you go and you steal a competitor's images, let's say you grab it off their website. You go to the ads library, download all of their ads, and you run that. The competitor, probably, if they're like me, have a team of 3 or 4 just going through each platform Amazon, Facebook, whatever. Alibaba bar downloading, grabbing the link of the this person that's doing that, submitting it to the the platform and trying to get them banned or removed because they're legally stealing my copyrighted content. So some people will do that to really aggressively test. I just really,

really do not recommend it. It's just not a good habit to get into because then you'll get banned, I guess level one above that, which is sometimes okay, sometimes not. And I'm going to clarify why it's not is downloading AliExpress images. And getting images from the supplier. Now, if your supplier has created this imagery and put it onto AliExpress or Zen Drop or sent it to you directly, then it is completely okay to use that. Like their content, they're giving you, you know, permission to use it and there's going to be no issues there where

it gets a little bit iffy. And I'll show you on my screen. Now, sometimes where it's an issue is when you come into here and let's go, let's go to AliExpress and we come over here, some of these images that you can see from some of this content could actually be taken from a competitor. So it's just common practice in, let's say China, if they don't have, a product, a nice product image for their new product that they're starting to sell, they're just going to grab the competitor. That kind of was the first person to

sell it, and they've got to grab branded images from, from that competitor when audio is really, really hot in terms of being a trend, that was just a ton of content here. That was was ours, and we had to DMCA it. Now, I've had lots of stories about people going onto AliExpress, downloading the images, then getting DMCA, and they didn't even know they were doing the wrong thing, which is really, really kind of a shame. So how do we fix that? How do we avoid that? I don't want to completely scare you away from actually

doing this, because it's going to be the quickest way for you, is you can easily one if you're on Zendesk Select or something like that. You can, try to get in touch with them and, and chat to them about the, the supplier images, making sure that they'll go. But realistically, the other thing that you can do is you can just do a reverse image search, which is super simple. So let's find a product. Let's just do a humidifier. There we go. And we can just grab one of these humidifiers. Let's say we're going to start

selling this bad boy. We can just screenshot this. And we can go to reverse. Image search I can just drag that image into here. You can use Google Reverse Image search or T9. And you can just see that there's zero matches. Whereas let's say if they took this body image here and use that. You you can see that there's just a bunch of results here. And you can scroll down, you can find the original brand. I know these are a lot of media press, media articles, but you'll be able to find the original brand owner

and going to be able to delineate between, hey, this is a proper branded photo versus, hey, this is a dropship. And it's going to be pretty obvious. It really should it that they'll be a quite reputable brand. The shipping profile will be 2 to 4 days. That might just be one of them as well. There might be heaps and you can just make sure because and a lot of dropship is won't even show up here. So just do this reverse image search, check out the competitors. Make sure that you're not stealing from an absolute huge

brand because they're just going to DMCA. You straight away. So that's one thing that we can do. We could do that with our Zen drop images here, which is super easy. But for the most part, Zen Drop has told me that all of these images, pretty, pretty good to go. So we'll work on our example here. And we're going to go up a level. So we're going to go to level two which is modifying the existing supply images to be more brand. And so we can use them on the website. So we're going to go

to Compression Shirt when we come to I think pretty sure this is the one we bought as a sample in episode two. So we've got this compression shirt here. This is product that we, we found in like episode two. I want to show you how you can grab an image like this. And, make it elevated in Canva. So if I was using you can see this Humidify was really good example. Like this is what we call a white contoured shot. Now this is with background removed. You can add a little bit of a drop shadow

to make it a little bit better. But pretty much what they've done actually this might be a real photo shoot, but you can see that the backgrounds like this might not be like. I would argue that this is just a background that they found from Canva, all of this bathroom here, and they've grabbed the white contour shot and just added a shadow because the light's coming through there and they've created their own lifestyle shot and they've added features and benefits here, which is just a really, good way to elevate your imagery. And super simple. So

if we can get these white contoured shots, especially for something that's like interior, let's say it's an iPhone charger, you can just go on to Canva and you can go to Instagram, post Square. It's probably like a little bit too big, but we can sort that out later. And you can see all of these templates here. They've automatically popped up, but we can go product benefits. We can grab all of these templates here. But what I wanted to show you, just like on the charger example that I just mentioned. So we can go into these

elements, we can click photos and we can come and right in table and we can basically put in a table here, chuck our charger on there. And then yeah go from that. We can actually combine the two. So I'm just again I'm going to make our images in segue. But I just want to show you. So if we come to templates and we go, products benefits. And we can grab something like this. And actually I kind of like this. It's interesting actually, I kind of like this. It's a bit more masculine. So I can actually

delete this product here. And I can get what's called the the white contoured photo. So I'm just going to do it for, for our product in the charger because I'm just speaking to apathetic Lee. Now you can download these images. You add the products the store they should all be there. And you can download them directly from Shopify. I'm just going to screenshot to keep this quick and drag this across. And now we can just use oh my god. Yep. And now we can just use the background remover. Click this button and it's going to

remove it here. And we can just drag all of these these things out. And we probably don't need this text I just want to show you what this looks like. And we can drag all of this out. You guys. It's kind of get the idea. We can play around with this until this looks decent. So look at all the templates. Try to find templates that suit your product. And it's it's really just kind of that easy. The other thing that we can do is we can elevate our contour shots just a little bit by deleting

this. All that kind of lined up perfectly. But that shadow actually wasn't there. So let me just delete all of this stuff and let's say we've got this this from from there I've removed the background and now I can just click add up and I can scroll down here and there's just a bunch of things that we can play around with. We could do like, oh that's not the right one. We just want a drop shadow. And we can make the distance a little bit further. And definitely more blood. The final thing I will say

with this is if you're struggling to figure out what to actually write on these graphics wise, like the arrows and talking about the product, you can quite easily, just go on to ChatGPT and say, what are some unique selling propositions for this product? Just make sure that that two words or three words, with a small description underneath. And you can just grab those and chuck them on. That should should be really easy. Now the next level is using AI imagery to get, models within your products for clothing. This is going to be it just keep

getting better and better. People will look back on this video in one month and be like, oh my God, it's already gotten way better, which is awesome. And then this final stage off to that is doing your own photoshoot, which I'm going to show you both of those. So the other thing that you can do to get more ideas for imagery is you can go onto Pinterest and write in, you know, clothing, advertising, that kind of stuff. Clothing, graphics. You can go into Behance and dribble that Fritos as well, and you can see some, other

imagery like this. Now, I don't like this image specifically because it's leaving up too much up for interpretation. But, you know, something like this, you kind of start to that obviously makes a little bit more sense. But using arrows and just general, arrows and actually calling out the features is probably the easiest way to, to communicate your product. So one of the tools that I recommend in terms of getting if you're joining a clothing product is a ticker. Now I if I'm not using clothing products, I'll use Midjourney to create prompts and then Photoshop them

in, or even get a, Photoshop expert on one of the platforms like Fiverr, Upwork, even an AI expert as well to create backgrounds, to create situations and get them to manipulate and add the photos to it. But for clothing, we don't really need to do that anymore because we've got this, this app here. So I'm just going to get started now and we can go into there's three options here at the moment. So this option here is on model photos which is like someone wearing the products. Let me just find an example of that. Would

you be kind of this photo here. But the more zoomed out of course that makes sense. And then we've got the next option, which is the flat light photos, whereas you're taking the photo flat, which would probably be a bit more like this image here. And then finally we've got the mannequin photos as well, which actually that's probably pretty close to a mannequin photo. The flat light is going to look a little bit different and try to find a flat lay. These are all probably mannequin photos, so the best photos that we can get, with

these features, these are all in beta is this highest quality on model photos. So coming back here like hopefully your supplier has some images for this, but we can grab this compression top. We just don't want too much in the photo like these dumbbells and stuff. We just kind of want it to be a simple photo. All right. So let's say for example we got this image. And we come here and we click start creating. Here we go. Next step click men select one of the guys I'm just going to do a studio photo for

this. But you could maybe pick a gym flooring or something like that and click generate. And it's going to take a a few minutes. And now you can see this image here. And you can create variations of this image. But you can say this model is now in that product. So pretty simple. Have a play around with that tool. And this is just going to keep getting better and better. But the one thing I will say before I show you the the final level is that product imagery has the ability to take a star from,

profitability to profitability. If you have blurry images and it doesn't show the product, you don't have enough images, it doesn't feel cohesive and trustworthy. Then there's a good chance that the customers aren't going to show up. I did a photo shoot with one of my investments, and that conversion rate increased by 30% straight away with those images. And it probably actually ended up at more like 50%, but initially, like straight away day after the change, it increased. So I highly recommend, really just spending a lot of time on this. The next step is doing your

own photo shoot. Now, do you have to do a professional photo shoot to launch your dropshipping brand? Absolutely. No. I didn't do a proper photo shoot for a long time with my e-commerce stores. But I want to teach you how because I think that it is something that people don't do enough of. And I think if you're going to do something competitive, you're definitely going to want now there's different levels of photography. There's the first thing you can do is let's say you've got a small gadget you can easily go onto Amazon. I'm going to

show you. And you can go and simply do Lightbox. And you can just buy one of these light boxes and then you can use your iPhone. You can even get a little tripod to make sure it's on your seal. That's also not necessary. And you can take some photos. With the lightbox, just get one with really great reviews. That's going to probably be pretty decent. Shoot, the other thing that you can do is if you are selling like skincare or like something very simple, like a tub of cleaning product or something like that, you could

actually just go onto Fiverr or Upwork. Now we've got modules coming up on how to hire, people overseas, but if you wanted to, you could hire someone on Fiverr, Upwork, and to create a 3D render of your product. And if you spend maybe 50 to $300, you you'll probably be able to get a pretty good 3D render of your product, which will save you having to do this photoshoot. Now let me very, very very clear. We are getting photos at the moment for our website before we create our Shopify site. We're not creating content Facebook

ads, TikTok just yet. We might incorporate this shit and I'll show you my shot list in a second and how that works. We can also, if we want to do, we can do white background and we can buy one of these and pin that up with a photography stand. Again using iPhone, we can also just get a continuous light and you really just want to get like the bigger the softbox again, which is something you get into expensive territory, the bigger the softbox, the better. These, newer lights are pretty good. Also, the big red lights

are pretty good as well. So if you wanted to get a little bit more, expect that. Now there are a couple of other options. If you don't want to do it yourself, you can one. Go to a photography agency that's starting to pop up a lot now, which is they you basically send the product to this photography agency you can actually remotely call in, and what they'll do is now, make sure that you get all the right shots and you can check all the images, make sure you're happy with them then. Now deliver the images.

The alternative is you can hire a photographer and then put the shoot together yourself. The way to find for, fine models is you can easily write in your city and then models. I just write in Adelaide models and there's a bunch of options and where to find photographers as well as you can do a very, very similar thing. You want to go into the portfolio, make sure that they've done photography for your exact product, like a food photographer. Like, and again, like this is one of the requirements of why we picked, relatively easy product because

of this photography section. If you're selling a food product, then it requires perfect plating. You're gonna have to hire like a chef to kind of create that. But realistically, if we can find a good photographer that just shot models before for my type of product, plus get a model, just a local model, we're going to have everything we need providing that the photographer has all the equipment and we can read the studio. We can also just Google Studio Rental, so it's really not that hard. I think the main place that people get stuck with this

stage to get really elevated photography is the brief, which we're going to go through today. Finally to plan is planning to fail. And I think I think about that quick. But realistically, if we don't, plan this shirt, it's not going to look good. So I spend a little bit more time, planning out this, my competitors list 101 things where, that that LA apparel. What's that? What's the name again? Young LA didn't realize how big a brand it was. You know, it wasn't just doing compression. I should have clicked around a little bit more. So apologies

for young L.A. To not assume, how big they are. This part of the issue about being Australia. But they look like they're doing some really cool stuff. So broken down. You know, they call though, cool products. And that the development looks really good there, but, yeah, I'm sure there's plenty of people screaming at the, the screen. Just like, how do you not know who these guys are? Anyway, the next steps that we want to do is we want to put this, this next notion thing together. Now, you got free access to this template. This is

predominantly right now for someone that's going to organize the shoot themselves, but still pretty important for other people as well. So first off, we've got defining the purpose of the shirt, which is, website imagery. And a couple of, social videos. That's the main thing, identifying the target audience based on that market research we've done. It's going to be age, probably age 30 to 50 men. Now determine the style and tone of the image. Now, I think this is the most important part. What we want to do is we want to come to these competitors. I

don't actually mind some of these competitors shoot out a lot more. Obviously. That's terrible. We can take something from this. We could even take something from Gymshark. But like we could look at Gymshark imagery and look at how it's kind of positioned the white background like this stuff's pretty good, even though we're selling a little bit more of a specialized piece of equipment that kind of up there with the best in the game here. Same as source. These guys that do so much photography, they just know what to do. But if I just writing compression

here, I might be able to find some example images. I think they're all a little bit jacked. But look we can probably grab. So now what I can do is I can just screenshot this and I can put it in this place holder that's basically showing the style and the tone of the imagery. Realistically, that can just give the photographer exactly what you need. They know that you need a white contoured background. You know that they're going to be kind of, maybe the posing is a little bit confusing. We should get something a little bit

different, to that. More so because they're just going to be confused. I'm thinking we want something a little bit more reasonable like this so I can screenshot that. And it's just going to help them know kind of the tone, the color, that kind of stuff and get the right backdrops and also the model selection, what they can kind of expect. So I think that's kind of enough there. If you want to go into more detail, you obviously can. Now the next step is we've got a is kind of checklist of the amount of products that

we need. Now I have my sauna t shirt. I also have the compression t shirt. I also have the sauna shorts, which I might just photograph in case I got I shot a little bundle or something like that with that. Then we've got this in your products a clean. I've done that arrange all necessary product has done that. We can the props and whatnot. Background. I've already coordinated with the photographer. They've got that fabric backgrounds I know, stain them. You also want to iron and stain the products as well. You might just need to have

a steamer there. Then. We've got all of his camera equipment. That's all up to the photographer. This is all good. Now, this is the bit that that is kind of important. And I think that a lot of people get lost when organizing photo shoot. We want to make sure that we've got all of the product shots that we want here. Now, if you're confused, if there's just something so important. So for example, we are, shooting this slipper, these slippers, and they have a really cool mechanism at the back that you need to push your heel

into. And it goes in. This is the kind of shot that you would make sure that you've put in this shot list saying heel pushing on the back, because it's going to make sure that you capture it and it tells the photographer exactly what you need. And this is especially important when you're selling a product that is a little bit confusing. So it might be a vacuum. And how does the actual canister or the vacuum take, These are the things that you'll need to copy copy down. And you might also want to get example shots

if you want to find new styles, new creative ways that you could shoot your product, which I don't actually recommend you getting too creative at this point. I think you just want a white background. It's 99% of the time it's going to increase conversion rate. It's just having a really clean background because customers don't want to be confused about what they're purchasing. But you can always use Pinterest if you're looking to understand some creative reactions or even, certain shuttles. So we can do a compression where shoot ideas and you can see a bunch of examples,

you know, these are these are far more creative than what we've got. You'll also get a bunch of different model poses. So we could do model pose fitness. And honestly you're just going to get so many different types of ideas and backgrounds. And you can also in our shot list. So these are all white image shots. We've got the front view, bottom view, close ups, the fabric logo branding blah blah blah. You've also got this section down here, which is the lifestyle shots. Now you don't need to shoot all of these, but lifestyle shots are

going to be so, so, so important to elevate the brand entirely because otherwise everything is going to be so very bland. So where can we get photos of this product in its best setting so that customers can understand what we're all about? That's what Pinterest is really good at. So we can do a fitness where influencer ad is really anything it's going. How? We've got someone playing tennis, these kind of things. So anyway, it gives you a ton of ideas. The final thing in this photoshoot plan that I think you need to know is when

you've got a model and you've got great lighting and you've got all your product looking great, stained, beautiful there, then sometimes it's a massive waste, especially if you've invested in resources, even like certain props needing to be there. Or you've got three models there and you've organized everything, it's sometimes a waste not to get some iPhone videos and some level of Facebook ads, or just B-roll that you can then use in your Facebook ads. So this is where this whole video hooks and video body section is, where you can just write a few ideas like

I want to get the the packaging shot here as a video. Now you probably can go there with your iPhone and film that. Alternatively, you could maybe get a videographer to come as well, which is probably overkill, but I I'm just going to get my iPhone and I'm going to shoot a couple of videos of the person putting it on that kind of stuff, and that's going to come really, really handy as we start developing how Facebook ads, the final place that I do look for imagery, inspiration is actually La La Express. And it's counterintuitive

because you're creating you're trying to take images so you don't take AliExpress as images, but their concepts can often be quite good. The execution is seven out of ten. If we can elevate to ten out of ten, that's way better. So I can just go with compression T. Here. And I can say, you know, we could take some photos like that. Maybe we just want more of the model shots. It looks like young LA. Yeah I think it was we can go for shapewear. We can get some concepts here. So like even this image here

where you can see the arrows pulling in, that's a really kind of good concept that I'm just going to grab to make sure that we get something similar. Obviously we have a different part out. So these are the things that I just want to paste here. See these concepts that they often have. And it's close. It's close in terms of being able to be used on Shopify. But that just feels a bit scammy. But it doesn't mean that we can't look at some of these concepts and apply them ourselves and create consistency. So we got

this image here. I think that looks pretty good. Obviously got to get that one. That no this isn't pasting right. Let me go the other one again I'll just grab this one. Now if you look at this image here obviously it's blurry. There's a gross logo, but you can see the function of the product within this shot. So one, it gives me ideas that maybe during the shoot we want to, you know, kind of use some props or something like that. Probably not necessary. But when we come to all of these competitors, they're really not

doing it right. Like I think this is a really good shot. I think we should capture this. But they're not really using those arrows which are prevalently used on. On AliExpress. So there we go. They did kind of use that, but it's not really front and center. So there's another good concept. So we're just going to spend time. We're going to make sure that every shot that we need for our website is going to be on there. And again, if you're confused about what shots you need find, it doesn't need to be a direct competitor,

but find someone in an adjacent space the way their photography is. Ten out of ten. Even something like our yoga. In this situation, they're not selling men's clothes, but their photography is just absolutely insane, both from a lifestyle perspective and a product images perspective. And see here. So find those people, research them, copy and paste as many, example shots that you need. Give that to your photographer or even give it to the agency that's doing the shoot for you, and it'll come out perfect. All right. The model is on his way. Shoot day. Where you're

really going to make this brand pop? It's going to be good. I'll show you what it's like to be on a photo shoot. If you're shooting your own photography at home, you're not going to have this experience. But we're going to coordinator Eddie here is the man is the best. So enjoy. So if I show up, obey signs straight on like that, you can see the do you want the face in or you don't need the face? I would just get the face because we can just be good corporate. We can just come in and

then it's important that we can kind of see the marks to the lighting of the right, so it doesn't look just like an undershirt, you know, like it has a feature. Yeah. Do you want them like cool looking. Yeah. I think just serious looking. It's just. Yeah I actually it doesn't native it to two serious like it can be a little bit light out like that Gymshark. It is supposed to be like an approachable middle aged dad kind of thing. Yeah. Okay. So I hope you get me on the inside out. No. That's right. Yeah.

Can you feel it? Feel that? Pull back a little bit. I feel all right. Yeah, yeah, I can put you there. Right. So up as well. All right. I just have a quick test. Okay. Chin down. And later. Boom yet? But you can look at the camera for it yet. So that's it. Yeah yeah yeah. Yeah. Good. Yeah. All right. Let's can we get a contrasting light to make that stomach? And should we do that in post? I think we can do that with a lot. Yeah, yeah. Okay. Let's keep going. We'll get the back

shot now as well. But I want to do this side view again in use tripod because we're gonna use that shot. And then we're going to put the thing on and fix it. And then it's just going to be like a transition. Yeah. Slide up probably. Yeah. We'll we can finish off. We can just finish off. Just getting the product images like the front middle of side and back. Yeah. Capture this one as well. Just to show that shot to actually we got that one as well. Yeah it looks good. This one's with the stomach.

Yeah. This one's like kind of he's still got a. Difficult that it's just a very taper like other like it's just the way David's so and so indicative. And I think that as good as you get it's like this side. Oh now actually pulls the shoulders back to a bit of a postural change. Yeah. Like it's not huge. But there's definitely better. Rounded with the shot. You know what I mean. Like rounded without that. Oh and there's actually a different fabric change about the chest as well that you can maybe highlight with your chin. Just

like kind of. Nothing really crazy about this aside from you need to get this inside the fabric. Yeah, that's how we do. Yeah. So we'll have those. And then you, my, I actually got some. I've actually got some, like dumbbells and elastic bands and stuff like that. So we can do a couple of shots. But we probably at the end of it we should get some spray sweat as well. Just to highlight how that operates. Yeah, yeah. So, so say I'll let you just get your regular shots. The more runs on a little bit over.

Yeah. Big guilty. Nice. But he needs more water. Whoa. Let me just just. Yeah. Or even some on the product as well. You know, I usually get. Yeah. You. Just get soaked down. Yeah. It's it's a song there. You okay? How's it get ready chef. Yeah. Awesome. I think that's a wrap once you want to keep going. Yeah yeah. Can you explain how set up. I have so many lights. This is our main light here to bring all the details of the, of our product. Yep, yep. And that one, there is basically a few like

to filling up at the moment. This one's just on the modeling light. Yeah. Just made, for, for for me to see. Yeah. Those are nocturnal. Gotcha. Basically. And why do you why do you need to why can I use continuous lighting? This is a flash. Flash just gives in product shooting gives you a bit, Chris. Chris. Yeah. That's to the product. Yeah. It's just sharp, with the light sharp. And and then also with, more control, better control the shutter speed so we can get motion blur. Sure. Yeah. We flash, we can freeze any. So is

that sent to the camera? Yes. Yeah. This little gadget talks to the flashes, and then I can control the intensity. The power of the flash from this is unit here. And then as soon as I, press the button on the camera, it just connect everything, just to make everything flash at the same time. So you got one main light, one second light. This is a field we call it. So that. Yeah, well, without this field, we will be able. We will create a moodier low. Yeah. There's more shadow on this side with this. Feel like

it just cleans up the, shadow depending on the mood. Because sometimes we don't use it. Sometimes we use it. So you got one more light up? Yeah, yeah, this one's just a top light. Use a lot for bringing out more details on, like, here. And then, sometimes it cleans up the background as well with a little bit of sunshine on the top. And then we have two lights, too, for the background color. Yeah, yeah. Do you need the backlight? Depending, if we without that black backlight. Yeah. White as you see it won't be white there

eventually. Come. Great, great. Yeah a great more than a white. Yeah. With the light I and has control of the, brightness of the background. Yeah. If we, using, color background, I can then change the blue into a different blue by adding more backlight into it. What's the main mistake new photographers make when they're trying to do at home? Shades like this? Just not enough lights, I suppose. I'm trying to do too much rather than trying to add too many lights in in a small space touch. Yeah, because as long as you have more lights, then

it's more, it's harder to control the environment. That's true. So sometimes if you, just starting at the beginning and do it at home, it's better to keep it simple. Yeah, yeah. Just one setup. Would you recommend, would go for a main eye for sure. Yeah. Good. Good source of main light and, maybe, perhaps a few light for it. Yeah. And and then if we only have budget for two lights, we can sometimes change the feel and move it on to the back and then use it as a backlight. Gotcha. Yeah. So but I will say

sometimes minimum is free. And free lighting will be good depending on your budget. Depending on your space. Yeah. Thing keep it simple as long as you get your subject. Well neat. That's good. And after you've done these photos, you send them off to a we use some someone internationally don't we? Or do you retouch the photos, explain that process. Depending on the job, sometimes I, I do my own retouching most of the time and and if it's like a large loading, like in a, busy e-commerce situation, we send it off to, retoucher to do it.

Yeah. And what is retouching? Retouching is, getting rid of the flaws of your photos, really? Like, no matter is like, dirty background or fixing up skiing. Downhill skiing. The, skiing problem. Yeah. Yes. What's in stuff? Clean it. And then for more advanced, retouching, we can even like to change the whole whole mood of the photos with toning with, it also lighting changes the lighting a bit. Yeah. You can change fabric color as well. Yeah, correct that as well. So you can correct anything from from retouching afterwards. Awesome. Yeah. Awesome. So so that's how you do

a product share. We've got a couple of more products coming the same hours as well. So I'm not going to come down here. I'll be filming Shark Tank but Eddie will take care of that. And yeah, let's next step is we're going to get the website a lot and there's a couple more steps. But see you in the next module. I'm going to cover the exact flywheel, the exact process to guarantee that you become successful through dropshipping. Two things can only be true if you do this. Flywheel is you're either going to become successful in

dropshipping or you're going to die before that happens. Because part of this process is never giving up. And there's an iterative process that we just continue to do through this process of learning and changing things, that eventually something is going to work. It doesn't matter how stupid you are, it doesn't matter. You know what family you were born into. It just matters that you do follow this process. Generally, the way that I see it is the people that don't get result. Two things happen. The first is that product sucks, meaning that they haven't selected the

right product. And in this course, we're going to go through every single thing. I know about selecting products, selected products that do hundreds of millions of dollars in sales. And my strike rate is pretty good. Then the other thing that could be true is your marketing sucks. Now, marketing is definitely not a skill set that everybody knows, and that's okay. It's a skill set that can be learned. So generally we have left brain and right brain. Right brain is creative. Left brain is more operational. So if you're coming in you're like doing a trade at

the moment. You're a builder or you're a lawyer or something like that and you're very operational. You're very logical. Chances are the marketing side is going to be quite difficult for you, and that's something that we need to overcome. By the way, this might feel a little bit like if you have no experience in dropshipping, you might be a little bit confused. But I want you to come back to this video after you've launched all of your store, after you haven't gotten results. And I want you to watch this, but I wanted to bring it

up early as well. So you just so you can start thinking about it. I like to call the process the do I suck process, and it's a series of questions that we ask ourselves and a series of actions that we do. The first step, let's say you've launched your website and you've launched your ads. The first step is to check your check out to make sure that you can actually the person that you're advertising to in the region, the advertising to can actually check out, because the amount of people that don't actually go onto their

website and an incognito browser, try to purchase their own products, and they realize that the shipping options aren't even set up or something like that is just astounding. So let's first give ourselves a chance and set up the checkout properly. The next thing that I want you to do is I want you to analyze your advertising before we change product. We really want to check out our advertising because we need to make sure that our videos are fast. They the positioning is good. We understand our customer's objections and pain points. So when calling that out

with all of the best practices that I talk about in this course, then I want you to get feedback on this advertising. Now you can use the discord the millionaires.com discord. You can find a group of friends or people on YouTube that are just starting out on YouTube that talking about dropshipping that have gotten some results, get in some groups and just send them. They added news be like, is this good? Then I want you to do that for your website as well. I want you to send them both your website and the ads and,

you know, just be like, is this good? Because I find that people first starting out, their websites look terrible. They look like scam websites. I would never purchase from them. You probably wouldn't even purchase from them. So why are we expecting customers to purchase from them? And things like information hierarchy like padding on images, the quality of the images, the way that it acts on mobile, all of this kind of stuff that you probably are a little bit blind to because you've set it up and it's your first try. Even copywriting, spelling mistakes you just

might miss. And this is why we have I wrote my store section on the discord is so people can when they're not getting results, send that store link there and people will just take to shreds. And that's great. We like to learn, right? So once we've checked that it can be purchased, once we've checked the quality of the website and gotten feedback on the ads as well, then we can analyze the the rest of the business. So let's say you've gotten a few sales, but you're unprofitable. So like let's say you're selling a product for

$100. It costs you $20, you've got $80 of margin there, and your client custom is for $100. So you're now losing $20 every single order. Is that a loss product or is that a good product? Well, chances are that it might be a great product and you just need some time. You might be able to get the cost of the product down by $10 or something like that. Remember, your store when you first launch is the worst it is ever going to be. It only gets better from it. You create better ads. You create new

angles to attract new customers. You improve the website conversion rate, you create offers. So like things that are just far more enticing. I was talking to a client the other day and in daily Mentor, and he's doubled his business to $30 million simply by offering a new product with like a slightly better feature at less price than his old product. It's just framing in people's mind. It was creating an anchor in their mind, and his business doubled from it. His conversion rate doubled just almost overnight. And I think these are the things that you're just

going to discover, and we're going to discover together to make sure that you get these results. One thing that you do need to communicate when you're getting some of this feedback and learning, or you just even asking yourself, is, how many angles have I actually tested? Because if I'm selling, let's say, compression where top and I've only tested 20 to 30 year old males that I'm trying to, you know, I'm competing against Gymshark then and I've just created five ads for that then that I would not say that that's a conclusive test. Like I want

to go create another hypothesis. This product is actually amazing. Vote, older females that are struggling with joint pain. And I want to test that. That's a bad example. But that's probably what I would go do. And I think you got a question. How many different creatives you've launched, how many different angles you've launched as well. And the other thing is how much money have you actually spent on the ads in this project? You know, I've done a project before the way I did. You know, I only spent I think it was like 500 bucks or

a thousand bucks or whatever to launch the business. And that was very, very restrictive. Realistically, I would minimum $1,000 for every brand that I launch, maybe even $2,000, so I can test these angles on Facebook more. Eventually, when you get the right angle, don't stress you're going to be cash flow positive. Every ad is one ad. It's going to produce $3 like $1 to $3. But initially, I'm going to make a lot of mistakes when it comes to product selection. Let's say it hasn't worked. So we once we've kind of looked really hard at the

ads, we've launched a bunch of we've tested a bit of money, we've seen how many operational improvements who can make. And I just like this is still not working. Maybe we've gotten feedback on it. It's just like these ads are phantom state. That's the feedback that we want. And it's just like, I thought this would work. Then we can look at the product. Now, I like to think of all of these things as improving your skill stack. E-commerce is such a multifaceted craft where you have the skill sets of finding products, the operations, hiring people,

managing vs creating. Advertisement I look at all of those is very individual skills. Product is the highest leverage. One of those I remember I've launched businesses that they done $10 million in that first year. They just absolutely skyrocket. Very rarely have I launched a product that hasn't done very well in the short term has become really, really good in the long term. And this is because there's certain stages of awareness that we are trying to as dropship, as we're not trying to get customers that aren't aware. We're sometimes trying to get customers that are more

solution and product aware, but we're not trying to get them when they're already brand aware. A lot of people in the product stage are picking people that are in that brand aware section. That's why you don't just suddenly have these massive results, which are kind of essential for you to get a lot of profit early and early days. And this is why as a beginner, we want them kind of in the solution product aware stage, and we want to be that product that we are going to sell to them, because it's already search volume for

it. But there's not a huge amount of competitors. If we go to the product and we launch the product, the ads are amazing and it doesn't get results. I would reflect on what I've done wrong there, and chances are you probably launch something that nobody gives a shit about. Nobody cares about, or Walmart is already selling the product and I would really drill down on and spend another whole week. This is why I'm, you know, talking about churn rocket as a tool. Because like when I'm doing product research, I am trying to find things that

aren't saturated and that just takes time. It really, really does. And I don't want to rush that stage. There are a lot of dropshipping courses out there that recommend testing 510 products, grabbing the images of AliExpress using I converts to this kind of take them and then running with the suppliers videos or something like that, which I just don't fundamentally recommend because when I do that, I don't know whether the main problem was generally the ad quality. I want to elevate you above all of these other people that are doing that, and to do that,

we really kind of want to make sure we create really high quality videos that really emotionally move people. So getting the product in your hands, taking your own photos, spending a bit of time creating that content and testing less products, I think is a better way of going about it. And really drilling down on the marketing fundamentals of that product is going to be better. So we might only be able to test 2 or 3 products a month if we're doing this full time, whereas if we're doing this part time, we probably just want to

be focusing on one product, maybe two. And I think that that's a big difference between a lot of the other courses. So I think follow that flywheel. Remember, you're not in this alone. You can fast track learning very, very quickly by using the community that we're trying to build by using other communities. So don't be offended by messaging me. Just getting answers to why this thing isn't working is going to be very, very quick because chances are you just have one missing broken link that once you fix that broken link, everything will just to explode.

I really want to drill down the fact that as you scale with the increased sales, the marginal cost of getting the product to the customer is going to decrease. It's going to become more efficient because suppliers will sell it to you cheaper. You're going to find new suppliers and it's just going to get much easier. So if you do find that you like getting okay results with a product early on and it hasn't skyrocketed, but at least you're making a little bit of money or slightly losing money. It may be something that you just want

to keep drilling down on. You don't want to give up just yet. With time, other things change. There are a lot of competitors, and I do apologize for people that watch my previous video. I just copied all of my products to try to launch them, but I don't think it's a great opportunity anymore. I think I reflected on it, it's a little bit too difficult. Team ocean they've launched the sort of shirts, dirt, dirt cheap and I just wasn't really feeling it. Now this is just part of the process, finding new products. There's so many

of them, and I really do want it to be a mass market opportunity, but probably lower competition as well. So granted, I found a brand new product, which I'm going to kind of try to talk about in the next video because I know everyone wants to follow through. The reason why I didn't want to go with these ones is it's too saturated. We want to find ones where there's not the very, very cheap competitors. So yeah, over the next video. So in today's video, we're going to cover exactly how to create a business name for

our dropshipping brand. Now a lot of people spend way too much time on this. And it's just an absolute waste, especially when you're a beginner. Now, if you are becoming experienced and you're very, very confident in that this brand is going to work, you're very confident in the brand positioning and where you're going to take the future development. Then obviously you should take a lot of time developing the name, thinking about trademarking and those kind of things. But for the vast majority of the people watching this, you're going to be a beginner. So the only

thing that you need to think about is the DTF framework. So yes, that's my initials as well. I created the data framework. But you're basically it needs to be domain able. So you can actually get the.com the dot. Co.Uk the.com that I use domains. Then it needs to be trademark able. So we can jump into that in a little bit. But certain names can't be trademarked like calming blankets. When I launched a weighted blanket called calling Blanket it was too descriptive. It couldn't be trademark about, it couldn't be trademarked. So so we want to have

a think about that as well. And there's some big reasons why we actually need it trademarked. Some people think that they're overrated, but I disagree. That's very, very important that it is at least my potential in the future. We don't need to do it right now, but we just need to make sure that the name actually works. And then we've got flexible. Now, what I mean by flexible is exactly what I was referring to before. Like you don't want it to be limiting in your ability to launch future products coming rankings. This is another really

bad example of that because we wanted to launch lots of sleep products, but it's called Calming Blanket where if if it was called like something like CBD or something a bit more, just random like that, it would have been much more easy to pivot in the consumer's mind as well. So we just want to make sure that it satisfies all three of those criteria. Now, there's always, a question whether you're doing a branding guidelines before, like the branding positioning before you do the name or after, most experienced people will do a bit of positioning, make

sure they're confident in it, and then they'll pick the name kind of from that process. I'm going to do it the opposite just because it's not that important. I just kind of want to get the name locked in for you guys, and then we can get into the branding guidelines. So how to do this very, very quickly and very, very effectively. We're going to come to ChatGPT and we're going to go and start a new. Pretty much all we need to do is I am creating a business that sells, and we just want to put

in what we're selling. So alpaca socks now this is going to give me at this point it's going to give me a lot of kind of just alpaca socks variations. It's really not going to be too creative. So we kind of want to think outside the box and just kind of think about some brands that we really love. How do they make us feel? How do they deliver on what they do? So, for example, we've got Apple. They're an innovative company. They use technology, they use minimalism. Then we got Coca-Cola. They bring happiness. They bring

moments of joy. They're delicious, these kind of things. So you can kind of just start thinking about how some of these brands are going to look and how your brand is going to look. We're going to do a full process on it, but it's just important that we put it into ChatGPT where we think that it's going to go. So if you really want, you can also do this. If you really kind of stuck for positioning, you can go tell me the most famous brands, famous brands and how they, branded, how do they deliver on

that branding? How do customers see the brand do something like that, and they'll give you a list of certain ways that brands are positioned. They Apple innovative Nike. High performance. So this will give you some really simple ideas about how you can, position your brand. And it does need to be incorporated a little bit into the naming, in my opinion. The more we can give ChatGPT outside of the obvious, the more creative the, result to be. So let's go back to this. I am creating a business selling alpaca socks, and now I could even leave

out alpaca just because I know how much it's going to absolutely love playing with that keyword. And it's maybe not even necessary, because I remember when we when we say that it's flexible, we, you know, I might not always be selling alpaca socks, I might these alpaca socks might not even work. They might not even sell. So therefore, if my, business name was called alpaca scum, then how am I going to test the second product on that? Remember dropshipping, you're not always going to hit the winner on the first product. So we want to again

keep it flexible. So I'm creating a business selling alpaca socks. I want the brand to be innovative technology forward and performance based apparel. So basically giving it a bunch of more to play with. Create me ten business name options and check that they the.com domain is available. Cool. So and then I'm just going to send that. Now the I mean experience I've seen the.com the these outcomes be taken a lot. It doesn't seem to manage it too well. But it's better than at coming back with like selling like socks.com or something like that. So we've

got a bunch of options here. We've got Alpaca Stride and you can see how much I've just kind of loved grabbing that alpaca. Keyword. Let's try, let's try just removing alpaca completely selling socks with different materials. Let's try that. It's probably just going to grab over socks and co and nano stride tech wave strides Mop so heavily relies on the two word names which we which which are okay. We can also go create my business name with these three words, which probably is going to be, is but not that didn't work. Let's do it. Don't

just use to. Let's see if I've figured that out. So, so just you can just play around with this. You could also do, give me some options where they. It's not just normal words like you can, creative spelling and stuff like that. Generally, you don't want to do too much creative spelling, simply because, Google will struggle to just, let's say a socks with a Z or something like that. It's going to be confusing. Plus they can infringe on trademarks a lot. The other thing you can just say is do abstract names like Google. So Google

obviously makes no sense. I believe they created Google because it just looked good with two i's and JS. I can't actually remember. Don't quote me on that one, but you can see just by creating abstract business names. And it's checking the domains. But you got Sintra which is cool. So like center.com like that's going to be taken. I'm so I know that. So how do we check the domains that are taken. Say ChatGPT is not too great at it. We can just come to name, which is going to be the domain hosting that I'm going

to recommend for you. You can buy the domain directly to Shopify in a later stage, but you want that flexibility. I believe you're on the hosting outside of, Shopify, in case you want flexibility. Let's say you want to move away from Shopify one day creating emails, all of that kind of stuff. It's just a little better. Namecheap is the cheapest option out there. I can leave an affiliate code for you guys as well, but realistically GoDaddy is okay. We heard sweet GoDaddy as well, but I've, it's been a bit buggy for me at the moment,

so I'm a little bit, a little bit off them. So to find the domains, all we're going to do is we can come in here, this one free, super hard to pronounce. I wouldn't use that, but just checking that there are going to be some. Cool. So these are all kind of taken. A lot of these won't be taken off if we just come up to here. Like Active Wave definitely will be. But remember just that DTF frame, my domain is the first thing. So we're just going to check that it's free distracted. Cool. So

there's also taken. I think three days I believe blocks real pretty good names pretty flexible in terms of what we can do. We could test we could go into it. We could just keep launching different types of socks. We could go into fitness apparel. We could go into any kind of, performance based, which is part of the brief. Sorry, I've already checked on, well, that's next. So. So all, probably all of these three words will be free. But that being said, don't really be, want them make kind of lame. If we can get the duck

comma available, chances are the duck. Co.Uk the.com, did I you, all of the other domains are going to be free. Now if you're just getting started, you just want to sell to the US. You don't really know what you're doing. You can just buy the.com initially and get launched. And then you can if you wanted to, you can use a currency converter demo on. We'll get to that point. But yeah, realistically, I do like to have all of the domains free if you're if you're pretty confident in what you're doing. And it also will mean

that you're less likely going to get in trouble with a competitor that's already using that name. Right? So that's what I'm just going to check when I do find one. Can I even get the.com free? I'm going to check all of the other domains as well. So we've got synthetic synthetic fit which is pretty terrible name. What about synth filled? With cool $3,000? Let's not use that. So what I'm going to do is I'm just going to come back here and just say, create me, create me 30 business names. And you could have just prompted

their, just to say, create me ten more, create me ten more, create me ten more. So it's really loving the sucks. So it will just keep working through these next step. When? I truly don't want to use bio simply because people say that environmental. Technically it is an environmental product, but we don't want that to define the brand. You know, we just want performance based at this point. Just to working through, All fantastic names, but we're just going to keep pushing it until we can find some that are free. Let's try to incorporate, So I'm

basically just asking it to incorporate the alpaca material, but they abstract. And it didn't understand what abstract was. There we go, Helen. Through pure waves. Let's see if we can capture here. We're not going to have pure wave by itself, but we might even get pure waves. Right. Rent or a fleece. Because we want it to be kind of as. Cool pigtail style.com. So we finally got one that's available, which is good. I think we will go with pay textile for now. It's pretty good name. It's not not ideal, but at the same time I

think it's going to be really good to show you the examples of the next steps. So the next thing we're going to go to is something called trademark here. Now a trait the way trademarks work is if I trademarked Woody in the wearable blankets apparel slippers category and someone trademarked Woody in the food category, that is okay. Trademarks are category specific and they're also regionally specific. If someone trademarked Woody and I don't know some random country that I'm not selling in have no common usage rights, which means that, like, I've never been selling their before,

chances are that's going to be okay as well. So it's it's it's a it's an interesting form of law. But basically what we're looking for to be as safe as possible and you should get a lawyer to look over any of this stuff. And especially when it comes to legal IP whatnot, we're looking for someone that that a region that has no businesses similar that is selling already within that region as a first step. So the way that I would go about that is I would go one, I would just write in pig textile, right.

And you can see pig fabrics since 1990, And you can't see any like, pig textile Instagrams or anything like that pop up. Now the next thing fabrics I don't think would infringe, not from a trademark perspective, because they're two different words like pig, fabrics and, textile. Well, they could be. They can mean the same thing. They're still different. What? It's very similar to, like, cleanest dry cleaner versus spotless dry cleaner. They're two different words. Even though they can mean the same thing. So from a trademark perspective you probably going to be fine. It's when you're

impersonating and you do lots of other things that are exactly the same that can be problematic. So let's say you rip their website completely. You just change one word, you're stealing all of the ads, and the consumer is very, very confused about who's is who. That's when you can start to get in a bit of trouble in that area. But realistically, Pig Textiles seems like it's okay that that their website is barely kind of operating. So not to worry about that. So that's when I would come to the trademark search and be like, just because

if you do the trademark search fast and you see nothing comes up, that doesn't mean that it's still okay, because there is something, as I was talking about before, there's common usage, right? So let's say I'm selling putty in Australia for three years and everyone knows only the branded and someone can just come in and just start selling under the Aussie. It's much cleaner. If I got a trademark initially and made my registration very, very clear and that's that's a much better process to do it. But you still have some kind of protection if you

don't have the trademark, and that's why I wanted to just search it first before looking at the trademark. So we can just write in paid textile here and you're gonna get a bunch of variations. So either pay. Now this class and description is kind of what we want to look at. Because you know, this textile it's software but we're not in software. So it's not too much of an issue. And I think trademark is actually quite good at interpreting different variations. So if you're going to actually use the trademark such tools within like the US

government or Australian government, it's really quite difficult. And you kind of definitely want a lawyer to do it because you need a search like peak first and then different variations of PayG, and it's just very, very messy. But this is why I really like this free tool trademark. Yeah, because it really just kind of interpret different words and even and actually maybe this doesn't but like phonetically similar as well. So let's say not a good good example. Bad words like let's say you've got a hoodie and then someone changes the name to hoodie like a

w dere. So it's kind of exactly the same phonetically. It's even though it's about different that can infringe as well. And that's where some of these trademark searches can be very, very difficult. So I know this might just be scaring everyone off, but the one thing that we're trying to avoid here is you're getting 12 months down the line scaling your business. Everything is going really well. You've invested all this money in packaging, website, domain, this kind of stuff. And a big company goes, oh, we actually can see you now. We're going to get you

to change your entire website. So you have to change the domain. All of your ads that are pushing to your website, their website, the domain will need to be changed there. And it was just kill your momentum completely. So that's pretty much why I'm trying to explain this as detailed as possible so that that doesn't have to happen to you. And then the other reason, like we want it to be able to be trademarked, is because eventually scammers are going to copy your website, your entire website, and they're going to start running ads to stealing

either your packaging, stealing your graphics, all of that kind of stuff, stealing your Facebook ads. And if you have a trademark on these things, it's going to be much easier for you to go to Google, go to Facebook, go to Amazon and say, this is my registered trademark with the US government. Take this piece of content down and they'll do it. So this is why we want to make sure that we can get a trademark when we want to. Cool. So going back to this last thing, I'm looking for as someone that just has paid

textile, if that was there, I'd be pretty worried about that. But these all kind of same. Fine. The last thing that I can do is I can just do a text, to textile trademark, and we can just come in to some of these and just have a raid of all of this stuff. Like peak clothing, you can come down and sometimes they're not active anymore. So you can see the class status code. And that is active. Look, I don't think oh, no, sorry. This is a status abandoned. File it to respond to a late response

code. So they've basically abandoned this one. So that shouldn't be an issue either. And then you can just click through some of these articles. Now I think we're good. I'm just going to simply add this to cart. So basically searching your brand name, the.com. And they will maybe suggest a couple of other things. But you don't really need this at this point. And then we can click checkout. And we definitely want to main privacy if we can have it as an option, simply because we're going to get a lot of, a lot of spam emails,

pitching to create a premium landing page is what they always say. So then we can just click confirm order. We don't a web hosting or anything. We can create an account. So we do need a Gmail to set up with our email address for this account as well. Then all of the other accounts that we're going to set up after are going to be used with our actual domain name. The Gmail can kind of be your personal thing, but you want to interact all with kind of one branded domain simply because like, maybe you're going

to sell the business, maybe you need a, maybe you're going to launch another business and you want to keep them all completely separate. So it's a really good habit to get into. Then we can just set this up. Put all your details in place. For company name you don't actually need to put anything in at this point. And we can just use all the defaults here. Click continue. Now we definitely want to do automatically renew all of our services. Because the last thing you want is your Shopify store going down because you failed to pay

$10. And click continue. And then we can pay now. Now that's all done. And our account set up buying new domains. It's going to be much easier because it kind of just defaults to everything. But if you are very confident in your desire to expand or grow the business, you do want to buy all the other similar domains around it. Now, if you're a beginner, don't do this because probably this isn't going to work the first time. As I said. But one of the other benefits of having all of the other domains is when you

start seeing success, a lot of copycats will come up and they'll start copying and pasting your website, your brand name, everything. And by just kind of limiting how many domains that look similar can be really good, it also stops competing brands or, similar brands in other regions from even just attempting even if they don't know about you launching a brand because you've already owns the domain. So we can just do like paid tax outcue, like. And we can add that one to cart as well. And we can go through and we can add all of

the ones that we want. The next step is we want to set up our email address. So to do this where I actually what we're going to use is Google Workspace. And so you can just write in Google Workspace and set up here click Start Free trial. And we want to click here with your company with your dotcom company address click select. Does your business have a domain? Yes I have one. And we're just going to write in paychecks outcome because we now own that. Click next. Then you're going to enter what you want to

create your username as mine is going to be mine. First name app text outcome. Create password. Click I am not a robot green. Continue. To try that one. We're going to skip Gemini. We don't need that. I software at the moment. All we need is a great email, an easy to integrate email like I am. I understand. HQ cool. Now you're in the admin console. So it kind of feels like everything's set up, but it's not at this point. You still need to do one little technical thing. Click next. So we need to, verify this

domain with Google. Then we can. This is another one of the major benefits of setting up an email in Google Workspace is every time we bring on a virtual assistant or any employees at a later date, we can create a new email for them very, very quickly. And that way, if the VA ever leaves, you still got access to all the emails. And it's just, a really good habit to get into. As I said, main the main thing that people usually do is to set up everything in a Gmail, which honestly, if you're a beginner,

I guess you could do it. But, you always if it becomes successful, you're going to wish you did this in the early stages. Click Protect and Ready to protect your domain. Now, if your screen looks a little bit different, to this, you can just search how to connect Namecheap with, Gmail. But they always look a little bit similar here. So we need to come back to Namecheap. And we're going to come to dashboard. Manage. Classroom A little bit slow today. Sorry guys. Click advanced DNS. You're going to click a new record. So you can come

back here and go to step two. And it's going to tell you to add a text record from here. And you're just going to copy and paste this value here. And you're going to scroll down to text at. So all I'm doing here is I'm copying this host record, this text value putting it here. And then I should be able to click save changes. Just make sure as a change since I last did it cool. That's done. And then I should just be able to click Protect domain. You should pick it up. It might take

a little while. The other reason why you really need this domain and you shouldn't just use a Gmail is because when you set up your email marketing, it's really good to kind of have that old all set up appropriate. So it's not coming from a Gmail because they go straight to spam. So when we do abandoned car emails, all of this kind of stuff, you kind of need a branded email coupe. This might take five minutes, but realistically, that's it. Now I can go onto Google, Gmail. I can use other email services that integrate with

Gmail, and I can just sign in, eases up. So in today's video I'm going to cover how to create a brand for your dropshipping store. Now I'm not just talking about pretty colors, logos, beautiful website. That is very surface level of what a brand actually is. A while back there was a brand that was dropshipping. They might have not been dropshipping, but they are extremely direct response. Their websites looked really, really almost scammy and everyone was like, this can never be a brand because of they didn't have a pretty website and they didn't do all

of the really kind of Gen Z design stuff. Fast forward, and this is now a multi hundred million dollar brand that is talked about by Joe Rogan and some of the major, health people because the product was so good, because what the the brand strategy was so good. And this is athletic greens. Now every kind of dropshipping business has the potential to be a brand in itself. Dropshipping is a delivery mechanism. It's not a death sentence for brands because I've even bought from Apple. I bought some headphones recently and they drop shipped it from China.

The reason why that dropshipping products sometimes don't become a brand is one because the product sucks. Two they don't stand for anything, and three the service is terrible and we're going to try to mitigate all three of those things. But the thing that I want to talk about in today's video is what is the actual brand stand for? How are we going to differentiate ourselves from the competitors to stand out in our consumers minds whenever they need a solution to the product the brand stands for? And this is what a brand really is like. There's

some really good quotes here. Like a brand is the set of expectations, memories, stories and relationships that, taken together, account for a consumer's decision to choose one product versus the other. So we've got a bunch of competitors for the idea that. So yeah, a similar product granted less quality because they have to drop ship it and it's too heavy to do that. When a consumer sees the body versus, the competitor that has no brand, the hoodie and everything that we do is to create moments of comfort and joy for the consumer. So when then they

see all of our supporting assets and everything that we do prior to the purchase, and then they're comparing to buy the competitive essence as even if ours is slightly more expensive, they're going to purchase ads because they know that they're going to get a moment of comfort through the product. And that's what a brand is. So there's so many different ways to push your brand, and it doesn't matter what type of product that has. There's probably like five very valid ways to brand that product in a different way that probably your competitor hasn't stand for.

And it's similar to how I keep talking about positioning. Like you've got to kind of consider that now a lot of kind of people that are familiar with dropshipping will be like, I'm going to skip this video. I don't need this video. Let me tell you why. Branding important like from a performance point of view, the first thing a brand is going to do is going to get you cheaper acquisition. And I can hear a lot of people that are very experienced saying, no, branding is going to be limiting. I want to be able to

make any ad convert. It's not true. Like you look at all of the people dropshipping, a teeth whitening product at the moment and look at their CPA, their cost of acquisition, versus someone like, hi, smile has a brand, I can guarantee you hi smiles better. They're spending way more. They can do $1 billion of revenue. Hopefully they're crushing it. So that's what a brand can do. The second thing a brand can do is it gives you a lot of direction in the what, secondary products you should be launching under the brand. Because if you're selling,

you know, a pack of socks, and if we're going to push the alpaca socks in the branding direction of hiking, it's not going to make any sense. If we bought out some, like running shoes or something like that, whereas if we pushed it down the branding route of looking after the feet or something like that, like chiropractic, scientific foot, health, then suddenly a shoe does make sense. And this is the brand needs to be kind of defined so that you can do that. Because what we're doing with that secondary product is we're leveraging the emotional

connection that we've already created with the first consumer, with with that first purchase, with the first product, and then leveraging in that for the second one. So the final reason is word of mouth referral. And a lot of people ask me why audio is so successful. And part of the reason was because the brand was creating so much joy in people that they were telling their friends about it, so I could acquire one customer and they would tell maybe .2.3 extra customers. I don't have the actual facts, but that's what I think was happening. And

I think that that's a really good reason. So if you're a drop shipper, that just doesn't ever want to understand about brand, you're going to be limited. As I grow older and, wanting to hit new heights, I realize that kind of brand is the only thing brand is the only true moat in e-commerce systems, processes, patents, trademarks, all of this kind of stuff. They are just kind of finite. And Warren Buffett is one of the best people about that, talks about this. And he will only invest in something that has a really, really strong brand

and a really strong leader. So if it's good enough for Warren, it's good enough for me. I remember chatting to Simon Beard, who's created an incredible brand. He's one of my friends. Coach Kingsley. Excellent for 600 million. He said a brand is at in drips and lost in buckets. And I think that really reinforces the requirement to have consistency amongst the brand. So how do we get consistency? Well, first we need to define it. And this is what I'm going to teach you today. I'm going to give you a free template. Join the discord or

head to millionaires.com to check out this template and download it. And yeah, we can kind of go through all of these things. Now this is the template. It might be on a different format. It's on Figma right now. I don't know how easy that is for everybody to use, but, this is, my creative director. Ody created this for us. She's she's incredible. It knows knows her stuff. So what we're going to create here is a branding deck. Now, this branding deck will help us define everything. But if you ever hide an email agency or if

you ever needed to build a, like a website or something like that, and you hired someone to do it, you would send them this branding because it really defines a lot of the things that you stand for. You can even show it to potential employees, all of that kind of stuff. So it's a really, really important resource to have. So we're just going to add our, brand name here. So next we got this brand overview which I'm actually going to do last, I'm going to leave that one here. And I'm going to go across this

brand strategy because I think this is a great place to stop. So we're going to fill in the answer to these questions. Now, if you're new to branding, this is going to feel really overwhelming. If you're not a creative person, you're going to feel really overwhelming, and you're just going to have no idea what to kind of right here. But that's where ChatGPT and a couple of hacks that I'm going to show you today come in real handy. So the purpose what's a great a good behind your work. So when selling alpaca socks at the

moment for the cold for trade is for potentially hikers, I don't know the exact positioning that's going to work the best when we create Facebook creatives and create landing pages, I do want it to be relatively versatile in these early stages within building this brand, so that I'm not limiting myself when I find the right avatar and I find the right positioning for my brand. Some people like a little bit more experienced people or someone that's more branding orientated. We'll set this at the start, know exactly what the openings are in the market, and smash

it from a branding perspective and will not stop until they get it right. Think of Steve Jobs. He was like, I was like, nobody's going to buy a $1,500 phone. Nobody's going to buy a computer like this. It looks weird. It's too it's a closed ecosystem. This is never going to work. And it didn't for so long. It was absolutely getting hammered and so many people were constantly saying that they needed to sacrifice a lot of their brand values. He would absolutely not do that. He was so religious and dogmatic and pushing it forward with

that branding, and it obviously paid off. You are not Steve Jobs at this stage. You want to keep your branding versatile and you want to define a few core principles and at least start this. But then when you get a winning creative that might be for mums rather than for young Gen Z, suddenly that might shift a lot of the stuff that you're doing. But we can at least start making some assumptions. So what's the greater, good behind your work? So we want to create. Creates extremely comfortable and, technical textiles. See how that's versatile? I

can go into sportswear. I can go into more different types of socks. Very, very, different. So, vision, what will your brand look like in 5 to 10 years time? A multi category e-commerce store with lots of. Cool shrink as announced. So I've got a multi category ecom store with lots of different technical apparel endorsed by experts. Let's say you don't understand what purpose and vision actually is. So we want to come to chat and let's say we're selling something else. Let me give you something this on a t shirt that I was going to sell.

Let's go. What, some branding, and we can just go purpose? And purpose. Brand. What are some brand examples? For purpose and vision. That of major brands that could could be applicable to my brand that is selling Sona shirts. You see that? My just door pack socks, I don't know I'm going back to those. So a bunch of examples are going to pop up. So we've got Patagonia. We're in the business to save our home planet vision, to be a responsible company that supports environmental sustainability and applicability, which is emphasize the eco friendly aspect. So it's

actually giving me an example that I could, use, but see how easy that was to kind of get a bit of a brand value for that exact product. So it's talking about the sustainability practices of alpaca fibers, like that's going to be a completely different brand to what I'm talking about from a technical, apparel, element. But at the same time, it's still going to be really, really cool. Like, you can change all of the ads. Like, it would definitely work as well. But let me just give you another one. I'm Ben and Jerry's purpose to

make the best possible ice cream in the nicest possible way to create high quality products while promoting social. So this is all about product quality as well, which is a good value. One thing that you'll notice even on these branding template is just using existing brands is really, really helpful to actually pushing forward. Now, there are some already brands on this template that can help you understand. So we've got in here, we've got provide structure. Actually probably just look at these colors. You've got innovation, safety knowledge freedom liberation power mastery intimacy pleasure belonging service control.

They are just great keywords that could summarize so many brands like we've got was like innocent safety dove. Makes sense. Maybe you're in the beauty space and that's kind of where you want to go. Maybe you want to go, power magician in the beauty space. And that's going to be like, truly beauty. Like, that's probably more where they line up that obviously, like explore a freedom that's, that's, that's the that's the typical way that someone would brand a product that I'm doing. But maybe what I'm trying to do is I'm looking at creative innovation, and

I want to be more like Apple through this textile product, because this is probably where my competitors already are. This is where my competitors are thinking probably explorer. Maybe like at launch, Liberation is where they're kind of sitting. So if you have, you know, we go in, go back to our competitor sheet that we've done and we've analyzed, or we can even just look at some brands that we really, really like and try to apply that framework to ours, because chances are there's going to be a customer set that kind of appreciate it. So check

out this as well. But yeah, realistically, we can kind of go through here. Rather than go through step by step. I'm going to just kind of go through the rest of the sheet and talk about it. So we've got values. What are some beliefs that you stand for which is like innovation, high quality products, science, that kind of stuff. Audience. What's your ideal customer look like? Just like anyone that really wants to enhance their performance. Yeah. So I'm going to keep it open to hikers and, people that, you know, may be training as well. So

I'm going to keep that really open market. Why should your audience choose you or your competitors? Because we're going to have higher, higher quality products, but we're also going to be more committed to the actual, science behind the product as well. Goes what are your goals of your brand? So that can probably you can probably leave that. Initially I would I would say mine could be like to invent a new sock or something like that. Personality. If it was a your brand was a person, who would it be? And again, I'd probably use ChatGPT for

that. Right now I could say Steve Jobs voice. If your brand was human, how would it speak to the audience like a scientist? Visual identity. How does your brand visually make its customers feel? Which is probably more a little bit like Apple. So when we come to Apple now, one thing that is really, really good to do is add visual references from brands that you love and to do that, we either use Pinterest or we use just, going to the website. See, you look at some of this imagery here, and we can put this imagery

on the branding template itself. This should be a place, for example, imagery. So this is the visual moodboard. So we can start chucking pictures here because we're going to have our logo brand marks. And this is just going to be a really great place to screenshot and send to these developers that I was kind of talking about. When we come in to these product pages that were out there, really cool. Like this. So cool. So just screens are sharing some imagery here. Close up images. Then we can go to Pinterest. As I said. Go to

high tech branding. And it will give you some really good examples. The other one is actually Behance is really cool for this. Coming to Behance. And we can go search I took branding, let's do branding deck. And you can come in to some of these. Oh that sucks. That's a website sort by most appreciated. And we come into some of these. I mean just say some of the branding next like this is even for like logo options. Let me do technology product imagery. And see Behance has some really good examples. So like even this is

really cool. Cool. And you can see how the brand starting to take shape visually. I'm a very visual person rather than I don't really like just reading about brands like to see them. So let's come back to Pinterest and I'll show you a few more. Then see here I'm monitoring a high tech, technology logo. So comes up with anything cool. Get rid of apparel. So we kind of want a mixture of, like, things that can go on the website, product, imagery. The other thing that we want is lifestyle shots. So because lifestyle shots are such

an integral part, like if we come to the Odyssey, there's such an integral part of most people's branding. So this is we're actually quite branded nowadays, but let me find some examples. So like these are more lifestyle shots. Let me get one that will have more lifestyle shots. That's a bit more of a lifestyle shot. There we go. So like this kind of stuff is really really important as well. Now I would screenshot and put this on there because it looks great, but it's not really the vibe that I'm looking for. It's more so that's

more so street where it's a little bit cooler. It's a little bit to lifestyle, so probably don't want to grab that. But we can find a few more lifestyle. You might be able to find some examples here. So it's a bit too vintage for me. Oh, I think it looks pretty good. Lululemon might be actually a really good comparative brand. Let's take a look at Lululemon. Lululemon is actually not too big in Australia and not really huge. I don't really know what the brand stands for. It looks pretty cool. Very clean. Minimalist. But yeah, realistically,

that's let me just check. I think I'll keep walking you through certain things. Just how to use the shape so you guys can keep filling it out. Brand purpose. Brand purpose is like, why does your brand need to exist? And brand strategy is kind of like, how are you going to achieve it if that makes sense? So you can fill that one out and there's no explanation needed there that's very similar to the other one. We got action verbs here, which is really kind of similar to what I was talking about before with archetypes like

the types of, brands that people can be, but also just like how you're going to to do it as well. So we're going to connect with people, we're going to teach those kind of things. And you can start grabbing some of those good reminders. Purpose statement is, is is kind of similar to what we had before. It can feel a bit like it's repeating itself, but they're all yeah. Branding expert will hear me say that and they're going to absolutely slaughter me. But at the same time, I'm definitely not a branding expert. But there are

going to be some some small differences, and there's no harm in kind of repeating yourself. So brand vision is really cool. So you can right now I'm going to launch now back. So five years obviously I'm not going to launch this brand for five years. I've got plenty of other things to do. And I just want to teach you guys. But yeah, you could do five years laundry and sneaker, work with Huberman. I don't know that work with a celebrity. And that will give you a little bit of vision. Now. Brand values. So you're putting

negative. This is I actually really like this one. So this is very similar to what we were doing before with like finding the consumer using Reddit. How do they actually feel those kind of things. But writing in these negative and positive experiences, like my feet were freezing on a hike, I thought I was going to get frostbite or positive. I didn't get any blisters when I was doing a hike. That's a really good one. And then negative. Yeah, a negative feeling is a fear to get a blister positive might be. I was, very confident before

I went on to my walk, that kind of stuff. Identifying those feelings and experiences. Always going to be worthwhile because you recreate them in ads and you recreate them on landing pages. We've got core values here. This is another I definitely scroll down to this book kind of before you do the sheet. Hopefully I've been doing it alongside with me. Apologies if you have, but there's some really good keywords here as well about what the brand can be, and you can just add 3 to 5. Their tone of voice, tone of voice is really important.

You know, we kind of set out a little bit before, but yeah, Ally Yoga, as I said before, is probably a bit more trendy. Whereas we might want to be a little bit more professional. Actually there's professional. Yeah, there's professional there. The competitive landscape you can do this if you want is not too many competitors at this point for this, but you can chuck them in there and then put yourself in to make sure that you are really different to them. From a branding perspective. And then we got Target Persona. We can play with this

about what time for customers? I think that's this is all getting a little bit too granular when you're first starting. Now, simply because the persona really may change the customer. And then we've got audiences. I think that you can probably leave that as well. We're just going to do broad targeting. We can test a bunch of creatives, and then we get to this visual mode, Bob, which I'm going to keep filling out. Because next up we're going to make our logo and we're going to get started on on the design element logos. Incredibly important for

successful businesses, but for startups, they're just another step that we need to do quite quickly. We shouldn't get sued doing it. And then we want to keep it versatile, similar to just names in general, because we just don't know if this is going to work. So we don't want to waste too much time doing it. But overall, just so you understand, logos are incredibly important for successful businesses because they really embody the emotion that you're trying to portray through your brand. For example, the Amazon logo, it's A to Z, and it's also got a smile

underneath, which represents the fact that they stock everything from A to Z, and their main focus is to create satisfaction for their customers and create make them, make them happy. Then you've got the Adidas and Nike logos that may look different to each other, but they're both, you know, the Adidas logo, slightly slanted. The swoosh represents movement. This is a sports brand. So you can see as these brands become bigger, they really do embody the meaning of their logo. But at the same time the Nike logo was drawn just by a graphic designer, ten bucks

in the early stages. So we do want to keep it quiet, lane and dirty at the start. But there's going to be two methods that I show you now. One of them is completely free, and one of them is going to cost a little bit of money. I probably prefer the one that costs just a little bit of money, because it's so quick and so easy, and it probably saves me a bit of time. But if you have creative skills and understand a bit of creativity, and maybe you've done some graphic design in school or

something, just use the free method. So the first method that we're going to use. So we've got a branding document here, which is actually a really good place to start with kind of how the logo should make us feel, what it should embody, because we've already defined that with this brand, we want to do a little bit more tech orientated kind of performance apparel. So that refines it. And we've even got a couple of examples here. So I'm just going to go into this tool. So it's called looker and it's getting better and better with

all the AI advancements. And we can just go paint textile. And we can go apparel, wear fitness apparel. And you can just select a couple of logos that we like. Now it's worth going through a bit of logo theory. So we've got the logo mark here. And then we've got the tights on here. So we've got two components of a logo. Now this logo mark is sometimes way too complicated. We want to keep it minimal. We want to keep it versatile here. Otherwise we're going to get into it. It's just the logo needs to be

so versatile across the header bar of the website, the emails, any other, marketing that we're kind of doing on the packaging, this kind of stuff. So the less complicated it is, the better, in my opinion. And I actually don't mind when that actually just it's just kind of two, two fonts, especially because my brand name is actually two words. This could be a really good design. So if you've got one word, you should probably be looking at something like this and making sure that there's a type font, but a logo. Mark. Sorry, but if you've

kind of only got if you've got two ads, this can be a really nice design and three words. We probably don't want a brand name. It's too long. So we can just go into a couple of minimal things like this that we like, that just kind of catch our eye and click next. Now I'm going to talk about colors in a little bit for our branding. But for now we can just do grayscale. We can do maybe you can look at the the actual definitions of the colors. Go. And we don't have a slogan here.

It's probably not necessary. To select a few things here. And it's going to pump out a few logos. And just keep scrolling down until you see something that you like. And favorite them. We're really trying to look at them in two different components. So again the actual icon itself and the text, if we like the text for something, we can probably just move forward with that and we can change the icon a later date. Code. So I've got a couple of logos that I like. So we can go to your logos. And have it play

around with these. See what they kind of look like. So actually it looks pretty good. We can change this symbol. Now again, we're kind of looking for certain elements within our branding. That's, you know, we talked about before, like these kind of key words, these key action verbs could definitely kind of lean us towards a certain movement or certain way that people feel that we can try to get within our symbol. So like if we were going to do a waterproof, product, that might make sense. The fact that there's hollow fibers within the alpaca, you

can kind of see that. And it's represented within the triangle. Just kind of looking for that a bit more abstract, meaning the way that the textiles actually into interlink together. Now I'm relatively happy with that. Now I can click download and I can preview the brand kit as well, which is kind of similar to what we were making back here. Now, in the brand kit, we can check out a couple of things that we might want to use and just see how it kind of goes across all of these mediums. So for example, whereas newsletters,

we can go into this and we can see kind of how the font that they're kind of pairing is going to work on our emails. Just to give us some good idea, is this kind of what we're after? And, you know, when we look at this screenshot, this. Will maybe go these to. And bring it back here. And put it here. We can kind of see that the logo itself plays quite well into this feeling. Now all we need to do is we can actually just purchase that now. And you can download just the logo

package if you don't need the brand kit. Probably I'm just going to do that because I'm going to customize all of the other, stuff at a later date. So would probably want the multiple formats I can go through and purchase this. But for those people that are working on a huge budget, let's go through, and show you the other tool that you can kind of set up. So we can go to Canva, which is going to be your best friend going forward. So we can just sign up for a free trial to Canva. So now

we're in Canva we need to do is create a design and Go logo. One mistake that I often say people make, and it's probably the same with lookout that you just might want to consider, is if you use any of these elements and look at the public information that they say is they can't give legal advice, but I assume that they are in a similar situation where to try it, try to trademark just this diamond or this text in itself. They already own it. Someone else has created that. So it's going to be a little

bit difficult to get those unique elements. Trademark. Now, the combination of it all and the actual word mark might be trademark able, but if we were to use this mountain, for example, this might it might be a little bit difficult, like a dropship, might be able to use that mountain in their design. They can't say pig textile as well if that got trademarked, but it's not a huge amount of protection. Now, if we were to use something like shapes, for example, we can come into here, I don't know. This is going to look terrible, but

like, let's say we create a unique pattern. Like this, for example. And we're combining certain shapes and we create it, make it a little bit more complex with like a P and a T or something like that. Then suddenly that might become unique to you and trademark able. And this is where using shapes versus elements can often be a much more protectable and safe way to go about things. Now, I'm not a graphic designer, so if I tried to create something like this, it's obviously terrible. So when I use Canva rather than look up, I

am more. So I really rely on these these designs so we can just go, write in some styles so we can look at something like this. When I'm looking at these templates, identifying how little I have to change them so that I don't break them, because if I go into something like, let's say this, first of all, this is a much more creative, a bit more along the lines of Disney's logo. So I know that I now need to change that text as soon as I do that. That is like the most, the most visible

part, the most encompassing part of that logo. So it's more likely I'm going to break it as a noncreative person. So you're much better looking at the length of your logo and trying to find something that kind of matches that. So we've got two words. We've got one short word, one little bit longer word, and we don't have, slogan. So that's kind of the requirement that we're looking for as we look through these logos. Very simple. So again this is a little bit it's three words. But we can just have a play around with the

fun. So it's a little bit too minimal for me. So these are all too simple. So we'll go to other templates. The try fitness. They're probably gonna be two Jimbo. Co let's go. Innovative. Cool. Let's get rid of them all together and have a look through some of these. Like what could this be a little bit interesting. So let's try Canva Pro for so we can access some of these ones. Obviously you can keep Canva free and use it without upgrading. So it is still a free method for you. But I just want to test

this one to that looks a bit better. Cool. So again, had to change way too much and then it broke it. It's also not that aligned with that brand. I'm just going to keep going through here. See one thing that you can do is let's say I wanted this to be my mark and come back to here and you say that we have the brand marks, but then we can also have the logo itself. And you can see how those two interact. Now I think they're way too different. I think that you'd be better off

doing something like this for the top mark and just closing that gap. But again, I think I'm just changing too much. We're going to find the perfect one by being patient. I might show you guys a, how to hire a graphic designer as well. If you guys want to really excel with the branding piece and the design piece, which is. Doesn't actually look half half bad. So I think we can find one more just as an option. And then I'll show you the next steps. Let's try a text logo. There's pretty minimal. Let's try something

like this. So I actually don't mind this combination. It's a little bit like skater. A little bit more earthy, but I think it looks pretty cool. I'll just change the colors and see what it looks like. Look, we kind of got three options there, but let me show you the next steps of what we need to do to make sure that it's conducive with the rest of the design. Now, the rest of the design, what I mean by that is like everything else you see on the website. So let's say, for example, we want to

use this, this logo. We also want to understand the pairing fonts that we're going to use with it and also the color palette. So let's go into a new page and we can come into canvas tool here and go into font combinations. Now we can look at this fun, show just to make sure that it's kind of pairing, but trying to find a header text and header two text and maybe a tertiary text as well. These are all pretty crazy. So what I'm going to do is I'm just going to write Proxima, got Proxima Nova.

And I'm always pretty happy with that. Fonts available on Shopify. But we can just go here and do fun pairings as well. The Canva ones were not good, and we can just go to where this one. I can click through and it's going to give us a bunch of options. Okay. More pairs, scroll down. So this is a decent one. We're just trying to find one that matches the brand. Like that looks pretty good. Let's say that looks pretty cool as well. So we can just grab these fonts. Actually I don't like this secondary font.

That's going to be where the most it's not a head to sorry it's paragraphs. So let's just change this one because we want it to be really simple to read, because this is going to be the main one across the product descriptions, all that kind of stuff. Let's try this. Cool. So something like that looks pretty good. Worst case, we could just use both Proxima Nova because it's available on on Shopify. But you can just start to define your brand a little bit more. So you kind of got a typeface there. Now all we need

to do is get our color palettes. Now there's a few ways we can do this. Yeah, I'm back to Pinterest so we can write an innovative color palette. We can have a look at some of these examples URL a little bit colorful for me. Something like that is actually pretty cool. Just put this out into Canva, chuck it here just so I have reference when I come back to here and looking at all of these example boards, they're much more monotone. So I kind of want on this a little bit more gray. The final fat

free tool. Sorry, I'm jumping around a bit. I is this colors. It's pretty good. Super easy to use and we can just generate. So all we need to do is click through a space and change them. Like it's a way that you can change one color as well and then the rest. So what I'm going to do here is change this one. Now let's keep clicking through. So it's something. So one of the problems with sometimes with these colors is you don't have one variation where white text will work on it. You need both. You

need a color where white text will work on it and black text will work on it. So like you can see, white text will work on none of these colors, which is like problematic. So we want to keep clicking through. So I'm going to go gray color palette in Pinterest. Try to find see I mean this is pretty cool chic I like this. So let's grab this one. Pull this over and decide between two. I'm probably going to go more. So this color palette. So let's say we want to edit this and save all of

these colors and get the hex code. We come in to brand and we can come into here and we click edit. We click the plus to add the colors and we simply click there. Now we've got the hex code. We can, save that color as well. We can save all the all of the colors we like. Oops I already grabbed that one. And I, I know that was very similar. We probably don't even need that secondary color to be honest. I probably only need these three. Cool. I think that's fine. I just don't like slash

black. We always just want it to be a little bit like that and then I can save that. Now we've kind of got our color palettes here, which, very easily edible. So I can even change this logo if I wanted to. I can change the color here to our brand colors. So it's going to look bad. But I'll just show you how it looks and we can just kind of change it like that. We can't even pull this across once we've finalized up to 100% sure, which I'll go for, but something like this and save

across the colors as well. Now, one other good habit to get into is just grabbing this code and going like this. Got any one that's very, very good at, Canva would be doing that, pulling out their hair, but I hope they're not watching this module because it's a waste of their time. But we can also go now. We can just apply all of these colors to it so that we know that was in that color was up to small. That one. Cool. So that one and then this one as well. We're just grabbing the actual

hex code. So if we need it at a later date, and this one as well, just double clicking on that just to grab it. And we can just copy and paste these across. You get the idea. You just really want to make sure that you have the colors very easy to grab, so that you can just grab that hex code in Klaviyo. When we set up emails, when we get into Shopify and you can easily paste them across. But I'm going to tinker around with this. I think that's, everything that you guys need to know.

I'll pick our logo and I'll see you in the next module. All righty. In today's video, we're going to cover how to create user generated content for things like Facebook ads. We might also use some of the stuff from the website. Now this is one of the most important videos out of this whole series. And I think it's definitely where a lot of people go wrong with within their building, their brand, user generated content kind of came under the same, probably, I would say five years ago, it started to really absorb the majority of the

budget within Facebook that accounts. Now what user generated content is, if you go onto Facebook and you check out any major kind of brands like Woody or all of these other people, you'll see that a lot of the content is it similar to influencer content, where they're holding a phone, talking about the product, talking about the value propositions of the product? Now, the reason why it works so well is because it feels like your friend is telling you something about the product, and it matches the format of other social media posts within the platforms themselves.

So it's less about being sold to more about being educated. Now, a lot of brands get this wrong because they will, not create enough user generated content. They won't breathe in the creator as well. So I'm going to walk you through the entire process about how to find user generated creators specifically. Then I'm going to cover kind of how to pay them, how to breathe in pretty much everything that you kind of need to know. So the first option for user generated content is we can actually just go into Twitter or even Instagram, and we

can just write in UGC creator. Now we can click search and we can go people. Now what you're going to get is just a bunch of UGC creators that are already putting their name into UGC creator, because that allows people to be discovered. Now, probably Instagram may be a better one, but I'm not. Not 100% sold on that. So we can just click into these guys and basically review their content. They should have a if they're any good, they're going to have a portfolio that you can kind of click into, or just at least understand

their quality of the creative. So we can just unmute this. And the feature that I'd like to call the AI that we kind of simply have for you. Now, what are we looking for? The first, we're looking for a really, just generally how does the content look, if it's terrible lighting, if it's terrible audio, if, they don't captivate you in the first 30s, then they just don't know what they're doing. The next thing that we're looking at is how are they actually presenting the information? Is it kind of convincing? Does it emotionally move you? Some

of them can be very robotic about this script or about the brief, and we really don't want that generally all of that creatives, you know, any good UGC creator is going to have some really good, points and it's going to kind of convince you. So her content is incredible. And you can see that she's also doing a few different formats as well, which I think is is really great because these creators, they should be so obsessed with the platforms and the results that they're bringing. So creative diversification is a big point for them. So if

they're all of their creatives look exactly the same, you can kind of guess that you're not going to get much variety, which yeah, it's not always a dealbreaker if the creatives are good, but I like to see when they do have a bit of creative variety. So we've got this one fast, quick hook. So she gets it as well. We can go to some of her brands. That was her promoting herself. You can see how she's talking. It's so much emotion and you know, she's talking with her hands and it's instantly going to kind of

captivate you so we can kind of go through these. All of these have looks really, really good and we can select some. Now how do we reach out to these people? Well, anyone that wants to be contacted is going to have their email available. So you can simply copy and paste this email and we can start grabbing a bunch of these emails. So I'm just starting a new document here. Let's go. I'll just include that link as well. Let's just grab a couple. And I'll grab this one as well because these look like the number

one and they've got a fair few followers. There is a good chance that they will be quite expensive. So that's why I'm just going to make sure that I grab a few of them. Go. Which looks good as well. She won't see the DM, so I can just put this good right in DM. So it. You can go to that website and look at all of that. They're creatives. But realistically we want to get a decent size list here. Now in a second we're going to write this. Create a brief to actually contact all of

these creators. But before I do that, I want to cover some other ways that we can actually get user generated content because they think it's really important. There's tools such as star now, that's predominantly Australia, I believe, and then backstage as well. These tools allow us to actually hire actors rather than hire UGC creators. Now, if you think about what a UGC creator really is, someone like me, I'm passionate about the product, but also is convincing. I can understand how to incorporate words into making someone take action. Actors are great at that. And believe it

or not, actors can often be much, much cheaper than UGC creators because UGC creators are very tied to the money that brands are creating, so people are willing to pay them more. Whereas actors, they generally don't have that social media background initially, so they can't edit these videos into these great formats, and they need a lot more kind of coaching through the process. But when you would hire an actor is probably when, let's say you're selling, like I use this example a couple of times, but like a big kayak or something like that, something where

you don't want to send them a $1,500 product and you kind of only have 1 or 2 products initially, and you're just like, look, all the other reason you might do this is when it's really, complicated the actual shooting process as well, because you want to be there to manage it. If you have no skills in social media, if you have no skills in Facebook advertising, and you kind of just getting started, I do highly recommend you use either a UGC creator that knows what they're doing, because remember, when you get a when you close

the skill gap, by using experience people, there's less room for error. There's a time and a place where you want to trial and error, and you want to learn self and get involved. But I don't want you to create a brand and create a product and then wonder, maybe my creatives are just terrible, which is obviously one of the main reasons why people actually fail. So I don't want you taking too much of a risk here. I think I would prefer to use a UGC creator if you've got budget now, if you have no budget,

you're going to be wanting to do this yourself. You are the creator. I obviously don't want to be the creator, because I think I'm just going to create a video and everyone's can see my face and I'm going to buy it, and then it's just going to be unfair. It's going to not be true results. So but realistically, you can be the UGC creator initially. If not, you can hire these guys. If you've got a budget, the only other file on which is if you've got even more budget and less time and you don't want

to briefing people is using at UGC agency, which we've used a lot. It's really add our brands, especially to get volume three. Now I can leave a couple of recommendations of UGC creators in the course itself. But yeah, realistically, like you're basically paying an agency to handle the briefing, handle the sourcing so that obviously it's going to cost you a little bit more. But I do highly recommend that if you've got budget and you just kind of want to move fast, but I'm going to keep showing you how to actually reach out and interact with

these people, because I think that's a skill that's going to be most valuable to you all. So I've got three contact details here. I'm going to, of course, flesh this out at a later date. But we want to build out this brief to make sure that people know what they're signing up for. So the brief is kind of in line with the core reasons around why a UGC piece of content will work or not work, and where just some creators work really well with being really flexible and you're like, here's my website, here's my product,

go make me an amazing ad. I don't want to leave that much up to chance initially, especially with kind of a newish product. So that you're really wanting to understand the deliverables, the core content, and probably the core content messaging is a better way to say up the hook variations, which is the first 30s because we can create different variations within the hook to make sure that, let's say one didn't work, we could just sub that three seconds in for another ad. And run that as well. I've seen, you know, sometimes hooks can determine whether

it works on it doesn't. And we've got the brand do's and don'ts as well, which we're going to fill out in a second, which is, somewhat obvious. And then we've got usage rights as well. Now, these are all things that we can prompt in rather than we never want to use a script, in my opinion, unless it's a very, very kind of long video. By using a script, we're going to get rid of a main benefit of what you do actually is, which is like it feels authentic. It feels like that that actual words and

you kind of want it to be that actual words as well. To some degree. You want them to have the product and actually be talking about it in the way that they would talk about it. So I've got this template here with what we're going to be filling out. The first one is deliverables. So for example, we've got, you know, three hook variations between 30 and 60s long footage. And then we've also got lifestyle shots as well, which is sometimes you don't need those, especially if you're established, but where a new brand. So we're going

to try to get as much as we can take. And yeah, we can add all of these guidelines. Don't add text or captions in video. This will allow you to have optimal freedom at a later date. All of this stuff, like recording and good lighting and quality, is definitely a given for the good creators. But if you pick a bad creator, trust me. Now, don't forget that. And by just explicitly saying things that obvs kind of cover you down the line and just remind them as well, and it shows that you know what you're doing.

Don't use any licensed music in the background. We can actually put these more so in the, do's and don'ts that probably should be there. So then the core content. So this is where we're explaining the basis of the concept and doing the loose script. So for us it's going to be the main problem might be blisters when hiking. And the product is using alpaca to therefore solve that. That may be the core fundamental part of $1 creative. Now in that piece of creative, do we suddenly want to go, hey, this is a great at home

compression sock for something like diabetes or something random like that? No, they're completely different ads with completely different avatars. We need to really think about who is this creative for and make sure that when briefing in our UGC creator one way, picking the right avatar, that's the right UGC creator for that, there's no point me getting a 14 year old kid that's like hiking Mount Everest or something like that. It's stupid. Whereas if I, I, you know, I want to find maybe like someone that you could pitch a hiking Mount Everest to do that creative.

And I'm briefing them in for that type of creative. So really important that we kind of select the right thing there and then outline it within the brief. And this is why sometimes just giving the website no brief is, is kind of just you're going to burn some cache and then the hook as well. Now I've had positive and negative effects scripting in the hook. I think that sometimes really good YouTube creators can actually create new hooks that I couldn't even think of. But it's probably like, good for you to have a think about a

couple of hooks. And whenever you're breathing in hooks don't just look at competing brands and try to adapt them and make them creative for your brand. Like look at completely adjacent businesses like the O'Dea, like some of these big competitors like High Smile like Ridge, all of these guys and and study their hooks because maybe they're even better and then you can adapt them. Yeah. We're just briefing in the type of hook. Like is it a voiceover showing using the product. And then we've got our do's and don'ts which I kind of covered, bro. Just

go through them because why not, rush for time. We got removal tags and packaging of products. You know, maybe you actually want the packaging of the product, which you can outline there. Keep a clean shooting area. That's obvious. Don't over emphasize your feedback or review like that's just so it's not like, you know, cringe and then recording good lighting. And then we've got also don't film with background noise have other brands. So like logos, you know if they're wearing maybe they're wearing a Patagonia jacket. We don't want that. I'm not too worried about that in

this one. Yeah. So that's realistically all of it. Now, one thing, if you are really struggling to find creators, even though it's that simple, maybe they're just too expensive or, nobody's replying to you. I will set up in the Millionaire discord, or I create a channel where you can find work or even at work as a creator. So make sure you kind of go check that out as well. So now we're over to our deliverables. Now for our actual alpaca socks. How are we going to brief this in. So the deliverable is what I really

want is I want three times hook variations I also want three times creative angles actually I'll just call them ad angles. For, you know, in 22 to 60s. And then we will also have, some lifestyle imagery. IPhone photos are fine. And then we also want, all raw footage, which will just allow me to edit it at a later date. Mix, mix and match. And then I think that's pretty good. That's all in aid usage rights. We'll just put forever or in perpetuity. And then we've got core content messaging. So the first creative that we're going

to do is for hikers. So, the best socks for hikers and then we're basically pulling all of the unique selling propositions of the alpaca socks, across here, which seem to be quite consistent across all of the competitors. So this is where we want to come to our competitor section, because a lot of them are using a lot of the same creative angles. And truthfully, the creative angles that everyone is using, it's going to be very similar across the entire sock industry, like people selling merino wool, people selling, you know, 100% cotton. They're all going to

be using similar, creative angles. Now, I'm going to kind of push the creative angle a bit more to the extreme here and try to use a little bit more statistics as well to really drive that home. So I'm actually gonna use ChatGPT to kind of try to figure this out. I'm just asking, what are some facts about alpaca as a material that is great for hiking? And we can check out some of the words that are using. So excellent insulation in cold conditions. Let's go back to, Creative Brief. And we've got a core content messaging.

So let's do best insulate ed socks for really cold walks. And then so we've got best insulated socks for really cold works. Best for hikers. We know that we're talking hikers. And the cold content messaging is that it's just really great for cold walks. So the next thing that we're going to want to do is we're going to want to make sure that we have a really good hook for this. So it's like, what's something that a hiker would feel in this moment? Now one thing that you could definitely do here, so I'll just show

you how to do, is we can just go to, Yeah. And we'll just go read it. Cold feet hygiene. And we can come to these Reddit forums and we can just see how the customer base actually communicates this issue. Because these stories that people are talking about on Reddit, lots of people have them. And that's kind of what the UGC creator is trying to tap into the emotion of when these people have had those things. So, for example, you know, they're using bottles, with boiling water to heat their feet, for example, get toe warmers. So

instantly we have like just for example, we've got sleeping booties, we've got the boiling water bottle. We've also got two warmers. Now we would need to validate more using hiking knowledge that that is a common solution people are using. But you can think of a hook that you can think of common belief disruption as the hook. So people are like we use let's say use toe warmers, for example. The way that you would do that is let's say everyone's using toe warmers. You would grab the toe warmer as the hook and just say, stop using

toe warmers. There's a better way to warm your feet, because every single person that has ever used a toe warmer is going to watch that next, you know, 10s after that first 30s. Right. So we're trying to do patent interruption, and we're trying to use cognitive dissonance between their existing beliefs already. And we can't do that without marketing research. We can't do that without understanding our customer. And this is where ChatGPT is studying competitors. You know, Reddit, they all come in very, very handy. And the best place to find this in the future, which you'll

find out is your customers calling your customers after you get a couple, is going to give you the best marketing angles possible, and surveying them is they're going to give you stories that you can pretty much either send the, send them extra product to create the creatives, and they can tell their authentic, real story for it, which is super, super effective. And yeah, it just adds way, way better. So this is kind of what I'll go through. Let me just kind of finish off one brief that I can send off, and then I'll complete the

other three in my own time. So I want to go to probably the most sleeping booties. This is an interesting comment as well. Like word for word, thick socks don't matter if they're damp. So if we were going to do, let's say create a, let's just call this the cold angle. Let's do another angle here, which is like, wet slash damp. And we'll just get rid of this. But I really like this as an angle thick, so don't, matter if they they're damp. Now, we know that the alpaca socks, the material is really good for

moisture wicking. So that's going to be a really nice hook that we can grab there. So kind of building out all of these creatives in my head while I'm doing it, but I'm going to go back to this cold angle and try to come up with a hook. Sleeping booties. Sleeping booties aren't the best way to keep your feet warm. And then we can even have a bunch of other, you know, of these stories kind of incorporated with a, what we can do. We could also do the toe warmers, but, look, I'm definitely going to

have to do a bit more research and chat to a couple more hikers before I do this. Now, this is one of the benefits of actually getting a creator that understands hiking for it, because they're going to correct me if I'm absolutely stupid about this, but I think that I'm going to do toe warm as it seems to be a bit more, a bit more obvious, and it's not going to be expensive for them to get. That is like a prop within the hook to them as brand do's and don'ts. All right. Let's, create this

for a. So I'm actually just going to grab all of these toe do's and don'ts. You guys can copy them all as well. I think they're fine. Sweat. That all looks pretty good. And I think we want to increase this core messaging just because there needs to be a few more. Now, one thing that I didn't say in my market research was really highlighting why alpaca, fur is so good for socks, and I assume when. So you can again come back to ChatGPT. So I'm just asking why is alpaca first a good is it because

they're in the cold? So this here is really kind of interesting. Like they, based in the Andes and in South America, which is obviously freezing. And it talks about the fiber structure of the, fur itself. So this is kind of we've got features, benefits and hook as well. So don't forget this. So the hook obviously is kind of what's capturing them. Then we can talk about the features of the socks which is a bay like padded heel. Then we've also got the fact that it is our pack of and then what are the benefits of

that? Which is, you know, we're not going to get cold feet during sleeping. Then there's kind of the how does it work? The people often overlook. Now, this is where we can use surveys. We can use, scientific studies, peer reviewed studies, and we can really dive deep. Now, one thing that you'll often see with a really good marketers is they'll use kind of 3D renders. You know, you've probably seen people with phone bellies selling foam rollers or something like that. And I'll show you the spine and 3D render, and then they'll get a doctor to

talk about the science behind everything. This is really a great way to reinforce the benefit, features and benefits that we've talked about, and actually make people trust the process. The more language we can use around the hollow fiber structure, the rational reasoning around why alpaca fur is so good for it, it's going to be better. So we can kind of just grab this here. If you don't want to grab too much, but I can just grab all of this, then I'm going to copy this word for word. So I just added that scientific explanation so

that I want to go find it. So we've also got best insulated socks really cold walks, slash sleeping and socks. Now there's probably someone out there that's saying don't sleep in your socks. But I think that's going to the trigger. People to hang the ad, which might get us a bit more engagement. The best for hikers. Cool. How it kind of works. And what else? We've got this resistant, resistance to moisture as well, which is this. That angled Ikea sweat splashing, this, coconut missionary. So it's the best for hikers. You know, you just get rid

of the general saying it's the best for hikers. Because that's kind of this cold angle. Best insulated socks for really cold walks. Like sleeping in socks. So kind of jumping around a little bit. But that's just how my brain works. Some other hook variations we could go back to read up, but I'm just going to think about it. Have your feet ever getting cold on a really, cold hike? Something like that. Have you, like, feet? Ever felt like they are going to freeze off on a really cold hike? So just using a bit more dramatic

language there to help people in. Got the toe warmers? Got that. So we're asking for three hook variation. So we probably want to give them three hook variations and ideas. We probably want to use something even more dramatic with the cold because obviously people can kind of get my health issues from, from the, the cold of their feet. So we can just come back to chat. Okay. So what are some main so some main risks of your feet getting cold on hikes. So if you've got frostbite that's kind of an obvious one. Hypothermia. Transfer. We

do have to be a little bit careful about the claims we're making, because I don't really want to go as far as frostbite because I don't know enough about it would be irresponsible. But blisters, obviously, we know it's that the product can help blisters already. So we're combining two kind of features. We're keeping the cold hook, but we're also talking about blisters with it as well, which I think will be good. We know that's as good. So did you know that cold weather. Cold hikes can increase your chances of getting blisters due to the moisture.

Cool. And then we've got that crazy hook. But then we've got the solution here as well. So this brief is starting to look pretty good. The one thing that I actually forgot to do is also the call to action cold action, which is basically what you need to set. Then we might just put this in the deliverables as well. Sometimes you can actually ask for more than one call to action one times call to action. So the call to action down here can be by now at URL. Like pretty much. And you can put anything

there you could even do like if you've got an offer. So like buy one, get one free here as well. Yeah. The core content messaging we might want to be like free returns as well. Free tons and exchanges. Or we could even go a little bit further and have our 100 day satisfaction guarantee for a returns. Cool. So this is starting to take shape. The way that I can say this ad guy is the person guys toe warmers and the best way to keep your feet warm. And then they go, did you know about if

there's actual socks that are the best socks out there for this? You can either use them when you sleep or walk and then how does it work? It's like alpaca fibers, partially hollow, which allows them to insulate more with air pockets. They suck ears, and you don't really need to fill them in about your business too much. They're going to feel that in themselves. Then they're going to go. There's 100 day satisfaction guarantee with these socks. You've got to try them. You can buy one get one free here or buy one at domain. That's kind

of how the ad is going to play out. Now we're going to have the three hook variations of asking for us so we can kind of mix and match them. We might even just use their hook and then add a bunch of other footage that we're going to shoot ourselves on iPhone and use images, whatever. But yeah, realistically, we're going to get all of this in raw format. And so across all of that, I think that there's some really interesting things for very experienced hikers. So it's worth saying, this is a bit more experienced because

the beginner hikers probably on going on crazy cold hikes. I could be wrong about that. Again, I'm lacking a bit of knowledge in here, but I think, the best way to get information is, is action. So, yeah. How do we, what do we do now? Basically, we've got to copy and paste this whole brief and we're going to go to one of these emails. So I'm going to come to this Gmail. And we might have to just actually screenshot this. This is probably why Google Docs was better to use initially. But we can put it.

Yeah. And we've got the brief attached. Now what we say we want to actually make this tailored. Now ideally you would actually use the email that is linked to your website. You want to use daily activity to actually send it to them. So then know you're not a scammer and we can just do UGC creation alpaca socks and the email can just be as follows. I'll give you this template. We just don't want to sound like a robot. So this creative here. For my brand, I'm just gonna make this a template for everybody. You guys

aren't going to be able to use this part, but that's okay. I'm just wondering if I leverage theory. Cool. So we've got hey, Samantha, love your UGC on X. Your toe is just what we need. So just personalizing it so they know you're not just spamming them. I'm looking to get some UGC created and you can just insert your brand name there. You're obviously gonna have to delete this, but I would add a personalized thing about yourself here. You may already know me in the space. My name is David and I agree that you need

to 700 million sales. Yours might be up and coming. Dropship. That has launched a couple of successful brands that have done $1 million in sales, whatever. Or, you know, I'm confident that I'm finally going to hit a winner. I don't know, maybe you've run an agency before. Just add something personal with them so that they know that you're good. Attached is the brief that I'd love to work with you. There's plenty of long term work and other creatives angles who can do. Can you please outline your right to complete this project so they'll come back

and your estimated delivery time after the product arrives? So really putting a time construction on this these projects is importing some of these using UGC creators. They will just not send up for ages. And wearing a rash here. So next step is I'm actually going to send this to like 15 creators because I want to find, you know, get a get the whole range of pricing and compare them all. Now all I'm going to do to find these creators is I'm going to do UGC creator on TikTok and also influencers searching them in. But I'm

also going to really look hard for anyone that's done hiking or just looks like they're doing hiking, or someone just in the outdoor space, so I can make sure that I get someone that can authentically, sell the product. But yeah, I'll let you know how they respond and we can book some of them in. So pretty much what we're going to do is we've got all of the talking points from just the copywriting, all of the stuff that we've been doing. We've got a shot list whenever you do user generated content the exact same way

that we were briefing in these content creators, this is all they're doing. They're getting that brief that we're providing them. And I'm giving the brief. Alex, today, I'm just going to get him to say the words in different situations. We're also going to just be capturing footage in different situations, because we want all of this footage in Google Drive so that we can pull and match different hooks and different body, buddy footage as well, so that eventually we get a good creative. And I'm going to show you how to edit all of those videos as

well. But yeah, realistically, we're just going to get started now. So it doesn't matter too much because it's user generated content. In terms of like quality, you want it to be visible, you want it to have good audio, but it doesn't need to be a very polished scene, if that makes sense. So we're just going to get started now. So obviously Alex is going to be filming himself a lot. But for the things that he can't film himself, I'm just going to film them now. And if you can not look at the camera, that would

be real sorry, sorry, sorry. Yeah. Hey, that's that's the. That looks really crisp. Like stand up, jump. Coat. So we want both macro. We want closeup imagery a closeup videographer. Sorry. We also went further away as well because generally you're going to be like setting the scene and then showing things that are closer. Cool. Now we're going to get him to grab the iPhone and put it on selfie mode. And the first talking point that we want, and we probably need to get the socks in it somehow. So maybe sit where you were sitting before

and just basically be like, do your feet get, hey, hot and sweaty, that hook something natural along those lines? Yeah. These socks, these socks are game changer. Do your feet get hot and sweaty when you're on the toes? Well, these alpaca socks I made alpaca fibers, which is super smooth and cooling. Yeah, that was good. Let's turn to do your feet get super hot when they're on the toes. These socks are made out of alpaca fiber fibers. Get that right. Shellac come out. You know, it's been selfish, Do your feet get hot and sweaty when

you're on the tools? Well, these are the new alpaca socks. Not all of these. These alpaca dogs are made out of alpaca. Okay, because of these, five is a little less pressure and more ventilation. So your feet stay cooler throughout the day. The perfect for any Chidi. They're perfect for any Chidi. And now just give me a call to action, which is like. The crazy thing is, there's a buy one, get one free sale at the moment. Yeah, the crazy thing is these guys have a buy one, get one free right now, so go check

them out now. So that was great. Obviously if you don't you can use a family member or a friend. But you can also use actors for this. Like a lot of brands are just using actors for the user generated content because all they need to do is be convincing and all they need to do is memorize lines. Cool. I think that looks really good. Because you can see all the toes in the background, like the. Yeah. Looks at. Yeah, yeah. So I'm on site right now and it's like 100 degrees outside. But here's my secret

staying cool all day. These alpaca socks, they're made at alpaca fibers which is way better in the wool. Way better than cotton. There's less compression, which means there's more ventilation, which means my feet stay cool all day. And the best part is they have moisture wicking, which means that you do not get blisters on your feet. And if you want these, there are life changer. Go check them out on the website. Hey, guys. Hey, that was awesome. That was great. Moisture wicking. Is that the right term I use perfect, that was good. I think that

that's a good shady angle. Let's get some, just B-roll now. Yeah. Of you from Managed shorts. Oh, there we go. Yeah. I'll roll and roll them up. Pretend knee on the toes. Yeah, yeah. There any any tools, any saws, any hammers? Nails. Jake, I wouldn't even trust you with a hammer. No, I think swing. Just you in the camera. It's a shovel. Okay. Intended subject. Which only they leave something out. Oh. Is a staple garden. No, I it does. Yeah. You put the gun closer to your foot. Yeah. Perfect. Oh. Measure measurement and say, that

looks good. So now all we got to do is we just can't keep repeating that. Different hooks, different collar actions, different points that we're talking about with the socks scenario and stories that we've researched from our customer, getting Alex to repeat those. And I'm going to do that all for the Chidi angle. But then we're going to go down to where I actually have our package as well, which is kind of lucky, and we're going to shoot some content down there for the hiking angle as well. We're going to shoot some longer foam content, a

little bit more polished. But yeah, we're also going to shoot some content using the animals as a props. Because remember, we're just trying to get attention. We don't want to be like everybody else. Everyone else is stuck. Adverts. So yeah. So I just say, see these alpacas behind me? They're not happy. And that's because I just made these socks from there. Well that's quick. They're going like, you see these alpacas. They're on that side. You see these alpacas, you see how they're not happy. What's may be so excited that you need to frame them more.

So you need to go fully horizontal and point at them okay. Yeah. Like that. You see these packers, they're not very happy. And here's why I made socks out of their wool with it out for a day hike. When tackling a multi-day trek, there's always one thing that seemed inevitable. Here's a problem your socks are failing you. The truth is, most socks on built for hikers. And when you're miles from camp, the last thing you need is a blister slowing you down. Oh, come on, let Misty that last onion. I missed that last one guy.

So what's next right now? Yeah. Peak takes all a pack of socks on sale. Click the link below and get yours today and say goodbye to blisters, soggy socks and foot pain to. Yeah, keep presenting and show the socks. Yeah. Go. Yeah, yeah. And hold them out of empty chest. And then stretch on. Yeah. Stretch them. There we go. So now we've got to edit the user generated content that we just created. So typically if you're using a UGC creator they're going to send you a bunch of files. How do we organize them. How do

we create different edits different pacing different angles that kind of stuff. Now you can actually just use your file. You can go in to Instagram editor and cut it up. You can also just use your find for cap cut as well. And you can also use cap cut on your desktop, which I'm going to use today. I think using desktop is best because you can drag and drop and see the layers a little bit easier, but using your phone, it's going to make things feel very native as well, because you're basically creating an Instagram and

it's going to be shown on Instagram. So don't be afraid to do that. If you want to. Just completely free editor. Now I'm on Cap Cut Pro today. You don't need that necessarily. But sometimes you get certain features like enhanced voice that you sometimes you you want, especially if you're spending money behind these ads. But use the free versions if you don't have any money. As always. So I am now in cap cut here. So I'm going to go to all of the files that I shot, and I'm going to just find one that's nice

and easy for me to edit without too many different files. So I'm just going to drag this one in. No that's two seconds. So this version here, now I'm just going to drag this file in. And then I'm going to play it here. If you're working everyday normal socks check this out. It's a really nice hook. People are kind of curious. Is like, why is he holding this sock? What's wrong with my everyday socks? Right? The only issue with this video is he doesn't look like a tradie. He wasn't wearing a high as he is

in the tradie site, which will capture that the demographics attention. But like, we're going to have to just call that out using what's called a title. So anyone with your editing that you'd say you have a few options. The first thing you can do is add titles and then you can add captions as well. Captions, auto transcribed with them speaking. This is because not many people are using audio when they're scrolling through Instagram. They're muted because they're embed or something like that. So we want to add captions as well to capture that attention. But title

is is something that they didn't say you actually want it to say. And it can be very, very effective. Again, we want this to be a native. So we want to use a similar title that you'll find on Instagram or TikTok. But yeah, the other thing with this video I'll just password here is there's a really long pause here. You can't have any long pauses quick like they should stop speaking and then start speaking again. There should be no. If you watch this start, he doesn't start speaking for like a half a second. Right. This

is just too long. You want them to start speaking straight away. So these are the things that we can start tidying up here. So to cut things out. By the way guys I'm not a cap car editor. I'm just zooming in here so I can see where the audio lines are here. And we can just cut here. Okay, cool. So I'm just using the keyboard shortcut W to cut. But you can just click these things up here if you confused. It's like you create a split and then you can just delete that bit. Nope. I

just like the whole video. If you are new, every say is now speaking very quickly. So I'm just going to trim this first before adding any titles or anything like that. So this bit I wish he was speaking during it. There's just too much silence. But anyway, that's that is what it is and I'm wondering if we can fix that in another way. But anyway, so this big silence here can be cut. So I'm just going to split this into two things and then I can see the audio start speaking there. So I'm going to

pull this all the way here. And now it should be gone. So it's not enough. And then you have these out. See how much cricket that is. Then we got a more silence here which is not great. But anyway, it bone right off because it's moisture wicking materials. It's always five is just like a roll up when they're out in the rain. So so I think that's all good. So I only two cuts in this one now in if you wanted to, you can add more footage over the top of this like B-roll, like when

he says, just like a real alpaca in this, we could drag a real alpaca over getting rained on. But I'm not going to do that for this one. I'm going to keep this super raw, safe, dry, and safe from blisters if you are cool. So now I've got that done. What I can do is I can add my captions now ratios. Let's talk about this. So this is a nine by six day nine across 16. And you always start with a cross that is good for stories dimensions. But we want our ads to run on

dimensions for 4 to 5 because that's what their Instagram feed is and a Facebook feed. But we also want to run it for nine by 16 because we also want story. So we're going to have to create two videos here. I'm just going to finish off the nine by 16. And then I'm going to show you how to change it to a 4 to 5 as well, and export both of them. So I want to add coming to text at the top. And I want to create auto captions. This isn't a pro feature, which is

good for those people that want to use it. So I'm just going to click generate take a few seconds. So one thing that you'll notice about these captions is that really long like it just sits there and there's not enough movement. So it's just sitting there like you just want movement. You want to keep the people ADHD age is watching pretty much people. You want hyper dopamine content. So I'm going to click this. So you can highlight them all. And then you've got all of the captions here. And I can just click enter. And it

will put it into a new line. And we just want 1 or 2 words. We want them to obey the similar length if possible. So I can see this one maybe a bit too long. Let me just see how that looks. It's cool. It's still too slow. So I'm going to start that again. Do it a little bit smarter. So okay so I'm going to if you're in your everyday. So I'm just going to keep it super quick like this. Spread all of these out. Stop letting them be a bit bigger here. And if you

see any words that aren't spelt right this is your time to change them. The Instagram editors really struggle. This is so Brewer pack. That's obviously just like an alpaca. You need to mix. Go up, keep clicking that button if you are you everyday normal. So if you are you have. So it says if you're wearing. But that says if you're in. Sorry this is a bit boring us. If you and we want to capture it for you wearing your everyday normal socks. But if you are your everyday, normal socks, check this out. So wait. And

then just click through, make sure it's all good so that one's a bit too long. Make that so. And that should all match. So now we can just highlight all of this and we're going to change it to a different caption. So this one looks pretty good. This one's used a fair bit. You can clearly see what's going on. Now I just want one more title. So everyday normal socks. Check this out I just want to add a text layer add text default text. You are here every day and I'm just going to drag that

down. And I just wanted at the start just to again deal with that. Like who is this video for the ultimate Socks for builders code? And now we want the background color to be we want the colored be black. Then we want the background color to be white because that's going to match like what Instagram is. So they what. And then we want it like that. Now it looks like that Instagram section. So you can drag this down a little bit and let's see how it looks. If you are you everyday normal socks call it

probably want to down a bit more then I'm 16 maybe shrunk a bit if you are every. But if you are your everyday normal socks, check this out. Oh, I think that looks pretty good. Oh, okay. I wonder if we can speed this bit up to make it a little bit better. Let me just watch it throw if you want it everyday. Normal socks. Check this out. Absorbs right into the sock. That's going to be with you all day long. Sway stinky then material that's a good friction. And and do blisters on your feet. And

then you have these alpaca socks are cool. I do wonder if we like could do like a little circle around that might just be a little bit distracting. The other thing we can do is we can actually increase the scale of this as well, like zoom in a little bit more, which we can do with keyframes. Keyframes is actually a pretty important thing. I'll just show you how to do it. So that's actually going to make it blurry. So one other thing we can do is we can highlight this footage and we can add this

image enhancement. I've just added it. And also you can add audio and you can go enhance voice because we want to make sure that the voice is very clear. But this video you know we use the iPhone. It was pretty quiet. So it looks pretty good. So this is ready to export. So I'm just going to change this to 108021350. Click save. Now all I need to do with this one is increase the size and scale of my clip. So just scaling it up to one four 3%. 1.3 whatever. I'm sure there's better way to

do this, but you can see now that it looks a little bit weird with the captions. I just want to make sure the captions are sitting in a good spot. And also so I just want to drag these down a bit so you can't see his face in this, which is kind of not good for emotional connection. So you just need to drag him down a bit matrix, making sure that we can see it just at the start. It's probably pretty important. Cool. So if you are you everyday normal socks, if you are your everyday

normal socks check this out. So now that title is getting in the way. So I'm going to get rid of it as soon as he starts tipping it. Check this out and dissolves right into the salt that's going to be with you all day long. Sweaty, stinky. Then make sure you let it go off. Forget going to save. Try and save from blisters. So so now I can export this as well as a, 4 to 5 ratio. Now we've got both. And you can upload those into the ad account. In today's episode we're going to

cover direct response advertising. Now what is direct response advertising. Technically all advertising has some level of call to action. Well most anyway, typically what most people are doing on Facebook and all of the brands that you see, including Uri, is we have like a 45 second video and we're calling out, just like one problem within the video, we're talking about the product. And then we're yeah, we probably have like a buy now or something like that is a call to action that is technically direct response. But there's this kind of whole industry within most, like

both e-commerce, service based info, just everything that is more refined, more described as direct response. If we look the opposite of direct response, advertising would get brand advertising. Now this is like billboards, the Superbowl commercials, it's all that kind of stuff. It's magazine advertising. There's no real direct action or direct response that they're calling upon. And the reason why a lot of people don't talk and learn about direct response advertising is because it's really difficult. It takes a lot of time and sometimes it can be a little bit gray and black hat, meaning that they

do some dodgy stuff. A lot of affiliates where they simply get paid but they don't have a product or anything like that. They're just very, very good at creating these landing pages, creating these ads and getting people to click and take action. And therefore they're so good at it that brands will pay them to do all of that acquisition and give them a clap for it. So it's a great skill to have and it is very, very difficult. I think it's a very important skill to have. If you are going to be in a very

competitive space with a product that is somewhat confusing and has a large amount of objections, what needs to be explained? The two formats of direct response advertising that I'm going to teach you is advertorials, which is a long form article that looks similar to a news article, like an unbiased news article that can be very, very long, like 20 minutes to read almost. They can vary in size. And then there's also VSL, which is video sales letters, which is similar to advertorials, slightly different structure, but these can be five minute ads to 20 minute ads

even there's VSL was out that like over an hour. And what you can see that the benefit of those and the format is we have a great opportunity to educate the consumer on why they need the product or how the product works as well. If we took something like UDI and this is why we don't do advertorials and video sales for early, it's very obvious what the value proposition of the product is. It's a fluffy, wearable blanket. I don't know if I could write a huge article talking about the fluffy wearable blanket and just it's

really important to keep them engaged of it and disrupt our objections. So most clothing brands, they're not going to work for direct response. Whereas if I then go like I'm selling knee braces or something medical, where there's this huge problem that there's a lot of other competitors as well, we need to describe the story and describe the objections and also the solution mechanism. Then suddenly it works and it works better. And the reason why it works better, I like to think of the analogy of like the 100 meter sprint in the Olympics. The winner that

runs that race is going to take 90% of the prize and nobody remembers. Second, and it's very similar to we in a direct response, advertising in a competitive space. If you can use these formats that I'm about to tell you to increase conversion rate by half a percent. So their websites converting at 2.5%, yours is converting at 3%, then you can spend and take a huge like lion's share of that industry, which is already massive to begin with because it's competitive. And you'll take all of that prize money. The person is first in 180 sprint

gets all of the prize money. The person that uses direct response to increase conversion rate and also average order value using aggressive order bumps and aggressive offers will also, allow them to spend much, much more on advertising. So the conversion rate gets increased because you are using a story based medium. So you're going to see a couple of examples in a second. But you're basically telling a first person story or a story from an expert. The most emotionally engaging way that we can communicate to each other is through stories. So that then gives us the

conversion rate boost. And some of the vehicles were telling a story in the video sales letter. And then the average order bump is done through unique design, which you know, you're never going to see on the Apple website because they're going to protect their brand. They don't want to be too salesy and aggressive, but I've seen a dark response. Brands that have 3 to 5 upsells on their page, they might sell a pack of five, and they might be drastically strikethrough and discounted for the majority of their life, which is somewhat gray hat. Now, on

the flip side, those tactics this a lot of people will say that they, an antonym to brand because they are somewhat emotionally manipulative. They're not sometimes consistent with the brand messaging because they are somewhat salesy and pushy. Nobody likes the sales, but some people say that that disrupts brand. As Alex MOOC said, he's talking about recently how he loved direct response in his early days, and now he's more on the brand side because that brand, goodwill compounds quicker than revenue, so he would rather build the brand side of things. I think that that is very

valid. And he wouldn't be where it is without its brand. But at the same time, if you're just starting out and this is what this series is about for beginners, learning direct response tactics and implementing them within your business is one of the quickest ways to mitigate the fact that you are launching a saturated product, which we've talked about. I've told you how to avoid that, but even if you do a saturated product with these strategies, you'll make millions of dollars. That's the truth if you execute on them well. But don't expect to be very,

very good at this stuff. This is an, own craft in itself, but there are some really, really easy ways that we can kind of hack the process and get some early results, which I'm going to show you the one final thing that I will say about this is there seems to be a massive demographic difference between people that respond to this form of advertising that says, another you're going to say these examples in a second. If me as a person went on some of these websites, I would think they're a scam. It's almost like we

are so conditioned to like Shopify checkout and the simple Shopify layout. We see it across all of the brands we trust Nike, Gymshark, this kind of stuff. So suddenly when we see designs and funnels that are off these sides, we get, you know, our heads kind of stand up and we're like, is this a scam? And this is why you'll rarely see a direct to consumer e-commerce brand that's doing direct response, that is selling very well, that is doesn't have an audience above 40 as their main demographic. So that's just one thing to kind of

think about and qualify. Is this right for me? But most people that are just scaling and running brands, to be honest, their demographics already on Facebook, the demographics are already over 30 years old, up to like 55. This is simply because that platform is now aging quite heavily. So for most people it is going to work. So let's dive in and look at some example advertorials. Then we're going to I'm going to show you how to write an advertorial using ChatGPT. And then we can do something in vs out. I'll give you a copy of

this document on millionaires.com, and I'll just show you some example advertorials as a first step. So the first section of advertorials that we have pain based. And obviously we always talk about having a pain point for our product when I'm saying pain here, I literally mean pain. Like they are hurting that physically hurting. And now you guys can see what an advertorial looks like. It's like an unbiased advertise ment. Feels like an unbiased news article. Note that they all have advertorial at the top. This is a legal compliance. Otherwise it's very, very deceptive. You can't

actually pretend to be a news article. That's not right. And I'll talk a little bit more about the compliance as we go through this. Obviously this is a higher risk kind of form of advertising. And you need to make sure that, you are compliant. So this is a pain based article. I'm just going to read the headlines just quickly. So finally, there's a simple way to combat foot pain caused by obesity. This one is about also foot pain. And then this is about your lymph nodes I think. Anyway that's a couple of formats. So if

your product is selling pain advertorial it's probably going to be more effective than running a Shopify landing page. That's just the truth about just a simple product page. Ex examples that we've got is safety. Now, if your product can make people feel safer, it's going to be pretty awesome to do an advertorial as well. So this is a device that pumps up air tires. Yeah a portable air pump. And this one is about fire and safety within the home. So if your product can make it safer, this one is applicable for all brands technically which

is business success. And I've seen these work every now and then, where you kind of talk about this is the most viral product on TikTok, blah, blah, blah. And this one is like, keep warm with this heater that's working really well. You can talk about the found a success story for any business, of course, and you can tell about the the sales. I find this because it is not about what it can do for the customer, but more so bragging in the first instance from the hook. Everyone is kind of clicking on. It's far less

effective. And I've seen lots of people that just like, advertorials don't work for me. And it's like, yeah, but you're just kind of talking about yourself too much. You want to talk about what is it in for the customer? So this technically will work for everyone. But I see the one that works best for is still when there is such a large technical either pain point, safety point or like certain like shock value within the product, value proposition as well. So the last one is shock. You're really just trying to disrupt or scare people. Which

a lot of people do. So this is I guess somewhat health as well. But this is, Pet Lab Co, one of the best direct response brands. That's, that's existed in the past five, ten years. And they say they're the perfect example, right? They're selling pet supplements. One of the most difficult spaces to scale, one of the best lifetime value, because dogs can't really complain about their supply. And so people just keep buying them. They just launched a product page with this exact product and a couple of Facebook ads. 45 seconds. No way are they going

to win. No way they're going to scale to over 200 million, which I believe, they're at. Then this one's again. I guess these are all still health, but at the same time, I just find that they're they're trying to really shock an existing belief, which technically all advertorials do. You get the idea. So they all look pretty similar. They've all got the really strong hook, which you're going to break down the formatting. Now when you're writing an advertorial you there's kind of four main things that I see work, which is the first one is the

first person story. So this can be a customer is a really good story from Peter Kell, who's really amazing at vessels, and he talks about how he surveyed his customers. And one of the women was just like, the most embarrassing thing happened to me when I was sitting down and the person across the table, I was on a date, and they licked their finger and tried to wipe the doc's butt off, which happens when you're aging. And they then incorporated that into the advertisement as this person telling that story. And you'll be shocked at how

many people would have experienced that with the problem set, with that problem. And that's why it works really well. So getting either customer or you to write the first person story is a really good format. The next is an expert story. So typically you'll see like a doctor writing what they think second hand story is where wait, you're just saying this is what I've found out, this is what I saw, blah blah blah. Rather than, hey, this is me writing the article. And then a news article is probably more like a generalized, this is like

a this is a factual thing rather than like a narrative, so to speak. So this one looks like it's a bit more second hand story. So how John, rather than how I this is a first person story see my neuropathy and then this. So this is by doctor. This is an authoritative, expert story. Yeah. This is a bit more like a news article. So it's not really like a first person narrative. This is first person. So once we know what format we're going to run now with the expert story, you're going to have to find

an expert and you're going to have to, work with them on the next things that we, we do might have to work with a copywriter, they might be making a copy, and they can just write it, with a first person story. As I said, you can survey customers second hand stories exactly the same. And news article is probably easier to write initially if you don't have these stories. But to be completely honest, they're the least effective because you are not doing your homework. You're not finding a narrative. Again, these stories are the easiest thing for

people to consume, as if someone's going to watch a 20 minute VSL, as if someone's going to watch an hour VSL. And it's like it's because you don't have the right. There's no such thing as a two long article. It's just too boring. So really focusing on surveys and telling a first hand story and being captivating. So here are some general copy and design tips that you'll see throughout the advertorial. So short sentences. So when we look at like this like you can see that they're varied sentence length, but they are still short sentences and

they're all spaced out. This is just because it's it's it makes it so much easier to read. So there's the second one just easy to digest. Don't use massive words because that's just confusing for text for things that they need to read. You can see the use of bold text just to create some content hierarchy. Conversational language. As I said, one thing that with the conversational language is if you're selling to like doctors or you're selling like to biohackers, maybe you can use more scientific language. If you're selling makeup brushes, then chances are you want

to use a little bit less scientific language simply because more conversational for that demographic. But obvious reasons. So the final point I will say is the best advertorials. If you just removed all of the text and just looked at the headline and then the images, it should tell the story. So you've got foot pain pills you've got, then a doctor can solve it. This is like what's exactly happening, like the nerves and whatnot. Swollen ankles. And then it just kind of tells the story. Like they showed how it fixes with the 3D render and then

the actual product, how it actually applies. And now they're all happy smiling, laughing. So you see, if you remove it or like this one here, I don't think the images are doing that. That same story. There's no 3D renders about how it works, like they could be 3D renders of air flow, graphs, that kind of stuff like that is so obvious what it's doing. And you can see the images tell the story. So I think that that's one, one thing that that is really important. This one is actually really good for the images. You can

see them going through finding the product, how it applies. Expert, the product itself, the progress shots, that kind of stuff really, really powerful. So how do we do it? Let's go into the structure. All of these advertorials are going to follow pretty much the same structure. The first thing is a headline. So I like to make it a very authoritative credible source. And one thing I'm going to talk about a lot is like open loops and closed loops, which means like a statement that opens curiosity and then you close that later, right? And give them

the answer. But we need to create curiosity so that people read every single line. That is the goal we're trying to educate them. Throw at it. So let's break down a couple of these headlines. The final one is provocative language like don't say like borrow, say still don't say dislike, say hate. These kind of things. You've got to be really, really strong in the language that you use. So let's break down a couple of these headlines. So finally there's a simple way to combat foot pain caused by obesity. Here's how. So like finally like really

kind of dramatic language, which is really good. Then my doctors told me that there's no cure for my neuropathy. But then I discovered a unattended solution that erased pain and tingling. For one thing, that they probably surveyed here is a customer has told them a story that their doctor said it wasn't going to work, and they are assuming that that's happened a lot or they're assuming that people will just not even go to the doctor's to get this, because they've heard that the doctors are going to say that, just like I'm not talking about the

ethics and stuff here, guys. I'm just talking about like probably what's going on behind the scenes. But then I just discovered an alternative solution that raised pain and tingling for good. One thing to note here, guys, they haven't said this foot massager or this foot electro tense device or whatever this actually is. Yeah, this massager is going to solve my foot pain forever because that's like a open and closed loop in the headline. You have now created an ad, you haven't created a news article. So you're never selling until like literally the end of this

advertising. We've got to take people on the journey people don't want to be sold to. This is why most of these asides from the business success stories again, why I don't like them too much, is like they're not really talking about the product too much. Say like doesn't mention the product team. It will mention the product, like literally like down here pretty much as the the solution mechanism. So that's just one thing to, to really think about. The headline is definitely something we're going to test a lot. You know, with there's so many different ways

we can frame the headline. And it's above the fold, meaning that when you first click on it, you see an old newspaper term that once they, you know, it was like above the fold in the newspaper and then that would fold the newspaper out. So this is something that we're going to test. Three weird science, you know, that creates provokes a lot of emotion as well. Like that's the the language that I'm trying to talk about. I think that this one that was the doctor, this one like very authority as well. So yeah, I think

that there's some good examples. The next thing that we want to do is go to the subheadline or subheading. And this can also be a little bit kind of in the first paragraph as well. I think one thing that a lot of people do here is they're going to use qualifying statements. So you want to break down is this article for this person. So you can see here, this this here. If you are struggling with lymphedema in your legs, calves actually your ankles or if your legs feel like 1,000 pounds again that thousand pounds is

probably from a reviewer somewhere. Read this short article now before you do anything else they have now qualified. Will it be a smart investment of your time? To read the rest of this article? Let's see if we can find another few qualifying statements. So a qualifying statement here could be do you have a home in a high risk fire area or something like that, or do you cook with grease? A lot like that would be a qualifying statement for this one. They're not using it. This one would be like you road tripping a lot or

something like that. So I think qualifying statements are really good to introduce. And if they're not introduced within the sub header, the subheadline, they're probably going to be introduced pretty quickly in the first paragraph. You can see here if you hate being called, but you don't want to raise your heating bill like that's a qualifying statement. So I think that makes sense. You can add reviews as well. Like you see a lot of people add reviews quite high up. And so they do put a little bit of social proof upfront. That's something that you can

test. So moving on. Yeah. You can summarize the article and the promised solution that you're about to have. So let's take a knee brace for example. You're going to summarize what you're going to be talking about within the article. And then give them the fact that you can solve it. Again, we're not selling the product. We're not saying this knee brace is going to solve your knee pain. It's that is a solution. If you read on that, it will solve your knee pain and you'll never have it again. If you do the same for 45

minutes a day or something like that. So it's, pumping that up. And then you've also got the author, which can sometimes be important. If you've got a credible, authoritative person, then definitely use that there. So then we got the hero image. Now this is again something that will definitely test. This is more of a stock image. I'm not, totally sold on that one way. A lot of movement and, GIFs. So GIFs or whatever you want to call it, can be really good because people are starting to read this and it just captures attention and you

really just trying to display what is going to happen in the article or really create an emotional response that people can relate to within that image. So if this was just a simple stock image, let me grab like this one. If it was just this, honestly, as the top image is just not strong enough, like it doesn't create any curiosity, it doesn't create any emotion. Yeah. So that's the hero image. Animation before and afters can work really well here. Just sometimes Facebook can get a bit funny about them. But yeah, it's not telling the story.

The images. Some people are great stoked about that. The next thing that we're going to do is describe the problem. So we want to relate to the customer's story and basically have them go, this is, a really big problem for me. Sometimes you can be communicating to people that already understand that there's a problem. Their problem was some people you actually need to describe the problem that they might have never thought of, and you kind of need to understand that difference. We'll take an example. Let's grab this one. So he's talking. He's introduced himself. He's

added his credibility. More credibility there. You name it I've seen it. So again this is kind of all all this authoritative stuff. Then we're talking about lymphedema so bad there will be a point where they talk about the problem. Well the problem is kind of obvious. Like if your legs are looking like that, there's a problem. So that's basically what he's doing here. So I can barely walk to the bathroom because of neuropathy. And by the way, one beautiful thing about avatar is entire response to advertising. You would probably be able to find these guys,

advertise his whole body massager with a completely different angle. That has nothing to do with the neuropathy. Like this is the thing the best products that what they're doing is they're trying to find the best pockets on Facebook. And the best problem sets to write these articles. And this is where sometimes it can get a bit diluted with brand. It's just like, are you solving, neuropathy? Are you solving foot pain? I use solving ability to perform as an athlete. The whole body massage, it probably can solve all of those issues. And therefore, like, they will

run all of these different advertorials. Now that's sometimes antonym to like building brand because it's inconsistent. Consistency is so important knowing what you stand for. So anyway back to it. Just describing the problem initially. But that's not even the worst part. What pains me the most is I'm a burden to my family. So that's kind of like really reinforcing what the problem is and why it's a problem, which is good. The other thing about describing a problem is a lot of these people will use science very early on. You can see these people talking about

the swelling, why it is actually a problem, and how the problem actually works a little bit more. So then we've got challenge the existing solutions. Now this is like we're trying to create cognitive dissonance between what they already believe and what they're probably already tried, and why our solution is better. Well, that oscillation is going to come a bit later. But really using metaphors and how you've stumbled upon this belief, it's almost like you're telling them a secret and you're trying to educate them because we if we already know the content, we're going to bounce

off. We're going to be like, we don't want to directly, instantly challenge their beliefs. Like outright. We want to nurture them along it. So it's like you think knee pain is because of information. They're like, yeah, I do think that. But this is why the inflammation is actually happening. You might have thought it was because of your joints, but actually it's because of your diet. And that's like, yes, they agree with you. But here's the real reason. And that's kind of what you can can start you start to shift them away from, from that belief.

Then we've got find the solution. So certain ones like this is like the inventor's story I think works really well. So it's like how did you discover the solution. And it can be, you know, my example was like I put a ton of blankets on mean for weighted blankets, when I was testing out the product and then tested mine, and it was super calming. And that can be a story. It's pretty lame story, but you can probably get one that's a little bit better than that. So they mentioned story how the new solution works. So

now we're starting to talk about the product in itself and how it works. But we're not talking about our product. We're not selling yet. We're talking about the science the benefits, the features of these product. But we're not saying a common blanket does this. It's like the weighted blanket is known for this, this, this. Well, like it is a bit of a subtle difference because we need them to really read all of this section because this is where we're going to educate them. So sometimes it can be like first hand stories of like what happened

when you use it before and afters, instructions on how to use it. It's like, wow, the first time that I actually put it on and it tingled, but then the pain went away straight away again. Real story. What's really going to be powerful here? Then we go to like what was the outcome like, how long did it take to get results? Remember, everyone wants a solution to all of their problems, but if it's going to take a lot of time, money and effort, they're not going to want that solution. So towards the end of the

solution, you probably want to be talking a little bit more and more frequently about the product itself. And then then you come to like what was the outcome after you use it. So how long did it take to get results? Now time is also a massive objection as well as price. Like if we can reduce the time that it takes some to get the desired results compared to the alternatives as well as make it affordable, people are going to be far likely to buy. So talk about that. What are some potential negatives now by framing

some potential negatives or disqualifying a certain demographic that we don't want because they're not going to see success for it? We can actually build trust with people that we do want, and we can reduce returns. All of that kind of stuff. And what was something really surprising, like what's something that they can expect from that? You can even talk about competing products in this situation as well. It's like my usual portable heater smelt kind of like like it was burning all the time. This one didn't do that. So that can be really good. You can

also talk a bit about your service here. Then we've got testimonials and social proof. So I just show you how some of these work. Now I think the interesting thing about reviews, when people add them, it's a great way to get some customer imagery and videos and whatnot on there, but typically it's just basically reinforcing a lot of this stuff that we've talked about. So I've used it for an hour or more in 50 minute increments, and it hasn't run out. So talking about charge as a question. So it's just a great way to very

easily insert objection handling. So it doesn't even need to be 100% in line with what the article is about. It's just like it's you're trying to address, like it's almost like a frequently asked questions section that can really reinforce and build trust. So you definitely use some reviews. Now, one thing you'll notice about the format surveys like that kind of look, this kind of looks like a little bit like Amazon. But some people will use like Facebook comments and stuff in their reviews. I don't know if that's 100% allowed, but that's that. Just trying to

make it as as unbiased as possible and real. So yeah, maybe checking into that if that's allowed in your country. And then we go to the code action. Now this is where I think a lot of people go wrong. So one thing that works works well is price anchoring and framing. So let's just check out some of these ones. This has got like an offer here which is like might be buy one, get one free or a recent, sale. Another thing is price justification. It's just like always think about like the old school infomercials with

this, but it looks like we could sell your full paint forever. How much would you be willing to pay? $1,000, $500 and then it kind of builds from there. So this is like a value add give you a free course as well. So that's kind of part of the offer 24 customer support. There's a ton of things that your business offers that you're not adding within to the call to action probably that you can do here because you're using a long form and people are consuming the whole thing. So they're using scarcity as well. Check

the availability, get 50% off. I can't find any price anchoring, but it's just like it could be a clinic would charge you this much money for this solution. Our product is sold for this in the past, but for today, you can get it for this. So that's the kind of stuff that we can look there. Offers free gifts, discounts, always urgency. The justification I've talked about what will happen after you order. So just saying it'll be shipped within X amount of time, free returns, that kind of stuff. And then in the footer you're always going

to have to have disclaimers that it's an advertisement. Then you most people will also have sources as well. Individual results may vary. So you just need to make sure you're compliant and work through that and understand that I haven't gone too deep into compliance. So make sure that you're looking into it. And see here we go. Here's sources as well. I think that this is a really well necessary thing to do for compliance, but also a really good, trustworthy thing, because a lot of these things that you're talking about within your article should be backed

in science, and you need to have a valid reason why you're talking about them. So the more we can talk about the better. So how would we get an advertorial done for our article? Now, I would strongly recommend, if you're just getting started and you know how to write a little bit or you want to learn how to write, I highly recommend writing it yourself. Go on to these examples that I've seen literally. Either write out their article again and just every sentence when you write it out, like just copying it, just to learn it

and just to see what they've written. You could even handwrite it all out just to get the feeling of what it looks like, then go through and just build this structure from this. What I've shown here and just be like, what is the key problem that I'm writing for, which might be this, and what is the story that's behind it? And then just put points for all of like this kind of stuff, make sure each line is just progressing, progressing and is very, very engaging. Or you can use an editorial copywriter, which you can just

go on to Twitter or LinkedIn or whatever. It's a definitely a specialized form of writing. I would get a general social media writer to write it. It wouldn't work out, but you can just write in advertorial and a bunch of those writers will pop up. You can pay 700 $1,200. Some of them, obviously the best in the world, are going to be like ten grand or more. I know someone that paid 20 grand for a VSL to be written. It's a beautiful art and, people know what their worth in that. But yeah, you can definitely

pay them to do that. But if not, we can use ChatGPT just to get the bare bones. Now, the way that I would do this is I would come to ChatGPT. This is going to be no way like, optimal. But we've already got this one here. So I just said list some cool messaging I could use for a Facebook ad for our podcast, package socks and how they can give you a fake call. What are some more, interesting things about alpaca socks that can help me? So I'm just basically warming up. ChatGPT. Now I want

to go and I want to write write me an advertorial similar to this for my alpaca socks. The brand name is Pique Textile. Actually, I'll use this one because I don't want it to like the first person doctor story. And we can just punch that in. So and then it's going to punch out an advertorial. Now this is when I first heard about this thing. So this headline would definitely need to be punchier. Again that's just talking about the business. So one thing that we could do is let's just refine it a little bit better.

As an advertiser. I've tried every time suck. There is from high tech synthetics to fancy merino wool, so this will build out the story. You can probably use something like this just as the first structure, but let's go to here and let's try adding. Send this as well. And this is just expanding it out there, so I might keep tweaking this. You definitely, probably want shorter sentences and first person story. And again, it's so much better if you can write the actual customer story and use that. But I think I'll be able to get a

ChatGPT one just so I can show you how to put that into the store and actually how to build this advertorial funnel out. So let's go through, Visa's and how they kind of differ. Now in the industry, a VSL is probably, well, you know, most ads where you're kind of sitting in front of them talking to a camera, it could technically be a visitor. They're probably more so defined as within the industry, a longer form video that's generally an interview style that is focused more on educating the consumer, especially in the early stage, rather than

a hard sell straight away. So very similar to the advertorial. It definitely has notes of being unbiased like the advertorial as well. You'll often see these video sales letters as YouTube because YouTube, while it's a huge platform and you can advertise and spend massive money on it, it's still very hard to convert because you're really interrupting someone with a purpose that's trying to get to a piece of information. So we need to use the best practice of advertising to actually hook them in, educate them, make them this is worth watching over the video that you

are initially looking at, and it's just combat. So so well, it definitely if it's going to convert on YouTube, it's probably going to convert on Facebook as well. So it's a really, really good format to learn. I think that I wish more brands in that early stages would take on, a VSL and give a, give it a go, especially by using an authoritative figure like a doctor or an expert in the subject, a product designer, that kind of stuff, to talk about the issues at hand and build this big, long video in the early stages

of launching their brand so that they can use it as a modular content bank going forward across the board. So even if you're just doing 45 second UGC ads on Facebook, if you have this like one massive authoritative video, when you're first launching, you can split that up, you can add it to certain pods, you can put it on your landing page, but more importantly, I think that we're going to try to build a VSL for our new separate funnel, and it's basically called a VSL funnel. So again, similar to advertorials, very VFR focus. We

want to use a ton of visual cues and metaphors to take the person on the journey and explain what the issue is and how you're going to solve it. And you're going to constantly create open loops, closed loop. But let me just break it down what the format is actually going to be. Then I'm going to show you some examples. Then I'm going to show you how to use ChatGPT to create one. Granted, it's not going to be absolutely dialed in, but at least it's going to give us the format and it's going to be

very, very quick to do so. Firstly, what is the format? Generally the advertorials are going to follow this format. Firstly, it starts with the big problem or contrarian idea that you're going to address. And then secondly it's going to be the problem like the difference between these two that I like to define them as. It's like the big problem a contrarian idea hooks them in. It needs to be somewhat controversial. And then the problem is like, why does the problem exist? So the whole first section is talking about the problem mechanism as a whole and

what's going on. Then sometimes people go straight into the solution, but sometimes also people use the promise in the middle. So this could be like what they will get by finishing watching the video. They're going to get the solution to the problem. Then the solution which is going to be obviously like kind of what your product does, but it's not even sometimes about the product specifically. It's more about how the solution actually works. Sometimes that can be kind of parallel to your product, but where again, we're trying to avoid for as long as possible plugging

our product. Then we've got the proof, which can be in forms of social proof testimonials. And it can also be in the proof of like the science behind our product as well. So how do we get a VSL and how do we start setting this up? The best platform that I use for this is video. Now I'm going to add a couple of transcripts and some example videos in millionaires.com. So if you don't want to use another software then that's fine because we'll pretty much have everything that you need there. But at the same time,

I think that I just wanted to point out this is exactly where I've swapped all of these vessels so that you can watch them. So we're going to go through and we're going to actually play a couple of these and learn about them. So I'm just going to click this woman over 40. And you want to lose belly fat. Stop doing endless workout. So they've done a qualifying statement. And what the problem is if you want to actually bad to say the problem. But they've done a qualifying statement there. Want to know why those crazy

workouts and bad eating plans aren't working long term? Because they don't fix the root cause of your problems, so you're always fighting for okay, so again, she hasn't really described the problem just yet. She's just kind of qualifying. And she's using a contrarian idea that everyone believes that they need to do these crazy workouts. But she has a different solution that's coming soon. And this hidden issue and your results don't stick. And it's even worse for us women in our 40s, 50s and 60s. So again, just pulling out the avatar. But she's yeah, basically saying

these these workouts don't work is the root cause of our problems. And how do we fix it? Well, these endless workouts and many so-called healthy foods are metabolism disruptors. So what she's done there is she's created a certain packaging that makes you one to listen to the rest of the video. Again, every sentence within your VSL can you. This is a five minute video. I'm going to show a 40 minute, one second that needs to be strong because otherwise they're just going to tune and churn out. So they actually disrupt our metabolism. Sorry she was

saying metabolism disruptors. You like tell me more. It's just a way to package the information that you're about to talk about. So it's kind of like an open loop and our hormones. So it's not your fault. I tell my clients all the time, you're not broken. It's these disruptors that are making it so much harder on. One thing that you often do with this kind of video is you. Again, why you really need to know your customers. You're not trying to instantly tell them you're 100% wrong. It's or you're telling them solutions straight away. You're

really trying to align the video with what the person already believes and then make slight pushes. So let me show you what's really going on and what you can do about it right now, despite your age or your situation. So we're talking about the format that was there. So that was a landscape video horizontal. Obviously there's some vessels that are vertical as well and they blur the edges. But because this is running on YouTube, this is where I found this video through video is that it's obviously going to be landscape. Now, I've seen really great

vessels done on iPhone handheld. I've also seen really great vessels and go set up like this. So what is probably best is one to do the high level of production, but then also do the cheaper version as well. If you've because you're writing a whole script for this. So you may as well get a beautiful camera set up and shoot it if you've got the budget. Obviously, if you're just starting out, you don't need this. You can just use your iPhone. But if I was, you know, me personally launching a store, I would use a

high level of production because I had the budget and then I would also do an iPhone and film it that way as well, with a bit more movement, a bit less produce, just to see what works. Again, this is like because it's such a long piece of content and you're making a bunch of cross-sections within the VSL that's like it might talk about metabolism disruptors, but then it might talk about like stubborn body fat as another problem. And you kind of there's a bunch of sections within it that sometimes you cut certain sections, sometimes you,

you'll use testimonials in that part rather than the actual talking head person. So I like to think of them as really just kind of modular designs. And this is why I like to have one format in a high level of production. And then one format with a bit more movement in the iPhone. Okay. First. So this is one of the best parts of sales that I think is often overlooked is like the use of props and metaphors. You're trying to get someone that is possibly very uneducated about your product to understand and be captivated. So

this is what she's about to do here. Imagine this container water is our metabolism. And right now the water is clear, which means we have a fast metabolism. We are at our goal weight, we look good and we feel good. But then this shows up and this represents metabolism and hormone destruction. Notice that she hasn't talked about the solution at all yet. It's all just the problem. What our disruptors well, disruptors hide in lots of foods. The chances are she's done this video sitting here this whole time without a transition and other video that we

just watched when she was standing there, she might have done like 4 or 5 of those versions at a later date. Trying to improve her hook. There's a good chance because, like, sometimes the hook just doesn't work. But the core video is is strong, then hide in so-called healthy foods and even in some beauty products and we were exposed to these disruptors. It can cause our metabolism to slow down and even our hormones to suddenly go out of whack. Just look, our metabolism and our hormones are all gummed up. This means we're now gaining weight.

We have food cravings and excess hunger. We start to get those stubborn areas, like around our bellies that we can't see. And still talking about the problem, still trying to relate to the customer and what they'd be experiencing and just building trust to get rid of. And so many of us women are told to just diet and exercise to fix these problems. But watch, if we're just dieting and exercising, you can see that not much happens. And that's because we haven't fixed the root cause of the problem. Still, you don't even know the root cause

of the issue. And my two minutes in and the root cause of that problem is our metabolism and hormones are still gunked up with disruptors. So until we fix this, we may see a little progress, but then the weight just comes right back. And as the years go by, we're exposed to more and more disruptors. This is why so many women smile, and then they think the problem is their age. But the good news is, age doesn't have to stop us once we fix. So it's really important to ride out a bunch of common beliefs

around your product and common situations just so you can keep rolling them out. This we can start to see amazing results again. So what do we do to get a faster rate? Here comes the solution. Awesome! Well, first we need to find out what our own metabolic disruptors are, because we all have a unique metabolism and we have disruptors that are specific to us, and we can find our own metabolism disruptors within easy metabolism test. And when we cut out our disruptors and add in the right nutrients for us, we can start to. Do you

see that she's created an open loop about the solution, about how we need to take this test. But she's not exactly saying we need to take this test and pointing out our product. It's still an education pace our metabolism watch. We do a metabolic reset and look the disruptors start to vanish and our metabolism, use of props and metaphors is clear again. So now those stubborn areas, they can finally start to go away. The number on the scale can go down again and we have energy, we can look good and we can feel our best.

And what if we're exposed to disruptors again? We're fine. Our metabolism can handle it. So me and my clients, we used the fabulous five metabolism cards. So I was three quarters the way in and they finally talked about the product because these cards, they missed out all the different metabolism types and the disruptors that effect each type. And these cards, they all notice how she didn't say that this is the main disruptor, and this is how to solve that disruptor, because that is creating a bit of the curiosity. And then she might do it later

on. But I probably don't. I can she will because that's what the solution of that product gets. So they need to buy the product to get it solved. Also list boosting foods for each metabolism type too. So here's how it works. You'll take the quick metabolism test. I'll give you one so how the solution works plate that was on there. Yeah. So solution what your product does get your cards. We find out your metabolism type and then you follow the section on your cards. That's right. For your type. It's so easy. And these cards, they

fit right in any purse. Or they can go on your fridge so you know exactly what to eat and what to avoid. That is best for your results. Now normally they sell for $25, but so here comes the offer. But there will be pros coming soon as well. I'm giving away a few thousand sets for the next little while. I want to help even more women, so I'm giving away a small supply of the fabulous five metabolism cards for free along with the metabolism Test. So to get yours, just click the bottom, lower left hand

side or the upper right hand side of this video. Tap that button. Tell me where to ship your cards and then you will get yours for free. All I ask is that you help me out with this small shipping fee so that I can get them to you. So offers just to pay shipping fee, which is a pretty common offer. Then I'll rush your metabolism cards right out to you and you can start getting better metabolism results. You'll even get free access to my private metabolism boosting community, so that you can ask any questions that

you'd like. So hit the button below or the link above, and I'll see you in a second to get your own metabolism cards. Oh, and one more thing. When you get these cards, you can finally eat normal again. The regular normal foods. No need to cut out complete food groups like cards or other amazing delicious foods. Me and my clients we enjoy every food type out there and we still see results. So the social proof and testimonials wasn't really used. She just talked briefly about a client, the benefits that they've had because we cut out

the metabolic disruptors. So tap the button, get your own cards before someone else grabs them from you. Now, one thing they often say about vessels is when they're being used often use vessels lighter in their funnel as well, but you can see that they've got another vessel here. It looks like she's going to do the similar thing. But yeah, sometimes these can even be longer. Sometimes you'll see that they will force you to watch a certain amount of the video as well before you get your next thing. This is because some people have proven that

if you can get someone to watch 20 minutes, rather than just clicking straight out, you're much more likely to convert them. So we'll be able to see that. And one other thing is they will use the VSL within their landing page. You can see that this is a very kind of first person script across here. So imagine being a food expert. So you can actually use these transcripts even if like let's say the VSL flops, it's not really working. You can use that within your advertorials or tweak it, use it in your landing pages, use

sections in your other ads as well so it's a worthwhile exercise. So let's go to another one. Let's do Gondry. So this is Golden Hippo like the best. There is kind of ad direct response advertising in vehicles. This is a 40 minute video and he's a doctor. Let's just break it down a little bit. If you want to know why you're so tired. So he's high production in his doctor's studio often. Look at this one. So instantly an open loop. What does a banana have to do with being tired? It's fresh use of props. It

looks great, right now. Look at this banana. This one is brown. And Will's to believe it or not, knowing what happened to this brown banana is the key to getting your energy back. Want to know the secret? So you see that instantly. Now went to a completely different video. You can see that the audio changed a little bit. They've done this modular system that I'm talking about, where he's just come in and filmed new hooks for his existing vessels to try to see if he can increase performance. This one has B-roll like stock footage, which

is a common thing, especially because no longer videos, because how are we going to get so much footage? So yeah, use of royalty free footage is often used in house more energy. Do one thing. Put your hand on your chest. Hold it. So this is the use of like a practical example where they can do it the most famous one for this was back in the day. That was a toothpaste commercial is like running a tongue across your teeth. Do you feel that like that? That grizzly feeling that's plugged? Build up. Use this. Now do

it. After you use this toothpaste and it will be completely clean. So clean for every toothbrush and toothpaste as well. Everyone gets that feeling, but the way that they created like a physical thing to do, kind of makes people really buy into the ad and ask yourself this. Could it be that all signs of getting older are coming from one fixable problem right under here? This is probably going to surprise you. But if you have low energy, if your body is aching or you need naps at random times or so, that's a qualifying statement like

that. Customers would be experiencing weights or having skin problems. Basically listed everything with getting older, just to loop around in joint problems or trouble concentrating. These issues could all be starting right here at your heart. Yeah. Most cool. So they still haven't talked about the problem yet. People. When I first tell them that think I'm talking about heart disease or heart attacks, I'm not. I'm talking about something sneakier. Also easier for you to fix. First thing you have to know is that all these things that are usually blamed on diet, exercise, age or genetics, they're

really trying to disrupt your belief of, hey, I already know this. This is going to be an ad for something about heart disease. Every single time you disrupt someone's belief of what the ad is going to be about, it just makes them buy in a little bit more. Things like fatigue, weight gain, dull skin. Anyway, you get the point. I'm not going to, watch the rest of this. And this ends up use of 3D renders papers. I can tell you Cassandra and Mangosteen along with using like, a presentation. I'm not a big fan of that.

That side of things, you know, nutrient rich fruits. And this one thing about the length when you're starting out, the VSL should be as long as it is interesting. Like you can't just try to go a 40 minute wide just to really bump up the view duration. Yeah, you're probably going to in your first attempt, try 5 to 10 minutes for the VSL. We'll just check out their landing pages as well while I'm here. So they've spent $2.9 million on this ad on YouTube and probably spent more on Facebook and okay, so they got no

VSL on that landing page. That's interesting. Basically just got the upsells. So that's kind of how it works. Now how do we write Avs up or how do we kind of start getting the bones of one? I think we could probably go and simply do this. View transcript. And let's just grab this transcript back to ChatGPT with what I use for the advertorial video, and go write VSL for me. Use the following tips. Actually, I'm just going to put that in there. And I'm going to grab my tips. For success, use the following tips and

try. And format. Cool. So I'm just going to punch the VSL in here and it's going to break it down. So hiking should be freeing. But instead you're enjoying the trial. You're dealing with pains, hot spots, blisters and sweaty feet. So that's like the qualifying statement, something very relatable that you can see that they're not introducing the products right away, like they're just talking about the existing solutions. The truth is now this is the problem. It's the friction. This isn't hot bad. You're obviously need to add a bit more like provocative language and test a

couple of things out. So talking about the science then maybe the alpaca socks. So we're introducing the solution. Now I probably wouldn't to mention the textile or anything here. I just like I'd probably go into talking about alpacas as a whole, and I would probably go and talk about how alpacas can deal with the cold, why it's such a good material, and really flesh that out and go behind the science with that. I've been hiking for years, so this is a story about how to create it before and after results. So and the structure is

kind of there. So like if you really struggle with writing you can probably do that. You can get someone authoritative, tweak it up a little bit. You can even make them put it in their own words as well and expand on it. Film that. And yeah, I think you'll get some good results. Now, a direct response copywriter that can do advertorials might also be able to help you with this. If you are absolutely new beginner, then you know, I still think there's a worthwhile exercise for you to do, but just don't invest heaps of cash

into it. Just give it a go. Test the ads on Facebook in a landscape version, but more importantly, test it in square and vertical as well. Test it in a landscape version with a big title on the top saying like this new invention. And then I wouldn't test YouTube just initially. Just if you can get it working on Facebook, then we can explore those other channels. And yeah, maybe I'll show you that next is how do you actually use those vessels on landing pages and how to split test the traffic between advertorial behind the VSL

and our standard product pages on Shopify. So I hope that makes sense. It can be quite overwhelming if you're writing copywriting right now into YouTube, because there are so many different forms. You have direct response copywriting, which is kind of like advertorials via sales, which we talked about a little bit. We've got brand copywriting as well, which is can be a little bit more like abstract and talk about like on social media, you can tell stories out about us page, that kind of stuff. We've also got SEO copywriting, which is about optimizing perfectly for Google,

using lots of keywords, putting those in blog posts on the home page so that we can ranking Google. We've also got social media copywriting, which is sometimes similar to brand copywriting, or that email copywriting as well. Said copywriting 500 times in this video already. But email copywriting is where you're writing all your welcome series. Your abandoned cards. And then with ecommerce, where generally going to be using little bits of all of this, these copywriting skills, depending on where it is, the deliverables that we need to create. And I'm going to show you exactly how to

use ChatGPT if you're really struggling with this at the end of this video. But we need to create a home page copy for when someone lands on our website. We need to create product page copy, which is going to be quite similar to our home page copy we need to create now. About us page a welcome series email for that for when people first sign up to our welcome list, which I'm going to show you how to do. Abandoned cart. We also need our advertising copy, which is more direct response. So our Facebook ads will

have a body of text now, albeit that's not hugely, hugely important compared to the creative, but it is still something we're going to have to do. We're also going to have to do our Google Copy as well. So when you search your product, you would have seen a lot of these Google ads. You can see the search based ads actually have writing there as well. So there's a lot that we have to kind of go through. Where do we start? It's really important that we start at the fundamentals of what makes good copy. And there's

a couple of really great frameworks out there, which the first one is the past framework, which stands for problem agitate solution. If we think about when we're trying to write all copy all, all we're trying to do is to try to persuade someone from one position that they believe to another position. We're trying to create and evoke emotion, to create action. And the framework embodies that quite well, because if we break it down, so you've got problem. So where describing the problem in our example for the alpaca socks it will be do you get blisters

on when you're working on a 100 degree day, or do you get blisters when you're hiking and your feet start getting sore? Then we've got agitate. So that is quite similar to problem, but we're just drilling down a little bit more. So we're just maybe saying, do you get blisters? Did you know that they can actually get infected and get much, much worse? And then solution and the alpaca socks that have moisture wicking ability therefore that you don't get these blisters. So that's one framework. If you're just sitting staring at the screen and you're like,

I don't know what to write here. The framework can be used for the emails, the Facebook ads, all of that kind of stuff. Even some of the website copy. But if you're just stuck there, just give that a go. The other framework that can also work is the Ada framework. The Idea framework stands for attention, interest, desire and action. And it's very, very similar. So the attention we've talked about a fair bit in this course is the hook. So very similar hook could work as the problem set which is do you get blisters. And then

we're trying to capture that interest by maybe even being a little bit scientific. It's just like, did you know this is actually caused by your socks? And then it's like desire. Imagine if this didn't have to happen and then action. So actually telling them to, hey, go purchase this, buy one, get one free. So that just two frameworks that you can use for those, things when to use eight framework. It doesn't really matter. To be completely honest, I think that copywriting is great. Copywriters will hate me for saying this, but when you're first launching your

store, it's not going to be dependent on you doing incredible copy like the best copy ever. You don't want to be spending way too much time on this. It's going to be dependent on your positioning, what you're actually trying to market the product for, the product selection, the fact that you just have okay, copy as in no spelling errors, clear communication. You're clearing up all of their objections, I think. Objection handling is one of the ultimate copy hacks, where you simply look at the copy on your website and go, is a consumer still confused or

has objections? If so, can I use copy or images to handle those objections for our product? With the socks, we could put that into chat to media and say what would be the main objections someone would have before purchasing this product? One of them would be sizing. Is it the right sizing? Does it have a returns policy? What's the shipping? Right? So all of those things can be covered within our copy. Another thing we really need to understand is good copywriters will, when they're presenting work to you, is to make sure that the format of

the page that you're going to be putting that copy in matches the deliverable for it, because it's a really important thing to understand. Hierarchy of text. If we get let's say we write all of this, this, all of these words for the website, and we make it way, way too long. And then we go to our Shopify website and we copy and paste it across, and it just looks like a big blob of text. There's no where that our eyes just suddenly gets drawn for the main characteristics that we're looking for. And this is just

something to consider when we're going through this process, which we're about to do. We're going to look at the website that we're designing through the theme that we're using, and we're going to make sure that it kind of matches there, and we can play around with that a little bit. So a few common questions I get here is do I need to hire a consultant for this? As I said, I don't think you do, especially with ChatGPT at the moment. We just need to make sure all the objections. So hang on, it's clean text. Do

I need to do SEO? Absolutely not. Unless you're an SEO specialist, because we're driving traffic to our website in another way, there's no point doing SEO this at this point. Eventually, if you are in a really, really new niche, like for calming blankets, we rated number one for weighted blanket for the for most the period that we're selling and that drove a lot of traffic because it was a really new niche. But we had to we were fighting a battle every single day against our competitors to hold that spot. So I don't think that it's

something that you should consider initially, because sometimes that SEO copywriting and the structural changes that you need to do there from a technical point can get in the way of you creating the emotion and doing direct response copy, getting people to actually take an action. So you can kind of ignore that, which is good. Another mistake. I, and a question that I get is like, what is the purpose? What like what goes first in your copywriting? It's really important when we go through it to make sure that every single line that we have, let's say

it's an email, captures their attention and we don't drop off anywhere. One line should lead to the next. And this is where you often see spaced out text on like LinkedIn posts at the moment, because people knew that it was easier to capture attention just having one line and make focusing on that line, making sure it's perfect, and then capturing the next one rather than people just seeing this big blob of text. So really think about every single line that you're doing, making sure you're bringing people on a journey and trying to create that emotion.

I think that's kind of just a general overview. What we probably need to do now, because we're very, very close to setting up the Shopify store, is we need to just use ChatGPT. So once we're in ChatGPT, we want to prime it so that it understands what our product is a little bit. Because if we just go grab a website copy for this product, it's not really going to be great. So if you want to use, you know, competitors or someone selling a similar product to you to prime it, and you can just grab that

website and copy and paste it across, and you can just paste that URL and just say, here's, a competitor. I'm positioning my product the same way, blah, blah, blah, and you can punch it in, but I'm just going to do mine this way. So I'm going to go I am selling, pack socks, targeted at traders and hackers. Then I'm going to grab this. So this is just the theme that I'm using here. I'll actually just grab the product page as well. Let's start with the home page. So this is the layout of the copy. Write

me a home page. Cool. And we can just punch that in. And it's going to give us some great copy. So there's a lot of words here. This is the only feedback that I have with ChatGPT is sometimes that it can really just add way too much content. But what we're looking for is just our main positioning, our main things that we're trying to sell to. And because we're primed with the positioning that we have about hiking temperature regulation, blisters, lightweight comfort, it's kind of brought all of that out there as well. It's also brought,

perfect fit, which I actually haven't really drove down on to try this, which I think is is kind of cool. And we can just literally copy and paste this when we're ready to build our store and drag that across. If we don't want to write out our own copy. Now, the other forms of copy that we do need is our product page as well. So I might want to just give this example. Go and let's go to all the product highlights. Durability it can count on again probably too much too many words here. But it's

even got potential icons that we can use, which I assume this has it kind of these points here that will probably make these icons, but it really is kind of that easy. Now. Emails I'm probably going to go over the email copy in its own module, because I think that it can be a little bit different. But if I wanted to create emails, for example, I could just go write me me a welcome email for 10% off, make it conversational. One line at a time, and it should be pretty good. This is a bit too

conversational, so let's do, make it more direct response. Can that conversion I'll be see how it goes without code. And it's kind of punched out something. Now, as I was saying before, you also need Facebook ad copy so we can program this and get it to use the the past framework. Use the past framework to create Facebook ad copy. And kind of funny that it's used similar language that I used before. Long workdays or hikes leaving your feet sweaty. Hard to stay focused. So the ad agitating not existing problem then solution. So it's really that

easy. Now I've got this one chat in ChatGPT. You just want to keep using that to keep developing your copy. And yeah, I think realistically I'm kind of happy with this. For the first instance, I think we'll be able to get some sales through using this copy. So let's set up the Shopify store. Now. It's really important once you've got this ChatGPT history that you, whenever you want to go back in, create anything, even if it's Google Ads, website, email, you want to use the exact same chat history because you've kind of primed it and

you're giving different angles and whatnot. It just becomes smarter and smarter. But realistically, I'm happy with this. I think we'll be able to get some sales with it. In today's episode, but I'm going to cover absolutely everything from how to initially set up your store to how to set up all of the settings so you don't make any mistakes or annoy any customers. And finally, how to design your store so that you actually can make a lot of money. So the very first thing that I actually want you to do is I want you to

set up your domain. So you might have the option on the the left hand side, but you can also go settings and come down to domains as well. And we can connect to our existing domain if we already have one purchase of Shopify. You do have a very simple option of buying the new domain in Shopify. The reason why I don't like this is if you need to transfer the domain a later date, and just having it with some of the domain hosting providers is going to give you a lot more flexibility if the store's

ever successful. So I'm just going to click connect existing domain. And that's peak textile.com. So now I've entered paid text outcome. What I need to do is I need to go to my hosting provider. So I'm using Namecheap for mine. Login to your account. You can see my domain here. I'm going to click manage. And if you ever get stuck or you're using someone else besides from name, just come into here and look at the instructions. Generally you don't have to copy and paste the link, so most people will have to go in here and

we're going to go into advanced DNS and we've got all of these. So we're going to have to add a new record here. Once we're in this template we need to change this DNS template to Shopify. And we can click plus take sorry click continue. And you can see that it's added the sea name record here. So we can scroll down and we can see that. Step three we need to verify these two things exist. So I type a data and then 65. Yep. So that's all set up. And then also the sea name record

having Shopify dot my Shopify look it doesn't exactly have that. But I think that's going to be okay because that was the default one set up. If something doesn't work then I'll check that. But then we can come back to here and click verify connection. Might tell us if we've got an error. So now we can say this SSL is pending. So that's just basically connecting to Namecheap. This is pretty much done. And we can test it by just writing in the domain. Now what we want to do is we want to set up our

theme. So we can click Customize Theme here. And I'll just show you what this looks like. But we currently have the Dawn theme active which is the current default that can sometimes change. We can click this little view your store up here to come and see the fact that it looks pretty terrible. We have a few options here. There are three themes that you can go and play and preview and find something like. Maybe if you have got skincare, you want to use the sense theme themes, actually quite important. It determines how much we can

customize how easy it is to customize, but more importantly, it determines the if we design the store really well, really clean designs, really. Motive communicates the product's unique selling proposition through photography and clear copy. Then we are going to increasing conversion. One of the main mistakes that I see everybody that tries to do dropshipping is that their store looks like garbage, and that's just the truth. It's got really tacky images, the layout, the padding, a bit like the spacing between each element is wrong. The copywriting has spelling mistakes, all of this kind of stuff. We

want to make sure it looks clean and beautiful, and the theme is the first place that we can do that. If you are first starting and you have pretty much no budget, you can use a free theme and the Dawn theme is probably going to be acceptable for you. If you have a bit of budget and you're like, I'm going to invest in this dropshipping store and I'm going to spend a lot of time on it, and I'm pretty confident in this product, then you want a better theme than that. The theme that I recommend

is the shrine theme. So we've got this discount code and we've got this unique link for you to download. Now I pretty much copy my dropshipping friends what they're using at the time, and all of them are currently using this just because it converts better. So pretty much we can just go and buy one of these. I'm going to buy this Shrine Pro. You can probably just buy the the Shrine Intermediate because there's going to be an app that enables a lot of functionality at a later point that I'm going to show you, I'm going

to remove live time support. I don't need that. Cool. Now we have purchased this, we can simply just go to our Gmail and we should have an email like this where we can simply click dashboard. Now on this stage two you've got to enter your license key. Now this was actually found on this email. They should make this way more clear. But you can just say this license key. There. So in this section we need to grab our domain which I can come across here as your main store URL. Then this secondary URL you can

ignore this is if you have a second, location. And the Shopify URL is what you're going to find when you come here to Settings Domains. And you can grab this, this one here, this is your kind of, Shopify admin domain. So I can just dump that there. And I can click submit and you can now download the theme itself. Make sure you do click this. And you can also copy the token as well. Save that into your notes if you need it and it will create a zip file here. This zip file is what we're

going to do to upload it to the theme. So I come back here click themes and all we need to do is add a theme upload zip file. We can drag that one in there and upload it. That would just take a little while to load and we can see it's now added. I can either publish this considering my store isn't live, it's fine to just click publish now. Once this is live, what we can do is we can click customize and you should get an error here that it's not working. We can click Theme

settings on this left authentication. And this is where we've copied that code previously. On that thank you page click save. And suddenly we're live. So this is now a very very good theme with awesome drag and drop editors, which we're going to go through and set up the entire store. Before we do this, we probably want to just come back and look at all of these options and make sure that we've put everything that we want in here before we customize the theme. And what I mean by that is we want to set up our

product first. So I'm going to come into products. And you can see there's a previous product that was going to launch, but I'm no longer and I'm just going to get rid of this. And I'm going to click Add Product. Now this product, this is the back end of where you can add all of your products. Let's say you're going to dropship a couple or a few products. We simply want to add them here. And then we can change how they are displayed through the theme customizer that I was on before. But that Theme Customizer

is pulling all information from this section. So all I need to do, we can obviously import from our dropshipping tool if we want. We can import the product that comes with all of the images as well. Or we can just create the product and then link it to the dropshipping product later. Either way is completely fine. But my product I am going to go back to ChatGPT and I have already written all of my copy using ChatGPT. Oh, all I needed to say was I'm selling alpaca socks, talking to traders and hikers. So you're just

saying what you are selling, who you are selling it to, and any unique selling propositions or features and benefits unique to your product. Punch that into chat to say, give me copywriting for this, and it's just going to put out the best answer so I can grab things for the product page here. So premium package socks. I'm not going to grab the rest of the title there because it's going to be too long. And then the description I'm just going to grab this section here, just the bulleted points. And now we want to add images.

So if you've imported directly from dropshipping tools like this one has. So you can see here this is jagged in a couple of images which is fine. Or if you've taken your own images all we need to do is click Upload new. Now I'm actually at this stage working on getting product imagery 3D renders similar to this one that you can see on screen. So I'm just using a competitor's at the moment just so I can get a feel for it. But obviously when I launch the store, I'm going to change that out. But I

can just add these images here. But remember, we definitely want white background. The 3D render should be done shortly. I'll be dropping a module on how to do that really cheaply. If you can make your product three day, it just looks very, very clean. And you can see I've made all of these changes and there's a section up here that says unsaved product. This will not publish, it will not be live until I click save. And I can sometimes change this status. So let's say I have already have a successful store and I'm creating a

product. I don't want it to go live, but I just want to work on it. I can change this to draft and click save, and this is going to be visible for me, but not visible for my customers. But you can see I've got really simple text talking about the features and benefits, why someone would purchase got the clear product title, beautiful product imagery which, appreciate from a and they're not really a competitor just selling socks. They're not selling alpaca socks. But eventually, you know, my images will be here. We don't just want to add

white images. We also want to add lifestyle images. So one thing that I just realized here is this is something that I see so many people go wrong. We'll see how this image here is slightly vertical. This image is square. We want to make sure that all of our images are the exact same dimensions. Otherwise it's going to be really bad when they're scrolling on the product page. It's just going to be like moving around the image. And it looks really, really unprofessional. So to make sure that these all are the same size, well, let's

take a step back and delete these. So you just select here remove. And then I'm going to create a design in Canva. And I'm just going to do custom size. Let's just do 600 by 600. Create new design. Add these images in. Drag them into the center go. And we just want to make sure it's centered. And we want to make sure all the padding is the same. Now we want this padding to reach the same edge where that text is. Go centered centered. So I just scroll down, make sure it looks good. And now

we can just download all of these. We can compress it if we want to to make the site faster, but sometimes I can just make it a look pretty bad. Quality 600 by 600 is not a huge image. So now I'm just going to go back to downloads, and I'm just going to drag all of those into here. It's going to be the same images. But now that will square which will look much, much cleaner. Let me just show you why I did that. So let me add this bad sized image here. And then if

we ever want to go see what we're doing on the same, we just click preview here and it will take us across. And you can see this is like cut off down here because I've used square images here. So it just creates padding issues and it makes you look like a scammer. So we just don't want that. That's why I resize them all. If I delete that image now, everything will be all good. So I can just click preview. And now it's starting to shape up really, really well. So we don't just want these images

on our store. We also want lifestyle images. The product that I'm selling for is either for traders or hikers. I don't know what angle is going to work, and that's sometimes how it is when you're dropshipping, you don't know who your target customer is. You can assume. But yeah, it just takes a little while to to figure that out. So I'm kind of hedging my bad. So I've got a few trade images coming for my product. But I've also got some hiking imagery already done, which is why I feel comfortable launching the store today. Sweet.

So I've dragged these images into Canva. I can drag these across. You need a wide range of imagery in different dimensions. You need a landscape photo for our home page you can see here. It's like a banner image. We also need some square or some rectangle photos which you can see maybe here, like you might need a rectangle photo or a square photo. So we need a bunch of images. This one, if we come back to this, product, we can see that there's a bit of empty space here. So I probably only need two more

product images here. So five total because I'm going to have a dark gray a light gray product image this spec one maybe I'll actually put down here actually. And then so I'll have two of these options where they can be glad gray or dark gray. Then this flat layer as well. And then I just need to lifestyle images. So I'm going to add those drag days into here. So click preview. And you notice that it's replaced these. What I really want these white images to be the main ones. So we just need to reorder this

like so and click preview again. And that's looking pretty clean. People come in a swipe across. Obviously my socks will match these socks exactly. Sort of feel even more uniform. And it will look really really nice. So we've already started to do some really important stuff. The product page. There's an old newspaper term called Above the Fold, which is like when people got their newspapers delivered, you could see the top headline, but you couldn't see anything else because it was folded either. The same thing goes in web, which is like above the fold when before

they scroll down is the most important pop because someone will see your ad double click on the ad and then if above, the fold just doesn't match anything that they're expecting, now just bounce straight away. So same with the home page and the product page. We just want to spend a lot of time making sure this looks really, really awesome. And the shine team has allowed us to do that. So now we've got our product set up in the back end to Shopify. What we want to do is we want to go back to that

theme editor that we had before. So let's come into online store, click customize, and we want to start going through these sections. Now the first thing that I want to do is I want to go to themes settings. And I want to go to logo. Now this is where we're going to add our logo that we've created. So we're going to do here is click Add Images and we're going to add our logo that we've created. Now we want to make sure that it has transparent background in case something pops up. Later on whether we're

using colors on the background. Now we can click add. So here with this we probably don't need to add a secondary logo. I'm going to use mainly what. But that should be good. The next thing we need to do is we definitely need to add favicon. So if we use the logo generator that I talked about in previous episodes, they'll actually provide favicon for you, which is good if you didn't and you wanted to just make that purely on Canva. You just basically need a square image that represents your logo. It's like 32 by 32.

It's very, very small. It just shrink down the first letter of your word logo or an icon and then use that. But for us, we can come in to the folder with all the logo files, go into favicon s, and I can grab this one. Now what a favicon is, is you can see up here next Canva is this little see that's what the favicon is. You need to put this in place. You can't have just a template there because it just looks like a scam website. These are the things that we just need to

do to make people feel trustworthy, that we're actually going to ship their product. Now we can play with the size of the logos here. Realistically, I'm kind of happy with that when we're in this theme. Edit I should have shown you around earlier, but you've got all of the changes that you can make for these modules. You can drag and drop these modules as well. You can drag and drop them sorry here and play around with them. You can also change the view of what you're doing by clicking mobile here. I think that it's really

important for you when you're first setting up your store to design. In mobile, 80% of your traffic at least is going to be on mobile click or even on mobile straight away. So and we can start working on the store there. And we definitely want to see want to be working on the home page. So if I want to edit something down page, obviously this is going to be down on this site. So I'm going to start up here. The other thing to know is you can actually click hide and unhide for certain elements here.

And shine has most of the things kind of pre-loaded here. So for our offer what we're going to be doing is a buy one, get one free sale initially. So we can click here. And that should look all pretty good. We just need to change the copy of it. Actually it looks a little bit too full and have the announcement bar and the horizontal ticker will just have the horizontal ticker to change the text. We just need to change these bits. And we're heading into Black Friday. And I can just delete that one like Friday

sale buy one get one free. So that's all done there. Now one thing that we're going to have to change as well is the theme settings. I should have done this when I did the logo, but we come into theme settings and we want to change the color to match our brand color. Now I have a branding document here with all of these colors that I plan to use. Consistency is super important for branding your emails, your Facebook ad copy like your animations on on your Facebook ads. All of this stuff should probably be following.

No, should definitely be following the same color palette. The whole time. So I can come into here and I've got this brand set up and I can just copy and paste these colors across and have a play with them. So generally with colors you can have the primary color, which is basically the the main text. Now if you're going to use white here, it's you've got to have a really dark secondary color here. And then I highly recommend keeping the background. What I think that's it's it's just much cleaner, especially with the product, the imagery

that we're using. But we just want to change these accent colors to be probably this. Again that's going to work because it's a dark color getting changed over and we'll keep this same. I'm just going to change all of the purple to this one color. And then I'm going to change the this kind of maroon color. Now I want to add the outline to be this color. Now you can see that it's looking very one dimensional, which is kind of what I want. But in terms of simplistic, but we could have a play with removing

this gradient. So with these accent gradients, what we need to do is we can click on this color and we can change it to one of our brand colors which is here. And then we click on this color. And then we change it to this one. And that's going to add this gradient. You can't really see it here, but we can change the product page here. And you might be able to see it on certain things later. You can see it starting to kind of show there. So that's all looking pretty good. Now we can

come back to the home page. I want to stay there now. Next up, if we keep going down the left hand side we've got typography. Now if your brand already has some fonts that you've done through your branding deck someone's provided to, you're very good at branding, then you will have primary in a secondary font that aligns with your brand. Like if you see this heavy text, it doesn't really match this branding. It's a little bit too playful. That being said, I actually really like it. I think that I might come back to it. I

think the strong theme, it's just it's a really nice contrast between the two text, and that's why I think it converts quite well. But you can just play around just with this editor here, you can select a new form and you can change it to bold as well if you want. It's maybe a little bit less painful, but it's similar. You just want a key of text. You can't have a really thin text for the headlines and then not on the second, because people need to know where they should look and this kind of achieves

that. So I think that looks fine. I just want something a little bit more rigid. So something like that. I think that looks pretty good. I can select that. We can use this custom link if we need. We can also change the weighting and the spacing as well, meaning the spacing between the letters. But realistically this is getting quite granular for what we're trying to achieve. Eventually. You definitely will use a lot of this stuff when you get a designer in in your company and you start doing custom design pages. But realistically, we don't need

to do that. One thing I am going to change is I'm just going to come up to this logo. You can see I'm still on my about editor here, and it just feels like a little bit too small. This logo, like I'm just going to increase the size of it. I think that looks better. And we can just check it on desktop again. Yeah, it looks a little bit small just because there is quite a long logo. If I got rid of the triangle, it would look probably perfect, but I think that looks much better.

So wait, so next I can keep coming down. We've got animation which we don't really need. Then we've got badges which is on the product page. I can do all of that stuff later when I'm doing a product page development. I think that all looks pretty good actually. Now we'll do social media. We want to make sure that we change the social media to the the Instagram and Facebook when we set that up. I haven't done that just yet, but we don't want it to just be the default one. That's what we call I guess

it's the the overarching theme settings. Now we just need to go through and actually change all the information. So I'm going to actually start on the product page. Now I'm on the mobile version of my main product, got the nice banner bar there we can flick across, look at our products, probably needs a little bit more padding on there. Looks fine on desktop, but on mobile it's a little bit tired. I can jump back in and Canva fix that up, make sure that they're, you know, aligned. So that should stretch all the way up or

the other one should be smaller. Cool. So now we're on here. We can slide across. Oh looks pretty good. And we just need to edit and go through here. You can see that there's a bit of overlap here. This is just so that people know that there's another image that you can slide across. But yeah we can go through and change all of this. Obviously, the title of the product is getting pulled directly from here. So if you need to change any of this core product text, you want to do that in the back end

of Shopify. But if you want to change anything like here, these theme things, you can change it here on the right. So I'm just going to work down from top to bottom. At this point, I'm just creating the product page for my individual socks. You should always have an author for your product. Doesn't have to always be like a sale offer, but you could be like, get a free extra product with with your thing or get free express shipping. There should always be an offer which is going to be at the top. You can also

create what's called bundles as well for your product to increase the amount of order value that the average customer spends on the website, which I want to do soon. But for this one, I'm just going to complete setting up my individual product, because I think that that's what most of you are going to do. So for the reviews, if we can. We've hopefully got a few reviews here, so we could change it to 2000 reviews, for example, like 95 reviews, 91 reviews or something like that. And you want to make sure that that matches the

reviews that you're going to have at the bottom, which we're going to use an app in a second. I'm going to show you exactly how to set up apps, but we can set that up. Then we've got the price. So the price is zero because it's pulling from the Shopify product itself. So let's say I'm going to sell one pair of socks for $39. And then I've got the cost per item, which is the customers are going to see this. But let's say it's just like $5. I'll add I'll add that properly from dropshipping app

later on. But we can click save here. And that's going to update the product. And you can see that it's $39. It's sold out currently. So I want to just add a thousand units of it so people can purchase it. If you have stock and you're not dropshipping, you're going to need to make sure that you add the the right amount of stock here. But because we're dropshipping I have unlimited stock. I can just click on add nine. Wait. So now I can add the price. Now if I wanted to, let's say there's a few

ways that I could add a discount to this product. The first way that I could do is I could actually come here and there's this compare at price section where I could do $59 and I can click save, and then I can check out the theme. So it will automatically create this strikethrough price here and give the 30 save 33% off. This is why I really like this theme, because that we've split tested something similar on the array. Just having this little badge of how much you save and it drastically increases conversion. So that's one

way that you could add a sale. The reason why that is sometimes a very good way to add it is because now any of the apps that you use, or any of the software that integrates with Shopify with the orders, it's has the the compare price and that price, and it's generally quite simple to do that. Another way that we can do it is we can add coupon codes. So let me show you exactly how to do that. So we'll come to here and we'll come to discounts and we'll create a discount. And you can

see we've got amount of products. So for specifically this is 33% off. We could just if we wanted to do that we could create an amount off and it could be 33 off the 33% off. And now if the customer adds the code 33 off, they're going to get 33% off the products that we specify, which we can select specific products and select this alpaca socks. And we can go through and change any of these things such as like when they need to spend a certain amount or they can only do, you know, one per

customer, which I often like to encourage you setting a minimum purchase requirements simply because I've seen a lot of people do like $30 off and then the coupon code legs and they have a $30 product, and lots of customers just suddenly check out and purchase all the products for free. So it's kind of important to just at least put, you know, let's do $38 amount so that we know that they're actually purchasing this and we can click save. And this 33 off will be there. Now we have a few options about how we tell our

customers this. And in the email video that. And then I'm going to do we're going to display that code within that email. They're going to sign up and they're going to get that. It's not going to be 33 off. I'm going to change that. But you can also change it in his header bar rather than this buy one get one free. We can change this to use code 33 off. Use code 33 off for 33% off kind of thing, and that will be 100% fine. We just want to make sure it's inverted commas and all

capitals and that'll work great. But realistically what the cell I want to run with this product is going to be a buy one, get one free. So to do that we have a few options. I can actually go into the back end of code and hard code in a discount code to this add to cart. So when they add it to cart, there will be it will go straight to the checkout and there'll be two pairs of socks at the sizes that they want. And with the discount and it will be like one will be

free, which is exactly how the order is coded. And I'll just show you so we can come to adult bundles. And I can add these two products in and click Add to Cart. And it should go to check out. And you can see this is this is in a buy one get one free. But you can see that the discount has been applied with a custom twin pack. But if that was, you know, $79 off would be this one would be free and it would work like that. So that's one option that we can do.

We can also go into this quantity, select and we can click Enable quantities breakdowns. And we can create bundles that people can save. Let's say you don't have the margin to buy one get one free. It doesn't really make sense. You can just do a smaller discount. So you can change that. But the way that I'm going to do it is probably the simplest way, whereas I'm just going to duplicate the product. So this product is going to be say $39. I'm going to come back to this product and I'm going to duplicate it. Just

clicking here and I'm going to do. I one. One free actually that's going to be too long. Let's just do a Bogo. And just so I know what I'm going to duplicate, I can set it as active. Now I want to change this image so that it is a buy one get one free, which we're going to need to images here. And we can just create a new image. And I just want to grab the exact assets that I have for again do not use your competitor's images. You want to grab your own. And I'm

going to grab my own very soon, but we can grab this isn't the best way to do it, but we can just create. Let me grab this one. And we can just add. You probably want it better designed this. I kind of want it circled. Now, if we're going to use this image just as a good learning opportunity, we want to make sure we're selecting our brand colors here because it's just going to make sure that it looks consistent across the board. So it's going to bring this to the front. I'm going to remove that

background. So it kind of just went something like this. It looks pretty bad. Try again. Change the colors. Cool. Now I can just save that image again. Guys there's so many different ways that we can approach this issue. Each with their pros and cons. But I'm going to come to this here. I'm going to I'm going to add this, the image that I just made. Delete this one. Preview it. And we've set up a buy one get one free here which is good. We could even remove this image if we wanted to. And now obviously

we need to come back to this previous product because we're going to sell these for $39. So this needs to be $39 not compare up. I was just giving that as an example. Now this is going to be $78 because 39 times two you can click save and you can say that it's got save 50%. Buy one, get one free and they can add it to cart and they're going to get the product there. So this will work. We just need to make sure that we set up the bundle correctly in our dropshipping tool so

that when people buy this skew to let me show you what skew is. So this skew here. So with their Bogo socks for example, that we just need to make sure that when people buy these Bogo socks, they're getting two pairs of this socks, if that makes sense. So that's one way to do it. I might, in a future episode actually spit this out. So it shows that you're getting two pairs of socks. I think that it's going to increase conversion rate, but it's a very, very simple hack without using coupons to kind of show

how to how to get that happening. So it's worth while we're on this thing of offers. It's worth mentioning that you can do a offer here. I think it's good of a bundle offer. So this is going to be similar. Again, sorry, I know I'm giving you lots of options, but at least you're learning how much kind of is available to you where you can select, you know, this product and then you can add another product. Let's say it's, a shoe or something like that. We're going to sell with that. Let's say we add the

shoe here. So you buy this and you get that, and then you could do 100% off discount. Sorry. Yeah 100% off. And you can say this actually looks pretty good right. So they're going to click that now. And we've got this deal up here. And we can click grab this deal. So you're adding these two products to cart and you're getting the three. It's got the three. And it's going to add two to the cart now which is probably better. The next thing that we need to do is we need to set up automatic discounts

as well. Automatic discounts. We come back to this section, we click create discount. And and then we buy X get Y we do automatic discount. And we can just write Bogo and we do minimum products is one. Make sure you select the single product that we have and then they the customer gets one. And then you do the single product again at a discounted of 100% of free. Yep that's fine. And then we come across and we click save. So we can just head to the site now. And we can go to catalog. And we

could click grab this deal. And you can see it's added the two products. Now it's going to go as individual products. They can see it and they can click checkout. The only reason sometimes you wouldn't use this option to show your offers is again, get really, really messy and just kind of like if you've got a different product there that they need to understand a little bit more, or the the buy one, get one free is all the way down here and pushes the main ad cart down very far. That's when I wouldn't use that.

But I'm actually preferring this option. So I'm just going to, click save here because that's going to get rid of this random bundle and save down here. Think that all looks pretty good. Clearly communicated. We obviously need to change this. Buy one get one free. So what we need to do is we need to change all of this stuff. So I'm actually going to use this buy one, get one free. So I just need to make it out mobile. Now the shipping check points. This is interesting. It should automatically update obviously this is today's date

that I'm filming it. And then order ready and then delivered. This is the main thing that you're going to want to change, because it needs to be based on your shipping options and how long it's actually going to take to to ship. So what is 2 to 8 day delivery? Because we're not drop shipping is then drop might be a little bit a little bit more. So we need to make sure we change these dates to to match and make sure that we don't get a ton of chargebacks. So now we need to change a

bunch of other sections. It can be a bit overwhelming. We've got a lot of options. So how do we prioritize what I would suggest as you come to ChatGPT and you ask it, what are the main design elements I can have on my Shopify to handle objections customers may have about my alpaca socks? The objections that your customer have, your customer might be completely unaware. It's a brand new technology. It might be like how does their product even work? Minus socks? People know how socks work. They just don't know about the materials. So I'm going

to describe that. People, you know, you might be selling a gadget that, you know, it's really expensive. So people will be really fixated on what happens if it doesn't work. What's the returns process, those kind of things. So there's going to be differences. So I just going to ask ChatGPT that question. And it's going to give it as answers to it. So we've got payment security badges. Yeah that's kind of obvious. Money back guarantee. Yeah. We definitely want to add that. So how do we add our trial process or I promise so that customers have

we could add it to this section here because it's quite important. So we would want it quite high. Or we could add it to one of the sections. One thing that we might want to do here is we might want to use this collapsible row, as it's also called an accordion. We can add multiple collapsible rows here. And these can just act as our frequently asked questions, things that you know customers are going to have objections about. We can change this icon if we want, from this checkbox to any of these Google fonts. We can

just simply click here and we can copy, you know, we can just write and refresh. And that would change that image there. But I think that the checkboxes are fine and I'm just going to change this to what is returns policy. We can just, ask ChatGPT. Cool. I'm just getting a 20 word returns policy. And chuck that into here. And you'll see that I can click here. What is your returns policy? Free returns are exchanges within 100 days. No questions. Your satisfaction is our priority. That's a little bit techie. That's your satisfaction is our priority.

Cool. And then we can just add another one, another collapsible row. So what's the next objection that ChatGPT could say? Is it eco friendly? I don't actually have information on that. I will need to find that out. Sizing, durability, shipping times. They're all really good ones. So I'll just add those. Is your shipping time even though we've got it up here? That'd be good to have the answer. Within 48 hours. Cool. And I'll just save that. And you can see the customer is just going to come in here, click these things and see the answers

very, very quickly so I can keep fleshing that out. I'm going to do one more. The size guide is really really important. So let's add a size guide. Which Sean has which is good. The way that the shrine sizing chart works is you click on it and you see this design. So I think that that's helpful and it's good to have somewhere. But realistically, I think it's such an important point that I don't really want to have people clicking on it. So I'm going to instead add it again under this section. I'll add this, thing

later on. I'll just drag it down there. But I'm just going to add another collapsible row. I'm going to do what is your sizing. And I'm just simply going to write the sizing so I can actually just punch in a size chart into ChatGPT that I've gotten from the listing. And I can just easily come across here. Let's see if this works. That's not going to look very nice. But let's try. Cool. And now I can just copy and paste this into here. So, we can click there. Nice and simple. I might want that on

the top. Actually I can just drag up, click save. And that should be sweet. I'm also going to add the sizing chart down here, as I said. But that's all looking pretty good. I actually just want to thin out this text a little bit. It's just too much for me in the actual product itself. If you ever get stuck with the formatting of here, because sometimes it can be a little bit dodgy, you can just come to this code and you can just kind of delete the code, but you could also use if you don't

know any HTML whatsoever, you can try to use this section here and remove the bullet points. Sometimes it just gets a little bit buggy, but I can save that. And that should just look a little bit better for me. Say that does not change that text there, because I can say that that the text is actually a different font there. So you can come in here and I can actually just remove some of that. Come back here, make sure that looks good. I kind of liked it before. Cool. Let's bring it back as bulleted points.

So. It's much easier to see. Yeah I think those bulleted points are good. We could make this an expandable section. So like when you come to ODI we've actually tested this. You can see that there's no real product description. Actually it auto expands the details but you can close it as well. But realistically I think that's okay. Sweet. So that looks good. We've got to add reviews here. I need to get a couple of, reviews from people. Now we come down to this section. So this section is going to be really important to talk about

features and benefits of your product. This is almost always necessary. This section because it's although very few people are going to scroll down to read the rest of your product page, it is going to convert more customers. For those that do, scroll down. And I think one of the best images to do here is a Spect based product, which is similar to this one that I showed you guys before, that our competitor has done really well. I just kind of like this. I think that that's a really nice design, which we could do. Alternatively, we

could add a new lifestyle image as well, and talk about kind of a new demographic that we want to target there. I'm sorry. I've got a lot of hiking stuff up here. Maybe we want to call out our traders that we really want to target. So to do that, you know, I can even create a GIF as well. Gives a really, really powerful. So let me show you the use of a GIF somewhere. Maybe this website. So you can see these here, these video reviews. They just got a lot of movement. These gifts show exactly

how it works. Very, very powerful stuff at communicating. So that could be a really effective way. The only thing you need to know about using GIFs is you want to make sure that they're not too big. If they're too big, then what's going to happen is it's going to slow down your website way too much. Another really good option here is using 3D renders where they actually communicate your product. So if I come to something like just come to a couple of these, I'm sure that'll be one of them. You can see how it's just

using 3D renders to communicate the product. And if you can get a couple of these animations done, they can be really, really effective and increasing conversion. So my three days are on the way. As I've mentioned a couple of times, I'm going to use this section just 100% about the material and the fabric specifically. So I'm going to make sure that this image is about the material. I'm not going to use a GIF just because I might add one later, but to add the image we just need to come to Canva and I've uploaded it

and I can enhance this. Realistically, she got this retouched, made it look a little bit better, but it's just giving people confidence of the quality of the product. I can just download that, click select image. Download that one. Install. Let's see how that looks. So one thing I don't like about this is the fact that it's surrounded by this. And the image is really small on desktop. It wouldn't look too bad on mobile. But what we can actually do is we can use this section down here, by the way, to add any sections to this

product page. Let's say you're like looking at a competitor or like the Otis website, and you kind of want to copy it, to add the sections. I can add blocks here, but we can also add section here, and we can see all of these sections that we can add. Let's click add section. And you can just scroll down here and actually get a preview of what it's going to look like for. Yeah all of the options. So you've got the collapsible content example that I just showed you. Sign up forms, all this kind of stuff

in such image. See a couple of image options that we could add. But realistically we could just use this thing here and we can add an image to it underneath the content heading on this right hand side. We can select the image. And it should look a little bit. But just remove this bit. We don't actually need a heading either. I don't need a button. And now we've got a much nicer design. I'm going to drag that hide. And that bit I'm going to hide this one. And that's nice and balanced. So you can go

right there. They'll scroll down, they'll see another image and be like oh, what is that about? We can talk about the fabric. So to come back here, I go talk about the fabric in three bullet points. And what icon should I use? Go. We go to this icon with text. Change this over. And we could create a custom icon if we wanted. Or we could go here. We bother creating. Brand new icons for this, but we can always go to three icon sites so that it's a bit random, but come back, we can change these

icons. So I. Go to the next one. It's moisture wicking. Cool. Next. Probably best. And then the final one. So I'm just adding temperature regulating. And then we'll get temperature. Grab a sun. Pivot. This is starting to take shape. We are a painting ourselves a little bit here, which isn't always great. The one thing you'll learn is people don't really read all of that much. People really look at icons, headings, images, and they don't really read the rest. So don't be too scared about repeating yourself. The other thing is we can change certain bits of

copy. So let's say this says moisture wicking. Here we can change this moisture wicking because you are repeating it to like blister proof. And then yeah, just kind of change how presenting this because ChatGPT can present its, copy itself a little bit. This is all looking pretty good. That image definitely is just too intrusive, and I am definitely going to change that as well. But it's all looking all looking pretty good. I think this is where we want to add social proof now. Social proof is really important. If you can get just like ten or

so people to test your product and give you photos and or even sell ten or so products of that authentic reviews and then populate this, it's going to be very, very helpful for you. So you can even in this image video slider, you'll probably remember we created these video ads. We could turn that into a GIF just so we can use those and get a little bit of movement in the product page. So to do this we'll go resize video. And it's just this online resize. I could just use cap cut. But let me try

dragging this file in here. This is one of my previous ads that's taking way too long. I'm going to use cap cap. But if you need a very easy editor to resize videos, you just don't want them to be too big. And I want it to be square as well. But I'm going to go to Cap Cut. So to make this how we're going to do is create a new video file, new project, I can drag that raw footage in. We want to have auto playing. So I'm going to go documents to the shoot that

I did grab this file, drag that in, make sure that it's square. So we could just export that and add there. But I'm just going to see if I can create a second layer of this to do like a comparison. And now we just need a label. This so so got. Cotton socks. You can be sitting in the middle. And we probably want to match our other fun because otherwise it's going to look out of place. Hopefully they have it I think I use this one. So that looks good. Save that. Hopefully they have that

font. Cool. So I had that font so we can actually match up which looks good. Just want to make sure that you can see the background. And then just delete that. Copy that across. And socks and then alpaca socks. Goes something like that. So it took out a nice little video there. We can just export that. We don't want it too big. We can go square. Drop that in there. And that should export. So go to this auto play video that we set up upload, head to the videos that we've created, drag the video in.

Again. We want to make sure that it's quite small this video. And we can select this and then remove that previous image that we had before. It's not needed. Trash that. And this looks way better. Nice little visual there. Captures their attention. Looks great on mobile sweep. This product page is starting to look really really good. The next feature that I want to add to the product page is something that I actually recommend every single person have. It's a comparison table, a comparison table. There's multiple examples that you can do. You can be quite aggressive

with it and use your competitor's products, everything that you compare. So I'll just show you what a comparison table actually looks like. So if I come to the home page I think this one already there. So it's like my store has these features, other stores have these features. You could use your competitor's logo here or just their name and then say the the specifications they have. So for example, hoodie fabric is like double as thick as everybody else's. And we can weigh their fabric and say our fabric is this GSM, that fabric is this GSM.

And we can have the competitors that they're weighing up. And considering the easier way to do comparison tables is just come into chat with our prime kind of chat and say, I want to create a comparison table with other types of socks, and you can just put your competitors there and it'll give this, design. We can actually probably copy and paste this screenshot up in this format, and it's going to give us the design for us. So so you can say that it's saying durability, moisture wicking, temperature control, odor resistant, eco friendly. This is a

very easy way to do it just because you're doing others. If you use your competitor's name here, it's using something very subjective around your ability that doesn't sit well with me. And it also might be not legal. So one thing I would feel comfortable doing is make this table versus polyester and alpaca wool, because polyester is really like the cheapest fabric out there. And it does have lots of negatives. So it's actually just created me. The table. Cool. That was terrible. We don't want that. No text version Co. And it's still struggling to that text

version of this table. Perfect. So durability moisture wicking temperature control. Three things we might want to add a couple more. What else could we add. And it really just kind of wants to not give me the right answer this time. But anyway I get I'm happy to add comfort as well. It's just way thicker, moisture wicking durability. So all we need to do is come to our theme editor here. And again, I'm just trying to get this product page dialed in. And I can go to add a section comparison. Add the comparison table I want

to up higher. Under the table row. And we got moisture wicking. I should copy and paste this so I don't have a basic spelling error yet. Is siphoned. Moisture wicking. And then we've got temperature control. And. We got odor resistance. Cool. And we can add a couple more rows. Looks doesn't look that good when it's only three. So, it definitely is more eco friendly, but we'll do something different. We'll do blister protection. And add one more. Which is durability. Sweat. So we've got others here. We can change this. And in this section we have the

ability to add our logo. On the pack textile that looks a little bit weird. Probably look at a desktop, but I'm probably just going to, remove that and keep it there rather than use our, logo. But that all looks pretty sweet. We can change the checkmark colors if we wanted to, to be more unbranded. I think this is fine. Let's just check it out. It looks like a desktop. Probably do need that copy there. I'll come back up to this text. My subheading for when presenting this table. Cool. And add this. To it. That looks

pretty good. And the product page is shaping up pretty nicely. I think we can add these testimonials once I get them. I'm just going to hide this for now, because I think I'm pretty happy with this. Down here. We've got an image in the footer, which I don't actually know it's for. Could technically be for the logo, but, I think that it looks a little bit weird, actually. We might just chuck our logo in there. Let's select an inverted logo. Adding the inverted logo should look pretty good. Make that a little bit bigger. And these

quick links. We can add those later. I'm just going to get rid of them for now. I'm going to get rid of the subscribe. And there we have it. That's a pretty good product page I think. I think we'll convert nicely. We've got very clear information. We've got an offer. We describe the product, the features, the benefits, sizing, returns policy, shipping times. We got enticing imagery comparison table as well. I think that's looking pretty good if you can do something similar to that and it looks professional like this chances, that the website isn't the reason

why you're not getting sales. It's going to be the Facebook ad, the positioning or the product timing or the product margin as well is going to be the main thing that makes you not get ads. So I'm going to go do something similar to the home page. And go through this. The only difference is there's not a huge amount of differences for an early stage dropshipping brand. From the home page to the product page, if you are selling a single product store because it the main difference. So if I can show you the array, we

send a lot of traffic to the home page from our Facebook ads because the user might not just be looking for these. We have thousands and thousands of products, so they might want to go to, sleep taste. So if I sent everyone to the product page for this product, it's not going to make any sense. They're going to have to click back, back, back, back. And that's why if, you know, let's say I had four different colors of socks here or I had alpaca socks. And then I also had, let's say cotton socks or something

like that, then I might need to really think about my home page and how that directs traffic to those different products. And this home page might need to be a little bit more general and talk about the brand itself. But right now, because it's a single product store, I'm going to be driving traffic to this product page, meaning that the home page can look quite similar because I'm hoping people will come straight to this URL and they're going to grab this deal and purchase. That's why I don't feel the need to, spend too much time

developing the home page differently. I will make it look a little bit different with some some different images, so it doesn't feel like I just doubled up and were a scam. But that's that's probably all you really need to know within the theme editor at this point. So let's continue on with the Shopify tutorial in the back end. We're still in this product section. Let's just say we wanted to add a different color sock to this. There's a couple of ways we could do it. We could duplicate the product like we did before, which would

allow us to change. These images would have all the same copy. And then when they come to the web, when they came to the website, it would look very similar to this where they land on it. It's like, yep, I can select the dark gray or the light gray, which is an option. It definitely is an option. But what that will stop me from doing is driving traffic directly to this product page, and I'll need to send them to what's called a catalog page, which is this page here, because there'll be a second product sitting

here, which I don't really want to do. I want to just make it so they're on here. They can pick that color product and it's nice and easy for them. So this brings us to variants. We need to learn variants. Now you're going to have variants for different sizing. Maybe for your product different colors multiple different things. So I for mine's color mine's like a dark gray. And then I've got a light gray. Code. So when you're editing these images, we can select the image. And I'm going to use this one. It's going to ruin

our beautiful product product page. But I just want to show you how it works. Base color. This is just for sorting. I'll just click okay, and I can click save. Let me just actually change that. Also change this handle here. Cool. And then we've got gray here and I'm going to click on this one. And I'm going to change this image. To this product which is the darker gray looks a bit darker than that. Cool. And click save. Now I can click done here and click save. Now what this is going to do is it's

going to change these options here to gray and light gray. What we need to do though is we need to change the product imagery as well. So to do that we just need to create this variant here. And now you've got these variant sections. I'm just going to select the images again. Cool. I'm just going to select this one and select this one. And then I'll click save. See how it now changes I can select light gray or gray. If you didn't have this bundle selected here and you're clicking that it would change over. See

how it changes over. It's just because that one is the default. Says option. Let me just how I change this. Probably just by dragging this forward. Sorry. That's change guys. Cool. So now this one should be first. So now I'm on the gray option. You click like gray gray or you click here. Sorry that out of stock that's what's throwing it. So let me just fix that. At the quantity. Cool. So I'm just adding quantity stock for both of them. Sorry. But they want to select one or the other. They could select here here. And

realistically we'd want those images to look exactly the same would just change the color. Now they can also select this which is really awesome for us. We can also go back into here because realistically we don't actually need this section here. I don't need this color selector. If I didn't have this buy one, get one free, I would need this color selector and I would need the add to cart under it because they're going to add one. But realistically I don't need that because I've got the add to cart here. I can even change this

to. So it's included. And I just want to change this add to cart because people get a little bit confused. Click save. Now they can select that product and it'll be nice and awesome. And you can do something similar you might want to for your variance. You might also need sizing like I do, which I'm going to add at a later date. The sizing may may throw things off a little bit, but I'll just navigate that. So while we're in products, let's finish off this section. And things that I like to do is I like

to come down to this search engine listening. Now this will automatically populate for you if you have a really, really long name. Remember before I had like logo and stuff like that, you just kind of want to tidy up this section and get rid of it and just make sure it describes exactly what it is with this URL. If this URL was really, really long and scammy, just change that because that looks really bad. And then if you really want you could just be be like come into here and you can go change this meta

description to be SEO optimized. And you could just put that in there and copy that across. Not that we're doing SEO, we're driving traffic to this store. SEO is really difficult, so don't get overwhelmed with that. Now we can also set up, collections here. So this could be my socks collection if I was going to add more products to it so I can click socks and then we can add those in that's similar to this section. So these are all, these are all categories sleep tears, dressing gowns, pajamas. The way would create a new category.

And we would add coming into this, this section. So let me just create socks and I'll add this one and save it to a. Now realistically I could also add, you know, alpaca t shirts and rather than socks here at the top or in here, I would be able to. Yeah, check the socks and also the t shirts that obviously make sense. So the next step that we need to do I don't think we need to create collections. I just want to show you as an example, we'll finish off products tags can be helpful early

on, and I highly recommend you set these up properly, because eventually you're going to create when you're doing millions and millions of dollars, you're going to need a lot of this, historical setup in the back end so that all of your data is clean. So you might not need to understand it. But realistically, I'm just going to do alpaca socks and give myself that tag at a later date. Just it's just a sorting mechanism. And the I'm really I'm kind of happy with that. So let's keep working down on the left hand side here we've

got inventory which we can change. In these these units, I can just run that up to for that product. And then we can come to customers. There won't be anything in their gift cards we can leave as well. Just save that one content. This is where we're going to find all of the images and stuff like that. We've actually been setting up, the in the files and then meta objects is just kind of a lot of the actions that we've just taken, but we can add images and whatnot and just find out old files here.

Finance is not going to be too relevant for you at this point. Analytics we're going to do sessions on analytics. Once we start running traffic reports something similar. You can check, you know you conversion right. Like first time best is returning customers. You can create custom reports again really not relevant for you live you you might find it interesting as we start running some traffic. We can just check where all these customers are coming from. And it's kind of just fun to watch. Marketing is not relevant for us at the moment. We don't really need

that. And discounts, coupons, we've already talked about that. And then we've got these sections down here. So I'll go to online store. We've talked about the theme. We've added the theme blog posts. If you're going to do so, you'll be creating blog posts. But again, we don't really need that. You'll also be creating pages as well. Pages are somewhat relevant, so we'll go through this. Now. What we'll do is we'll set up an About Us page, just because I think that the more stuff we do here, the less scammy we're going to look. It's not

100% necessary, but let's just, create a little about us page. Cool. I'm just going to ask ChatGPT Create About Us page. Let's see if it can figure it out. Sweet. I think that looks pretty good. Sweet. So we've got our response here. Then just copy and paste this. And save that. Now we can view the page here. It looks fine if we want to put this on our store somewhere. The way that we do it is we go to something called let's say we've also got a contact us page here as well. This is set

up. It's already got the the form which we might need to change in a little bit. And I'll show you how to do that. But how do we get the About Us page up here we come to navigation and there's the main menu. So this is the main menu. And then there's the footer menu which is down here. So to add these things in here we can add the menu items us. And we can click pages here to select the pages that we've just added. And I'm just going to add both of these to the

footer. And click save menu. And we can come back here. And it might not add because of the theme. Certainly we'll add on this but I'll get it in a second. So about us. Cool. And you can see that that's now updated up here to get these links on the footer. Let's say we wanted to do that. We're going to have to come in to back to the theme editor. And come down to here just like this footer. And how we need to do is unhide these quick links. That's weird. That title being there. But

we can add that and we could do. Something like this looks a bit weird like that doesn't. Really like such. Let me get rid of the search. Click some of these tabs. Coming back to navigation get rid of this search in the footer. So I'm clicking around a bit quick. Get rid of this save. Now that should be gone. Get rid of this. So click save. And now we've got a couple of links there. We might just want to add a few more. We could actually just change this to the main menu. Now it's going

to have the exact same as the footer menu. Yeah. It looks a little bit better. Let's go to the links that the other thing we want to put down in the footer to make it not look like a scam is our social media. So we can add these links here. I haven't set up these pages yet, but once we add these we can come to the theme editor and we can add the brand information. And that should show up definitely on TikTok as well. So it's I'm just adding all the URLs I can click save.

Now a footer looks really good. Let's come back here. Now preferences. We can remove this password if we want to people to start shopping which is good. This title and meta description well is primarily a search engine thing. Like the SEO thing. It does need to be changed because let's say someone in iMessage says, hey, look at these sucks and texts that, friends, you're going to want to make sure that this is optimized for it. Because this is the preview that's going to show it, including this image here. So create. So I'm just going to

screenshot this. Create this copy. So just ask it to create a home page title and a meta description. Copy and paste that. And I remove the ethically sourced stuff. Just because I don't 100% know at this point is just a start up. We got some more answers from that. Remember guys, you just don't want to lie about anything. Then next is we need a social sharing image. So you definitely want to add an image here. Truthfully, it's probably going to pull. If you don't add anything it's going to pull this header image which for me

I don't quite yet have. I'll set that up in a little bit. Then we've got Google Analytics. This is really important to set up. I'm going to set all of this up in a video of itself where I run Facebook ads, and I set up Google for Google Ads as well. I want to give you the complete set up in those videos. I'm just going to leave those for now. And, you know, head to millionaires.com to see the rest of it. I can disable this password if I want, but I'm not going to just yet

in case the store links to my social media. We've got point of sale. This is, none of this is helpful for you unless you're actually selling in stores. Then we've got shop as well, which right now we don't really need to set up before I get to apps, which is important. Now we'll go in to settings and just cruise through all of these because there's there's some hidden traps here. So in settings we want to come down to here this prefix and suffix. And all we want to do is just give it a, a couple

of letters at the start. And then we also just want to add a number at the end, because otherwise people can track how many orders we've got. So it doesn't just add a couple of numbers there. Otherwise people are going to be kind of worried when it says order 1001 so we can save that. Then we definitely want to. We don't want to set up anything here yet. Don't fulfill any orders automatically. We want to make sure we're in control of this with our dropshipping app. So just keep that there. Click save. Then next we've

got the plan. This is what you set up initially. Next we've got users and permissions. Now this is definitely worth understanding because let's say I didn't want to just do all of that setup that I just did before. Let's say I want to hire a consultant to help me design the website and get in the back end. This is where we can add people to the website. They can request access, or if we're on a higher plan, I'll just upgrade to our high plan to show you. So now I've just upgraded to this plan. We

can actually add staff here and give them that email, and we can select where they get permission. So we might not want to give access to the finance so people can change finance settings and stuff like that or delete out products. We might just want them to see our orders. You know, our customer service reps should just see our customers and our orders. So these users and permissions can be really helpful. Payments. This is a really, really big one and one that I probably should have started with because I hope you guys are still watching.

You need to make sure with this PayPal click in here. It'll automatically set up for the email that you used to sign up with a Shopify account. That might not be the email that you want your PayPal set up. Let's say you've already got a PayPal, you've been using Squarespace or something like that. Like you, you don't want to brand new PayPal created. So we just want to click deactivate here and we want to we might even just want to use our actual, business email as well. So go through and set up all of the

PayPal stuff independently of that. And yeah, it should just be much, much cleaner that way for Shopify payments. We need to make sure that we're adding the bank account here for our business before we launch our store. Really, really important. So just click add Bank account and you can set all of that up. But aside from that it's really kind of self-explanatory. Check it out. This is important as well. The main thing here is we really want to make sure that customers are giving us as much information as possible, so it only requires last name.

I change is that to require first and last and then shipping address phone number. You've got to have the shipping address phone number for certain people I think is just super, super important because sometimes you need to contact them or the courier needs to contact them. So I definitely, recommend setting that don't include company name, just require first name and last name and also phone number. And then you've got this email. Is that pre-selected? No SMS? No. We can talk about that in the email session. Then all of this stuff is 100% fine. We can

just click save. Next on the list we've got customer accounts which we can set up if if we can allow people to do them. But realistically I don't recommend it. Anything that creates friction or delays the customer from shopping is often going to reduce conversion rate, causes issues. Now shipping and delivery. This is where there's a bit of work to be done. So if change changes all the time, so yours might be a little bit different. We can create a new profile. So I can create alpaca socks. And I can add the product that I

wanted to ship. Now I can delete this delete this shipping location. I've just got Zandra. Now we've got zones that we want to ship to so I can do USA and select this. And I can select all the countries here. And I can also add say Australia as well and add both of these. So now what we need to do once we have the zone where we're shipping, let's say it costs the same amount for us. We want to charge the customer the same amount shipping to USA and Australia. We want to click it, add

right. And for me I'm going to do a flat right because that's just the easiest. You can set it up and link it with your carrier. But I'm just going to use a flat right here. And it's, standard shipping and we can call it 2 to 8 day. Actually, it's going to be a bit longer than that. The shipping time is going to be 7 to 10 days, which is going to be you need to talk to, you know, Zandra boy, the the agent to make sure that that is the right day. And then we

can add 799 for shipping. So this is the cost. We can also, add small like subtext here as well. So we can add tracking number provided ships next day. That kind of things. But tracking number provided that should be good. Now one thing to note here is we can add conditional pricing here, which if someone orders something let's say they order over $50, we might want that. You know, we might want that to be charging more because there might be a lot of product. So therefore when it ships to the customer, it's going to be

heavy. That makes sense. So we might need this to be 1299 because that the product there's going to be multiple products. We can also do wait but wait it's not you need to set that up to the product. But for this I'm going to remove that and click done. So this is my standard shipping which is 799, which realistically I actually need to go back to my product. And I need to add, how much does shipping cost? What is the shipping time? Maybe I'll just add it here. What are the shipping details? And I'll add

the cost here. What I'm also going to do is I'm going to add a second, right, which is going to be free shipping over $50. And then I can add, it's going to be zero. And it's conditional on them purchasing like what I talked about before. If they purchase the this is going to be four pairs of socks. But if they purchase like if they click Add to cart once and they want to let's say add an extra two pairs of socks and it's going to be $78, then I want them to get free shipping,

because I'm going to communicate that to incentivize people to buy four pairs of socks rather than just one pairs of socks. All of these things we're trying to do is trying to increase conversion rate, increase average order value. So I'm going to add this. It needs to be 60. And I can do another one of this checking number provided. And I can add that standard shipping. And then I've got free shipping over $50. And that should be conditional. Now if I wanted to let's say add another shipping zone. Right. I can go into here and

I can just add United Kingdom. But because these countries have different and like maybe they have different costs to ship there, you might want to add different, different actual shipping profiles for them so that you can charge different amounts that gets a little bit complicated because it needs to match what you are showing on the front end of your store. My product isn't going to be too expensive to ship, so I'm just going to add United Kingdom as well. And yeah, if I wanted to, I could add different rates here and I could change this

to, you know, maybe this needs to be 9.99 and I can just add the right and put it here for this one. So I'm just going to delete this. And I'm going to add this one to the existing shipping zone. Not a kingdom. And I'm going to add all of that. And I'm going to coleus USA slash UK slash air. And then I'm going to click save. So worth noting that anyone that is out of those countries and put it puts a shipping address out of these countries, or let's say I duplicate this product and

don't put it in this shipping option. They are not going to be able to check out of this store. And this is why I'm always like, make sure that you check your check out before you start running ads, because you can just make small little mistakes. Yeah, even I do it. So yeah, just make sure that you're checking this. There's other ways to make this a bit more resilient as well. So you can come back here and you can just click general shipping rates. Now this will if you change this general profile that was already

existing it's just going to ship to all products. And so every time you create a new product it's going to be completely fine. And kind of fall into that one. So for this one I'm just going to remove all of these options just because I don't want that popping up for people. I'm just going to delete this and click save. So there's no right. So customers aren't going to be able to see that anymore. It's only in these countries where they're going to be able to check out. Worth noting that always kind of play around

with this section. Yeah. And you should you should be fine. Just keep testing it. Keep keep an eye on it as well. Texas and genius. Now this is often confusing. And depending on the country, you often don't want to give too much advice here. I think that you should chat to attack specialist or your local accountant. About the company set up. I've done some sessions on it, but again, try to get a professional. I actually did a whole video on collecting sales tax and whatnot. Just go watch that video. Because I've talked about how to

do that and thresholds and all of that kind of stuff. I'm not going to get into it now because it's just too boring to do twice. So we've got locations as well. This is going to be the warehouses. So the next section is markets. This is pretty important if you're going to sell globally. Now the city is set up. So I have a new Shopify store in every single region. This gives me ultimate control. And the catalogs, well, what I'm showing in terms of like pricing, that kind of stuff, pixels, all of that kind of

stuff. But realistically, Shopify Markets is a fine solution. If you don't want to have lots of accounts, you just want to test new regions. Let's say right now it's set up so Australia, because as my default country has its own market and then its international is set up, separately, if you are going to sell in a market like Australia, US or UK, you want to set up its own market here and customize it a little bit. So to add a market, all we do is we click Add Market at the top and then we go

United Kingdom and we write it in here and we can add this. It's already in international so we might just want to move. In fact I'm just going to delete international. No that's inactive. That's fine. We can just leave it there. So we got United Kingdom now. Now what I can click is first. This section causes English. It's pretty simple to do this. If it's going to be different languages it's going to we're going to have to use apps subfolders all of that kind of stuff. It's going to be a little bit more complicated. If

we wanted to we could integrate the, pink textile. Co.Uk domain to optimize conversion rate as best as possible, because as soon as someone goes takoyaki, they know that you shipped to the UK and it's going to be great. I'm not going to bother setting that up today. I don't think it's necessary for me to test. I don't think I'm going to do this store for too long. I'm just going to leave that. The next is we've got products and pricing so we can see our alpaca socks here. This is what I converted from. I think

it was $39 before to 21 pounds. So all we need to do, it's already included. If there was something exclude it. You would need to click on here and include it in the market. And you can do price adjustments as well based on a percentage just to cover yourself in the exchange rate. And so we might want it to be 5% more expensive just in case to cover those costs. But realistically it's not not necessary. The important thing is to see is this rounding. So it's going to round to 1 pound, which looks a little

bit weird that it's kind of 2,021 pounds. We might just want to make that 19 and save that next, duties and import Texas. We probably need to start charging duties and import taxes when we hit a certain threshold, but I can set that up later. I'm shipping. I've got these shipping options that these are being pulled directly from the shipping options we set up before. It's just converting the currency to 5 pounds, and it's free for over $50. One thing to note now I've just seen a is I'm saying free shipping over $50. They've seen

every the customer has seen everything in pounds up to this point. So I'm going to have to go fix that and stuff that up. And I'm actually going to have to add in another shipping right here so that this doesn't actually say 50, $50. It's just going to have to say free shipping. Let me just change that. Free shipping. And I can just click save there and come back to markets. And sorry going to shipping options so that it looks pretty good. Now that $60 and up won't won't show to the customer. Next we got

payments. Definitely want to click into payments and just see what they have. Sometimes there's paying out buy now pay later PayPal that you kind of want to add. But realistically, if you're just using Shopify payments, just make sure you've added the bank account and the PayPal, which I haven't set up just yet. But yeah, that's pretty much pretty much it. Now we can click preview here, but realistically, sometimes it just doesn't work. So I just connected to a VPN. And change my thing to the UK. And you can see this is now what the UK

customers are going to say. We can add it to cart and we can go just put in an address and you can see we can check out here. So I'm just going to repeat that. I'm also going to do the USA make sure all of those domain those markets proper. We've got apps and sales channels. I'm going to save that to the end customer events. We don't need to do anything the notifications. So you might want to keep all of these default notifications on you're just going to get lots of emails to yourself to, to

remind you. I think that's it's kind of good to just leave everything there. Nothing on custom data languages we kind of covered in markets. But yeah, you don't really need to changing their customer privacy. I highly recommend turning on section here that now set up a privacy policy, which you can read here. And we can go to the privacy policy on our website. So using automated privacy policy this is going to be your store email there. So I probably need to change that pick textile email and also this address. That's fine. That's our business address.

But you oh you just kind of want to check that it's in the right company name so we can come here. And there's no policy set the terms of service. We definitely want to insert template there. And you want to insert this is an automated. So you want to insert your company name. So like contract agency you do I ot d. And this terms of service is really important. Now if you're confused in this section you can get a lawyer. Alternatively what you can do is you can go to ChatGPT. And you could grab someone

else's privacy policy, put it into ChatGPT and their terms of service and say, what's what do I need to do to get a privacy policy like this? What have maybe some differences. There's certain things, like the apps that you use to track, behave, you know, maybe you're doing SMS marketing, maybe they're not. And you'll just use ChatGPT to bounce that back and forth. But realistically, if you just go in and use the templates and put in all of the company details in, you're going to be more covered than not. But again, to get fully covered,

you're going to have to use lawyers. So I don't blame me if anything goes wrong. Their shipping policy as well. You can add all of these policies. So one thing that you need to note is your privacy policy. And your terms of service is going to be at your footer, which is really important. Make sure that that is there, because that's where the contract lines for the customer. I kind of want to get rid of this Powered by Sharon thing. We can do that later on. You can do that in the code. Yeah. You just

want those two things there. So I think that's all pretty covered from a preferences point of view. So we're going to set up Shopify payments. It's not hard. Just make sure that you use all of the right details. Make sure that you use your full name and that is on your ID because you're going to have verification. Don't use your mom's details and then don't have her ID like it's just not going to work. So definitely set that up. I'm going to name my store. I should have done that ages ago. Paid textile. Actually, this

is probably where the auto address is. Cool. So I'm going to save that. So we've named the store, which is good. We can probably one thing that I did forget to do that you all need to do is come into this section here, come into checkout, because when you come into this, you'll see that it's got the wrong logo. Here. We just want to add our logo just so it looks professional. Make it a little bit bigger. Check it on mobile. That looks pretty fresh sweet and I can just save that. I don't need to

customize too much else. Don't make it. The more you customize that check out. People are just so used to it, so it could be quite trustworthy. If you put heaps of color and stuff, it's probably going to ruin it. I think we can chat about apps now. There's going to be a few apps that we need to use in future modules. If you count the Facebook app, maybe that there's a couple of apps for Google advertising, then we've obviously got our dropshipping app as well. We also will need our email app that we're going to

talk about that in a module. There is just one app. Let's say if you if you've gone through this and you're like, I'm not going to use the shrine theme, I don't want to spend any money. I completely respect that. That's, you know, it doesn't you don't need it. But there's so many things that we kind of can do in this shrine theme, like all of these upsells and stuff like that, that I'm kind of showing you that aren't available on the other themes. Now, one of the first apps that I really, really like is

vitals. So there's going to be a link, for vitals in the millionaires.com and in this video. So just click that link and it will hopefully get you a better deal. And then just install them. So we just click install and it will be setting up. It's got a trial. So we can just click approve here. And we're going to get a bunch of awesome things that we can customize with our store. So we can switch the app on here and click save. Then we can come back to in apps. It should be here. Now the

main reason that I love vitals is this visitor replays section. We can enable this visitor replays and what this is now going to do is it's going to record people on our website. This is perfect for beginners simply because you might have set up your website. You think that it's right, but there's errors that customers are getting. For example, they might be clicking a lot on a certain section of the website that isn't actually a button linked to anything, or they might be trying to check out, and they're from a different country, and you realize

that your shipping options are actually set up correctly. So you can watch a replay like this where they're clicking around and make design adjustments. So you can come down here and look at all of these options that vitals has. Or you can go to the vitals app website and see just how many apps they have. So they have a preorder thing, which is could be very, very helpful in case you sell out of stock the animated add to cart probably not. You could add a sticky add to cart, which basically scrolls as you scroll so

that you can always add it to cart can be very, very effective. Again, similar. We've just got so many things overlapping with the shrine theme. So again, if you've got the shrine theme, you don't need vitals, but vitals if if you don't have the shrine thing, you probably do need something like vitals, or you need a bunch of other apps to make make up for it. We've got the announcement bars, which we've already set up, Facebook Pixels. We're now going to use that for vitals. We're going to use the in-built platform cookie banner. You might

need to insert in EU countries with privacy policies. So that's very, very easy to set up. Product reviews is the one thing we're going to add today to make sure that customers can leave product reviews. And yet we can also add a currency converter as well. If we don't think Shopify markets is is going to work for us. But all I want to do today is add product reviews and that is now active. So we can set up email requests for reviews. But I'm actually going to teach you how to do that in the email

module. So we can just click go to settings. So it automatically actually added this. So now we can add some reviews to it does look a little bit weird with this animation at the top, which I'll have to fix. But realistically I just wanted to show you that app. It's a very, very simple app with a lot of options that's super affordable. The other app that we want to cover today is probably one of the most important, and one that a lot of people miss, which is after sale. So after sale is going to be

an app that helps you increase your average order value by basically presenting the product that you've already sold the person and giving them another deal. We spend a lot of money trying to get this person to purchase the product once they are sold. We are already shipping the product, meaning we already are carrying a shipping cost. The incremental cost that it cost to ship a second product is like drastically, drastically lower. So we can often offer them a very, very good deal on the next product if they want to add on. But if we if

we really push them to purchase that product earlier on, like saying, hey, buy it. Like we kind of already done it a little bit with Bogo, but like if we were like, buy four pairs of socks and we'll give you a really good deal that just psychologically it's very expensive for them to spend $100 on socks. But with this, what we're going to do is we're going to give it to them after. So they've already purchased we've got the purchase. There's no risk of them churning. So that's why it's a really, really good app. So

all I'm going to do is off to sell post-purchase upsell, install this app, install. Now the top tip I have for using this app is just offer them the same product that you already selling them. Don't try to introduce a brand new product. I have seen some great cross sales work where people are like selling a bug product, and then they sell like a really cheap bug product next to it or something similar to that. But realistically I would just recommend you sell them. I'm just going to try to sell them more socks. So I'm

going to go apparel fashion. This doesn't matter. Now we can come to funnels and we're going to create a new funnel. And it's going to be called socks. It's going to be upsells. Machine. Now the way that it's set up is customers will be offered more of the item that they just bought. So at 15% off, if they accept the first offer, that will recommend a multi-product offer for products where they can accept one at 30% off. This is the Shopify product recommendation. If the customer declines the first of it, we'll give them another chance

to accept the same products except at 30% off. This is pretty aggressive. Like it's going to be pretty full on. I would probably I'm tempted to use it. It just doesn't really make sense of socks because they're just going to get so many. But let's have a play with that. We could maybe rather than using the default funnel, we could just say this upsell machine, this is their default one, which I love, by the way. It's it's pretty awesome. But we could just start from scratch and I could just, let me just show you how

that would work. So find out for all customers because you can select certain triggers, like maybe they should buy a certain product, but we've got one product and we go click save. And next we select the product that we're going to have which is our Palkia socks. Save if they accept the product. Sorry, this is the the post purchase say after they purchase, they're going to get this product popping up at a certain price, which we can edit here. So this is the page that they're going to say. Jane, before you go here, buy another

pair of socks. Then I'm going to buy it for 39. They've just purchased two for that price. So we're going to give them an automatic discount of like, say 50% off for another pair. So the main thing with this page is we want to make sure the copywriting is really enticing. And it's really clear for the customer. Truthfully, this video is getting very, very long. So how about I do a whole new video on a conversion rate? Best practices. I'll set up the rest of this app, but make sure you do set it up before,

because, we definitely want to, you know, some brands can not even be profitable. I might also I've just had the I had the idea then I probably do need some kind of complementary product to this rather than just the socks. I don't know what it would be, but that's something for me to think about as well. Another really cool thing about Off to Sell is they have this thing called net Work offers, which we can eventually set up. Now, this is a, smaller store that I'm running at the moment, and every single checkout that a

customer does, they will offer, they will be seen, they will see an ad from after sell. And you see, I can make about .22, per transaction. Say I'm making an extra $0.22 per transaction. Now, this obviously sounds quite small, which it is, but if you've got, very low aof a product or you're selling a ton of volume, then this offer to sell also can actually be really, really cool as well. So you can set up network offers. I wouldn't do it just yet, but this is another thing that I only opt to sell really has

at the moment. There are some other apps that we need to use to actually make the business run, but these are the ones that we need to setting up the Shopify game. I think that's it for today's episode. Pretty close to being able to run traffic. Up next is we're going to set up the emails, and then we can launch Facebook ads and finally get some sales. In this video, I'm going to cover absolutely everything that you need to know about Facebook advertising, and how you can use it to create profit for your business. Doesn't

matter if you're a beginner or intermediate. By the end of this video, you're going to be a complete expert and you're going to feel very comfortable with running ads. I'm going to cover when you should use Facebook ads, how to sign up to Facebook ads, how to not get banned. I'm also going to cover a clear, step by step framework for running ads. I'm also going to screen, record, and show you step by step how to set up ads. In the Ads manager. I'm going to cover how to read the data within the ad account

to make profitable decisions. I'm even going to go into the best types of creatives and ads to create to get the most profit. The best thing is, I'm actually going to be launching a brand live in front of you and going back and checking the results so you can see absolutely everything that you need to do on a daily basis. We're not just going to cover the theory of Facebook ads, we're going to put it to practice. But first let's cover what types of businesses actually succeed on Facebook ads. First up is e-commerce brands. Next

is agencies. That is, if you're running an app, it can be great at driving traffic. Then we've got lead generation info businesses. And finally small businesses. Now you might be wondering, that is just so many types of businesses. And that's because Facebook is the most powerful marketing tool to have ever existed. If we took the daily active users on Facebook and compared it to countries, it would be bigger than India, China, US combined. They have the most data and the most robust platform, but that's not even the best part about Facebook ads. The best part

is that you can use very small amounts of budget in a very controllable way. Where I put $1 into the machine, into Facebook, and I can clearly see that I get $3 back. This very measurable and iterative process makes it the perfect advertising tool for beginners. The key to getting this machine running properly is making sure that we do the right settings from the beginning, as well as we put the perfect creatives in terms of like videos or images that clearly convey the value propositions of our product. When combined, those two things get together and

you can get incredible results if you do these settings wrong in the early stages, chances are you're going to spend lots of money and get no profit. So I'm going to cover how to set up a business manager rather than just boosting posts on your page, I'm going to set up a Facebook slash Instagram page. With a few clicks. I'm going to show you how to verify your domain so you don't get banned. Then I'm going to set up a Facebook pixel, which communicates between our advertising platform and our e-commerce store, and I'll show you

how to set up payment methods, set up the ad account, and then finally launch the ads to see how much money we can actually make. So the first step is we want to go to business. Dot facebook.com. This is called the business manager. Now we don't want to use our personal profile and set up ads and boost posts through the page, because we want to set up this properly so we can scale it in the future, and Facebook will begin to trust us. So we want to click log in with Facebook and we want to

use a Facebook that we've been using for a long time. The longer that you've had, like maybe you've interacted with friends, family, the more trusted you're going to be. So I'm just going to log in here. Once you log in through Facebook through business Manager, you'll probably be prompted to create a business portfolio, which we want to go through all of these steps. So the first thing I'm going to do this is because this is called peek textile. And then I'll enter my actual details making sure it matches. Enter your business email as well. Click

create. So once you've signed up to the business manager, all you need to do is go through the prompts and make sure you input all of the correct data. All of your business. If you are incorporated, such as business numbers for Australia, it's ABN and then you're going to click Verify Business. Submit all your documents there. Make sure all of the names match your names on your ideas, and the addresses are correct to avoid getting banned. Now I'm about to go through all of these complicated settings, but the way that Facebook updates regularly, if something

is confusing, just message in the discord and say, I'm stuck on this section or this has changed and I, I'll send maybe an updated video, or I will get one of our coaches to kind of explain what's going on. Alternatively, I might even just put on millionaires.com, which is my free e-commerce course. An updated section for that settings. So the first thing is you can come and see all of your business portfolios here. You probably won't have too many. You can click all toes up here. Now this can be quite overwhelming, but the main things

that you need over here are actually already over here. So we can work down there. So PayPal is a very very good one. If you're using like an agency, you can invite people and give them certain levels of access so that they can't completely steal your ad account. You be very careful about who you put as admin here. Now while we're talking about safety, while giving the right level of access to our team members is really important, we can also come to Security Center and the amount of brands that I mentor in Daily Mentor to

get their ad account hacked is absurd. Make sure you set up two factor authentication for everyone. Set up your phone number, or set up your authenticator app so that you don't get all of your money stolen on the left. We can ignore partners system users. The next thing that we want to do is we want to go to pages, come across here and we're going to click Add and Create New page. We can enter our page name. This should match the brand name that you have on your website. And then you can put in the

category which will be clothing. And then we can add a short bio. Click next, click Agree Create page. And it should say successful. Now we can click done click refresh and it should populate with our other pages. We can see this here. Now I can actually go into view page and I can change all of these details. So all I'm going to do is change this profile picture. So I'm going to upload the profile picture. Click save. And then I want to add a new cover photo. Click upload. Click save changes. Now the page is

mostly set up. We can come to these about section and change this basic info to give customers confidence around the fact that we are a real business. So I'm just going to go through here. Click save. I'm also going to add the website. Click save. And then the final thing we can do is we can just create one post. Back in stock buy now. Before we sell out. And we can add a photo just in case people go to our page. We want to make sure that they're confident that we're a real business. And click

post. And now our page looks acceptable and like a real business. We can keep posting things on this as we go along to engage the followers, but truthfully, that's not that needed because all of our impressions, all of our customers are going to be coming through the ads themselves, not these posts. So I'm going to close this. And the next step that we want to do, coming down on the left is create an ad account, click Add Accounts, click Add Create New AD account and you want to call it what your brand name is. You

want to make sure that you match your time zone to what you're actually selling in, and you want to make sure the currency is what you're going to be actually receiving in terms of your website. So I'm going to be receiving Australian dollars from my Shopify store. So I'm going to select Australian dollars because therefore I'm going to be able to pay my Facebook bills with the money that I'm receiving. So click next. One thing I will say about setting up this Facebook process is don't click around like a mad person. Don't accidentally make a

name mistake. Just take your time. Make sure all the numbers are correct. If you're clicking around a lot, Facebook might just ban you straight away or you might make an irreversible mistake. So really, really take your time with all of these details. Now, the one thing you want to do here after you've created that account is you just want to make sure you select your name and make sure that you can manage your own ad account. So assign that. Then you'll be prompted to add payment info. If you don't get this message, you can always

come to this setting and go payment. And then we can go to this ad account that we've just set up and click Add Payment Method. Make sure it's in the correct currency. And we can add all of our details here. So similar to what I was saying before, make sure that the credit card that you're using is yours. Don't use someone else's credit card. Make sure it has funds in it as well and just be aware that there's a good chance that your bank will call you and say there's potential fraudulent activity going on with

your card. Make sure you approve that, and then you go back to Facebook and verify. You might even need to have a backup card to put into here if you can. One final thing to note about setting up the payment methods is I don't suggest that you use PayPal. I've just had a about a lot more people getting banned from PayPal than using a credit card. It's much harder to control from an accounting point of view as well. Hard to reconcile at the end of the month if you don't understand that, you will one day,

but the next thing that we need to do is we need to create a pixel. So again, just coming back to this section before and we can just keep working on this. We've got business asset groups which we don't need. We can create a new Instagram if we wanted to. Here you actually need to create it through Instagram. Click Add Connect account. But what I really want to do is create a pixel. So I'm going to go to data sources click pixels. Now depending on how Facebook is feeling it might show you this new data

sources section called Data Sets. They are still pixels. It's still very, very similar. It's just in a new section. So you can click go data sets. And within this we can click add. And we can create a new one called Peak Textile. And we want to use this recommended section. Click next and we're going to click check for partner. We're going to click Shopify for me. And we're going to go to Shopify. Make sure your Shopify has already logged in. Now all I'm going to do here is click install. And it's going to create this

kind of app. Here we're going to click Connect Account. Continue. Now we're going to make sure that we connect the correct business portfolio that we set up before. Now it's going to bring you to this data sharing section. And you should see the pixel that you just created before. Let's click that one. Click agree and click submit for review. Don't refresh the page. Just wait a little bit. Now it should say active here and you can run ads. We can come back here. Click next. We can send some test traffic to it if we want.

While that's going, I'll show you another method that you can use here. So you can go to Pixel Helper on Crime and install this app. And then you can come to your website. And click on it. And you can see everything that the pixel is doing. You can see that it's properly installed with a tick. And you can also go to this section, click check out. Click on this and you can see that it's initiated the checkout. So it's all nice and properly set up. So I'm just going to exit out of that. Weirdly this

isn't working. However I'm not too worried because I can see that the pixel is firing there. So I'm just going to close that. One thing that you might want to do is just to sign yourself a. To this pixel make sure it's there. You can see that I'm now assigned to that. I'm also assigned to the ad account and also the page which is good. And that's pretty much all of the settings that you need to know so that we can start running ads. I know that's quite boring, but if you don't do that correctly,

then you're going to have a lot of troubles later on. So now all we need to do to start running ads is we come to the ads manager. So once we're in the ads manager, which just check that this is the ad account name that we just set up. Now we can add a click create here I'll create here and we'll be brought to this section. Each of these options has its own purpose. But for 99% of people watching should be using this sales objective. This is because all of these other objectives aren't going to

produce revenue for you. They're not optimized for revenue. So it will be shown to other audiences that aren't just primed to buy your product. They might be primed to click or just be kind of educated about your product. But realistically, this can deliver very low quality traffic. But it's not really a purchase because there's so much ad inventory that Facebook wants to get rid of. And we want really good quality traffic. So we're going to click sales. Now. All of the sales set up was done through clicking through this Facebook and Instagram section and setting

up the pixel. So you should be kind of ready to go. This section here is basically saying do you want to use an Advantage Plus campaign shopping campaign, which we definitely will eventually, but I want to show you how to manually set up something similar. I'm going to click manual. Then it will bring you to the campaign level. So you can see up here. This is a campaign. This is the ad set. And this is the ad very similar to before when I was here. This is the campaign ad set ads. So I can click

edit on here. And I can you know I can go down here as well. And we can edit each step of the way. The campaign level is the optimization that the settings within Facebook for what you're actually trying to achieve. When you come to the naming, the naming is going to be hidden to all of your customers. It's just for you. It's just an organizational tool so you can know what is within that campaign level. So I'm just going to call this Australia broad and I'll explain what that means in just a second. Then we

can come down a little bit and we can skip this. Skip the categories as well. This is only if you're selling weird products. And we can come to this section here. This is what we select before sales. Then we've got advantage plus catalog ads. I'm going to explain what catalog ads just in a second. And I'll make a lot of sense when I describe the type of ads. But I don't want to run catalog ads right now. Initially, I want to run video and photo ads. So I'm just going to turn that off. Then what

we've got is the advantage campaign budget. I'm going to turn this on. And what this means is that all of the ad sets that I create. So remember we've got the campaign level and then we get the ad set. If I create multiple ad sets, which ad sets are the certain targeting. So I might target dog lovers here. I'm not going to but I might. And then I might target something else here or different age demographics on a next ad group. It will adjust this budget for. At the moment it's $20 across all of those

different ad sets and give a lot more control to Facebook. That didn't make sense. It will in a little bit, but I just want to leave this on for now. And I want to start at $10 a day. If you're wondering about how much budget that you should be setting to spend on a day, you want to be making sure that you spending maybe one third of the total price of your product. So if your product is $300, you probably want to start with $100 to speed up the insights that you can get to make

iterative learning. If you don't have that amount of money and you're just wanting to get started and you're just trying to figure this out and play with it, it's okay to do a $5 a day budget just to work things out and see if your ads can kind of convert. So I'm going to start with $10 here. This budget scheduling, we can just leave that as automatic AB test. We're not going to set up AB test because we're going to test in a different way. We're going to let Facebook test, which again will make sense

in a second. Then we go to the ad set level. So we're now down a level. We can go here. And again this is a naming convention. I'm just going to write broad and I'm just going to write ad batch one. And I'm also going to write buy one get one free go because that's the sale that I'm currently running. If you want to just write broad, it's completely acceptable. Then we've got website here, which is perfect because that's where we're driving the conversions. Then we've got this performance goal here, this maximize value of conversions.

Maybe grayed out for you because you've started a brand new business manager. For me, I've got both of them. You can use maximize number of conversions initially. You don't want to use anything else at this point. It's just one of those two options is fine. Now one thing that should happen here is the pixel should be created. I should see this pixel here, but something's gone wrong in my setup. So I'm just going to come back to the section if it's a pixel issue or if it's a page issue, whatever it is, what you want

to do is you want to come back. You don't want to publish dropped items yet. We can just close that. And I want to come back and see what's gone wrong with my pixel. So come back to these sections. And go to data sets. Now I can go to this one and I can click Assign Assets. And now I want to select the the ad account that I was running. And that should all be good to go now. So back to the ads manager. Come back into edit. None of that. Those ads were running. Come

back to the ad level. That's where I was up. And now that is sitting there, which is great. It's going to give me a warning because I've had no activity from the conversion that I've selected because nobody's purchased a brand new business, so that's fine. Roas go. We can leave that empty as well. Dynamic, creative. We can leave that. That's going soon. Then we've got budget and schedule. I don't want you to select an end date. I just want you to run this indefinitely. But just make sure that you don't set and launch these ads

and then forget about them, because Facebook has no problem about debiting new $20 every single day, even if you're not getting conversions. So leave that open. Now, the next thing that I want to do is I want to check this audience control. This is automatically selected Australia for me. So I can actually change this. If I wanted to add the United States, I would come in here and add this. And you can see that it's now updated this audience on the left. But I'm not going to do that. And now it's probably a good time

to talk about strategy and what I'm setting up on the ad set level. The best strategy for Facebook ads is setting up a campaign. If you're going to sell in multiple countries, you want to set up a campaign for each country. So this one's going to be my Australia one. I'm also going to set up a United States one and a United Kingdom one, because I'm testing my product to see where it will sell, and I want to keep them individually on the campaign level. But I don't want to mix all of the audiences because

I'm not going to be kind of sure what countries are working best for it. So I'm just going to leave this as Australia, and then I'm going to scroll down and scroll down. I'm going to leave Advantage audience and then I'm going to leave placements as is. I can say that this, pixel selection isn't actually going to work, which makes sense because it's a brand new pixel. So that's now grayed out for me. So I'm going to go back and fix that. Just check that you've got no errors here. And then you can go to

the next step. Now we're at the ad level. So it's a great time to talk about types of ads and how to optimize your ads for Facebook. There are three main types of ads that you want to be running on Facebook. The first is images. Now, images used to not be very good on Facebook because it's very hard to communicate. Certain value propositions highlight the product in the full extent, but recently they have been working incredibly well to find ads that you really like. You can head to Trend rocket dial, which is my tool, and

you can log in or sign up and you can click on ads, click filters, you can click media type and click images and then click apply. And you'll get a bunch of different image ads that are currently running. You can scroll down and see what catches your eyes. This feels like a kind of a TikTok post with the Instagram captions, and you can see a bunch of other ones. You can change the language. Probably should have done that. Sorry country. I'm going to go United States. And I've got images selected. Now, one thing that works

really well, let me see if I can find another example is where you're explaining what the product is using like arrows and whatnot. Let me just quickly because I know it already has some. Let me also go to the Facebook ads library. If you don't have a trend rocket subscription, then Facebook ads libraries. Okay, you just need to know what brands to search. So come to all and I'm just going to go into the body so I can just view this ad. Because this is kind of what I'm talking about. So you can say it's

talking about problem solution just highlighting features of the product. I'll put another couple on the screen right now just so you can kind of see exactly what I'm talking about. The next type of image ads that works really well. It's just a sale promo. So this is a really good example of like a sale promo where they're calling out an option now where on Black Friday sale for free at the moment. So there's going to be a bunch of these ads. You can see them here. You can mix kind of talking about the features and

values propositions of the product. You only just need a Canva account. You can drag some lifestyle images, put some text on it, and you can kind of copy a similar format to this. And then the final thing that works really well is again, sorry, I'm on Black Friday promo. So it's kind of hard to find. But is influencer photos. So just grabbing photos of influencers are real customers that have used your product and not even editing too much. You might not even need to put it through Canva. It just needs that feel very native to

the fade and run those. I'll add another couple of other high performing influencer photos for us so you can see exactly how that looks. And that brings me to my next format of ads that works really well, which is video ads similar to photo ads. There's three forms of video ads that work really well at the moment. The first one is called user generated content, which you might have seen people with their iPhone talking about how they purchase this product and the value, features and benefits that that product has given them. It feels quite native,

feels like a customer review. This is a really good format, and it's been dominant for the probably the past three years on Facebook. That being said, it is definitely becoming less powerful than other forms of advertising because people are starting to get add blandness to it, meaning that I've seen it so many times that they don't really trust it anymore. So this poses a new issue where you need to make sure that they really are authentic. A customer is talking about the product, but it also means that it's made other forms of ads more viable.

The second form of video ad that I really like is a founder ads. If you just get your iPhone and talk about why you created the product and show your operation, that can work very, very well. And then the final format of video ad that's working really well is TikTok style ads. If you scroll on TikTok and you see brand new trends of the way people are consuming content, maybe it was like the cake, it is a cake, or is it not cake? That kind of stuff. It can really capture attention and feel native in

the fade. We recently just did this creative here where the person is on airplay in the office and is getting kind of busted, and that's because it feels very native to the fades, and people kind of trust that that it's content, not an ad with any of your ads. A general principle is first, understand the positioning. Who is the ad for in terms of the agenda, in terms of the problem that they have in terms of how they speak, all of that kind of stuff, really. Now who you're trying to sell to. The second thing

is always make sure that you're talking about your unique selling proposition. Why is your product important and why are your competitors maybe inferior or the existing solutions out there in the market for this problem inferior? The third thing is always try to have an offer and call out that offer and create some urgency so shoppers are willing to purchase right then and there. When they see that ad next is make sure it's not pixel lighted or blurry. You want to make sure people feel confident that you're a real business. The final mistake that I see

a lot of people make is make sure that your video ads are really fast. People have such low attention span. There needs to be quick cuts. There needs to be high energy for the most part. So you might be wondering, how many ads do I need to get started on Facebook? You probably need 3 to 5 ads to begin testing, and the more that you can get, the better because you'll be very, very surprised about what ads work and what don't. So the first thing when we're creating ads is we need to create the ad

name. Now, these two ads, these two names are somewhat important because there's only going to be a few campaigns and a few ads. Ads. It's less important than the ads, which there could be hundreds and hundreds of ads. So we need to make sure that we're very organized here with the naming convention, the first thing that I'm going to name is I'm going to call it alpaca socks, and then I'm going to do a dash, and then I'm going to write the type of ad. So this one's going to be a video. And then I'm

going to write the actual ad description. So that I understand what it is. So I'm going to come in to some of the ads that I've edited which is in here. And I can just open these ones up and I've got a bunch of video ads. I'll just show you one of them, actually. I'll show you the one that that I edited in previous episode. If you are in your everyday normal socks, check this out. Cool. So it talks about, you know, how water doesn't absorb as much in it. So I can use this one.

So to describe this ad, if you're using something like a UGC creator with or they have like an Instagram that like, an influencer, pretty much you might want to use their hand or so would be like Alex or something like that. But for me this is just going to be. So it's basically a home shirt Alex. So so I'm just going to do that actually. Let me just do Alex soak. Just because he's soaking the the soak. And then I'm going to make sure that I select the correct page, which will be in the business

manager. So I can just select here and you can just use Facebook page for now. Actually I am off camera. I'm just going to connect an Instagram and set up an Instagram. I'm just not going to bore you that there's nothing, nothing to hide there. It's similar to this. The Facebook page. Make sure you upload the logo and a photo. So I'm going to set that up off camera. But with ads set up I'm going to click Create AD and then it's going to be manual upload. And then we come down to this section which

is single image or video. And we keep scrolling down. And then we've got this source URL. We want to make sure that we're grabbing whatever we want to push towards. So I'm going to be pushing to this product page. So I'm going to grab that and push it there. In e-commerce you have the option to send this to your home page, or you can even send to your collection page if you're going to if you have multiple products, maybe you've got multiple different styles for the top and you've got some pants you probably want to

send to the home page or the collection page so that people have the choice where they go on the side. Because mine's a one product store. I'm just going to send directly to the product page because that's what I optimized for. So next all I need to do is click Add Video in this media section. If you had an image, you obviously click Add Image and then you need to upload the video, select your video. I've uploaded these two. You can see these two videos. They're very very similar. That's because they're just two different dimensions.

So one is nine by 16. And just because I've added text to the video, I didn't want this text to be cut off in the next step that I'm about to show you. So ideally you want to create videos in 4 to 5 and by nine by 16. If you can only pick one, you probably just want to create 4 to 5 because that can still go on most placements. So I'm just going to select this 4 to 5 and show you exactly what I mean. Click next. We don't need a trimmer. Now you can

preview the ads in certain sections in certain things. So this is Instagram Reels. You can see this border here. We can actually get rid of that by simply clicking replace and uploading the nine by 16. And now you can see that it looks a much much better there. We could also if we wanted to get really granular, is upload a 16 by nine or just horizontal. I don't think you need to do that. You can just leave original and you can leave original there as well. And we can click next. Now all of these options,

some of them are looking quite good at the moment and doing some some level of performance, but you can lose control a little bit on how the ad actually looks, so I'm just going to leave them for now. And yes, I'm going to add more creatives. Now we can preview what these looks like across multiple things. The main thing we want to check is Facebook fade every day. No. Make sure that it all looks great. Then we also want to go to Instagram Fade. It's going to look exactly the same as Facebook. Then we can

go to these stories as well. Make sure it doesn't cut off on Instagram Stories and Reels and that looks pretty awesome. And then we can come down to the text. Now, if you're a little bit confused about what text to right where we can come to ChatGPT, we can come to a section maybe where we've been talking about our product previously. If you've, talked about it a lot. Alternatively, you could just go to a brand new chat. I will do that just because I don't think a lot of people have done that. And you could

put in the website URL that you're sending to and just write, write me some Facebook ad copy and headlines for this product. Give me five options for each, and we just punch that in. One thing about this copy as it's very AI orientated. So I just want to use write each sentence into a new line, be conversational. And this is looking much better. Say goodbye to cold. Uncomfortable feet are pretty minimal. So, parka socks are built for ultimate warmth and comfort. Create some with the science of alpaca wool. So this is just explaining a little

bit more of the science, which is quite interesting. Kind of. And same people and educate people around was as is more important, we can also say use emojis to call out features, benefits and how offer. And you can say this is very digestible. Say goodbye to cold uncomfortable feet a premium as a package. Socks are built for ultra wellbeing, comfort. Whether you're on the job, they don't really call out the offer, so I'm just going to tweak one of these and bring this in myself. But if you're very bad at copy, it's probably going to

be good for you. So I'm just going to change this to tired of sore feet at the end of the day. Question mark. So the main copywriting framework that I follow is the past framework, which is problem agitate and insulation. And then we want the link. So by by yours here. You're just going to add the URL. Now we can actually preview that but just by clicking here. I'm just going to spell check this. So check. Cut mystery copy and paste that. Make sure one fun tip that you can do is you can purposely misspell

there or you are you're and you'll get a ton of comments of people saying that you spelled it wrong, and you'll get a bunch of engagement, and it might make the ad go further. Not great if you're trying to build a brand, but it does kind of work. So we can we can now go right down here and there's a bunch of, variations that it's going to create. We can also, if we wanted to try something else, we can click another. We can create our own. And I can just copy and paste this into ChatGPT

and go make me a version for hikers. And I'm just going to ask it to make me a version for another different avatar. And I'm going to put that in there and see which one it likes. I'm. Just going to get rid of the emojis. Just make it look a little bit different. So so we've got two text variations there. Now we can scroll down and there'll be a bunch of headlines here. One thing that I like to do with the headlines is call out the offer that you've got on the website. So if you've

got a buy one, get one free, or if you've got like a 20% sale code that out here. So I'm going to add this headline, but I'm also going to write another headline option here, which is buy one, get one free. And I'm just going to put like a. Helen quote. So calling out the offer there you could also add Black Friday sale. So I now with the description. Pack of socks. Cool. Next we've got this call to action. We can click here. And we probably want to shop. Now. Then we can scroll down and

we can leave all of this. We can leave these enhancements. That was what I saw before. You can change this link to the display link you want. This is automatically populated. You can see that display link there. So it's absolutely fine. But I can just paste it in just to be sure. Keep scrolling down, check that this pixel is correct and we should be pretty good to launch that ad. So when I click publish here because it's in draft stage, you can see in draft up here, when I click this it's going to go start

getting uploaded. Once that is approved the ad the budget will start spending. So you want to make sure that we are okay with that ad running if we're going to click publish. So I'm actually willing to have this ad to start posting. So I'm going to click publish here and it should upload and go into a review process okay. Now what I can do I can click duplicate and I can just check that I've got the same campaign, same ad set, and I can duplicate it. What I'm going to do now is upload an image

ad underneath the same ad group, which means that the budget that I've set at this campaign level that I think was $20 a day, but that is going to decide whether to spend on the image ad or the video ad. I'm going to show you how it knows what it's spending on or what it's what it's telling us, what ads getting the best results in a second. But for now, I'm just going to go to image because I'm changing this and I'm just going to go split by go and I'm going to delete this. And

then I'm going to scroll down and you can see because I've duplicated it, all of this copy is the same. Now the copy is not that important compared to the image asset. We want to spend a lot of time focusing on what type of creative, like the image or the video, works best as a first step, rather than just constantly spending a lot of time on the copy. So I can just delete this medium, select image, upload my graphic which is this one, click next. Next done. And I should see a nice preview here. Cool.

That all looks good. And then I can come down here. I'm not sure why that's not working. Facebook is just sometimes a bit buggy. And then I can click publish that one to be published as well. And I now I'm just going to go through this and keep duplicating these ads. I can just click, click duplicate. That'll be in the same, same ad set level. And I can go to the next one which is video, and I can go, visit. I'll just get builder rip. And I can come back down here, upload a video, and

I've got this other ad here where he basically rips the sock. Did you know that socks are not made equal? Especially for tradies? This is all cool and I can just upload that one. Click publish. And I'm just going to keep going through this until I have 4 or 5 ads. And then I'll talk to you about what we do next. You're probably wondering what's the purpose of having multiple creatives and introducing multiple creatives? First of all, one just might not capture attention. It might not be a motive, and it just might not be profitable

in the auction system of Facebook, the purpose of every creative that we introduce should either allow vertical scaling or horizontal scaling, and this graphic shows exactly what I'm talking about. So if you just assume all of these dots, audience when we do vertical scaling, we're targeting the same audience, which is this group here, but we're just maybe expanding it a little bit. We're just hitting that same audience, maybe a little bit of expansion, but we're just making sure that we convert those customers. Vertical scaling is less risky because we already know that that customer audience,

that demographic, that persona, like let's say, hikers really wants the product. I don't know that just yet, but we also have something called horizontal scaling, which would be introducing, let's say, rather than hikers, it's going to be builders, which would be more targeting this audience over here in the early stages when we're launching Facebook ads. And horizontal scaling is essential to grow your ad budgets over time. That's kind of what pretty much all you're doing at it when you guys hit a sudden scale, is you're just trying to expand how much you can spend on

Facebook. But in the early stages, we want to test. We want to horizontally scale straight away because we don't know if hikers want this product or builders want this product. We need to test both. So when I look at these creatives that I've just, that I set up it, this one is a high because angle. You can see it's talking about the alpacas and showing the hiking shoes. And then this one, he's a builder. So which is very very important for those audiences. So if we wanted we could match the copy to that. I didn't

think that that's necessary. But I've just made sure that I've got builder angles and I've also got hiker angles in this adds that. And that's going to give me the best chance of actually getting some results. So now I have all of those ads in there. I've got one more step before I'm going to let this run overnight, maybe a couple of days until there's some level of results, maybe good or bad, it might not even work. And then I'm going to show you exactly how to read the ad account and what a Facebook media

buy a does on a daily basis. But first, let me just show you this last thing that I need to do. Right now we're only targeting Australia, so this probably actually should have been broad Australia broad just say it's it was mentioned on the side that a campaign level. But we've got this. What I want to do now is I'm actually just going to once I've got all of these ads right, I'm going to come up to the campaign and I'm going to click duplicate. And I'm going to do duplicate original set up with copies.

We want to make sure they show existing reactions, comments and shares or new ads. Is ticked because the more likes and comments we can get actually on the post is more trust. Actually, I'm just going to change this to UK and then I'm going to come down here and I'm going to go UK. And then I'm going to scroll down to the place where I'm actually targeting the country, which is here, and I'm going to click Edit and I'm going to exit out of that, and I'm going to do United Kingdom. And I'm going to

keep the budget at the same, which you'll find on the campaign level, which is $10 a day. Actually, I'm just going to bump these up to $20 a day so I have enough spend. So I'm going to click publish here on this one. I'm also going to change my Australia 1 to $20 a day. Just because if I do film tomorrow I want to make sure that some data good or bad for you guys. I'm going to click publish on the Australian one and then I'm going to do it one more time. For us as

well. Come to this level. Make sure you're changing the naming convention here. And then coming down here we're going to edit and delete. I'm going to the United States. Select that and I'm going to click publish. Now one thing that to note about my website is I have selected on here to that this domain at pick text outcome. This currency conversion will change the shipping options available for the UK, US and Australia so I can actually ship to those customers. So just make sure that you can do that before you start spending in the country

that you're shipping to, the amount of people that waste money and sending traffic to the something that they can't even purchase is astounding. I'm just going to fix that naming convention. So we've got a bunch of broad ads in each country. We're going to see which country works and which ad works as well. Tomorrow. I'll see you then. All righty. Welcome to part two of the Facebook ads tutorial. I'm wearing black today. It's the funeral of this brand. It's going terribly. Not actually, but we don't have very, very good results, which I'm going to show

you, which can mean multiple things. And I'm going to show you exactly how to work through that. So it's a great opportunity for me to teach you because chances are you'll get some slow results. My last probably five brand launches. I have gotten results in day one using the product selection process that I had you know, with sometimes I've managed to scale up to $5,000 days within like the second week of the business, but sometimes it doesn't work as well. And there's kind of a step by step process that we need to go through to

understand what is broken and where. And fingers crossed, it's just not the opportunity it might be might be the wrong product. We might have to go all the way back to square one and start product one, which is realistically a possibility. But that being said, we want to take of all of these boxes because remember, when we first started this massive tutorial for those people that I've been following along this whole time, there is a few things that could go wrong before a product. It could be your creative, it could be your website. All of

these things we need to take off. And there's actually data that we can look at to try to prove that. So coming back to the ad account. So make sure you select your dates here to get some data. So I've actually been thinking overnight one structure that probably would have been a little bit more ideal is grabbing all three of these regions, putting them in an ad set and using what's called an advantage plus. So I could have come here and have again Vantage Plus just like this, and then had all three regions on the

ad set level so we could decide where to spend in each of those campaigns. But look that realistically, this is still giving me a lot of segmented data and forcing spend on each of these countries so I can see what's going on rather than just optimizing for results. So I might consolidate that in a little bit. But let me show you exactly how to dissect these ads. So the first thing we need to do is set up the columns. Right. So this this information here is not enough. There's not enough data here. We can see

that there's zero purchases. But it's like okay cool. Now what. So we want to set up our columns correctly. So to do this I'll leave this in Millionaire's Scum on the website. So we can actually just paste this bit of code here across here where it says columns. And that's going to change all of these sections here. So this is now a custom report. So I actually if I wanted to I could have if you want to manually do it, which I don't recommend you do. But you can click Customize Columns and you can go

through and you can select all of these things, that I'm about to talk about. So this column for now I have just by using that paste, I can just call it Davis and click apply. And now I've just saved that as a default. So every time I come on I can just come into there, I'm just going to come to Davis and we can see on the campaign level we've got all of this new data, so we've got the amount spent and it's only on today that's pacing. Mapping will change the date. So just make

sure you change that. So if you've got amount spent purchase conversion value which is shamefully zero. But we've got Roas total purchases cost per purchase cost per initiate check out which is the thing before add to cart. Then we've got outbound clicks cost per outbound click outbound click through rate, CPM rates and impressions. I'm actually just going to add cost per add to cart. There. So know cost. And I'm just going to save that and override that David one actually sorry that should have been sorry I guess I'm making a bit of a mess at

this. So always unselect all of these random things. We're not that clever to use those. And we want to come up and drag add to cart. So one thing you'll notice about the order of these is we want to make sure it's kind of like how the customer behaves. So first they get impressions. Then they click that click out. So cost per app I click and then they're going to add to cart which is the thing that I'm adding here. Then they initiate the checkout then they purchase. Then how much return on ad spend did

I make. So it's kind of like a funnel if that makes sense. So I'm going to add cart there and cost per add to cart there. So I can see this. I'm just going to add initiate checkout. And again guys you can just use that URL and paste it. I'll leave very clear instructions on millionaires.com how to do that. So I'm going to drag this up. And save this override and click apply. So now we've got our columns. Wait what can we look at. We can't look at purchase because there is none. But we can

dissect the issue by coming across here and looking at these earlier stage metrics. CPM, I would have expected the CPM to be much lower. This is the cost per 1000 impressions. It stands for cost per milli. I would have expected this to be more like $20. Now I have seen really competitive spaces with great LTV like beauty and stuff like that, getting, you know, $70 $100 CPM and still making it work. But this is not a good sign. Now, there can be multiple reasons for this. Maybe the product saturated, maybe it's not the right product.

It could also be, you know, election time. There could be something technical why Facebook really hates us. Maybe we've got a really bad audience election so I can dissect all of those issues. But when I look at the outbound click through rate and the cost per outbound click at 0.71 for outbound click through rate, my gut feel with plaid with the CPM is that the creative is struggling. It's not that my website is terrible, because I would probably have a much better metric here. And then let's say I had lots of ad cuts and a

cheap ad card. My conclusion wouldn't be the creatives bag because people are getting to the website. My conclusion would be that there's problems with a website, so if they're not even getting to add to the cart, then I need to fix before the funnel that now this is all generally speaking. But yeah, if you have under 2% click through rate again, if you've got a higher EOB than what I've got, which is going to be 60, $80 or something like that, then this is maybe not applicable for you and those metrics will change. But I

would really want this click through rate to be at least $2. This to drop down to more like 20 at least. And then the cost per click I would like it to be under $3. So I now know that the creatives aren't performing and I don't need to go and dissect the website, although I might have a look at it as a priority. So one thing that you can do, there's not going to be any unique ad sets on the ad set level and unique insights on the ads that level, because it's going to match

exactly this because of how we set it up. But I can also go to the ad level to start understanding stuff when I'm on this section with a brand new store and just testing budgets, I want to filter by amount spent so I can see what Facebook is I'm spending on. Because Facebook remember what we did, we just kind of shoved a bunch of creatives into these campaigns and we were just like, you decide what to advertise. Just to make this a little bit simpler, a little bit easier on your head. What I'm going to

do is the user is performing the best. That's a good point. I probably should have explained that. I can see that the cost per click in the United States is $3.47, $3.69 in the UK and $20 in Australia. Something quid's going on. Maybe the market's not right considering all my Australian UGC creators were all Australian accents. I also was saying Chinese, which is not great. It should have sent builders because Chinese is only an Australian time. Those kind of things. I would have expected that Australia campaign to be doing much, much better. But anyway, I'm

just going to go to USA to simplify this for you and come to the ads. Now I just got the singular ads that I set up, and I can sort by amount spent, which should still be there. You can say it's been 1158 on this video and $8.48 on these. This one. So these two ads, looking like it's going to absorb the majority of the spend. Granted, it's still very early because what Facebook really wants is it wants other metrics as well. It wants like purchase metrics. It's probably like basing this on a bunch of

factors as well as like whole rate, how much they're watching the video and a few other, earlier stage metrics. But that being said, we could from the next step because the next step is we need to optimize our creatives and go back to the drawing board or scrap and pivot the product, which I don't really want to do, because I want to keep showing you guys how to work through these issues if you have them. But we can go into edit and we can just watch this creative. You see that back behind me? It's not

very happy because I turned his wall into songs. And the reason I did that is because these socks are made with alpaca fibers, holy materials which allow me to stay cool while my mind. So this is a hiking angle. Then we can come to this next one that's working everyday. Normal socks. Check this out. This is the builder angle, so there's not any correlation there. So my kind of conclusion here is that I need to spend more. You do want to spend at least three times your average order value, at least before you make any

conclusions. As I said, it's like the election a bunch is going on. So I'm just going to put these budgets up and make sure that they keep spending until I get some insights and yeah, see where we go from there. But because I want to round out this tutorial before I just keep going on with the millionaires.com going the stop, I want to show you what another ad account would look like and exactly how you would scale a successful ad account, because I hope yours is already successful. So I'm just going to come to an

ad account. So this is a much, much healthier ad account. You can see that we've spent 1.23 million in about ten days, and we've produced about $5 million of revenue in this one. So this has multiple campaigns. And those campaigns are structured like certain product categories. So one would be one product category, one would be another. The first thing that I would be doing is I would be a adjusting the budgets. So I just go in and I would look at the return on ad spend for each of these things. If, for example, this one's

at 10.86 and it's barely spending and I would I could literally look at is like yesterday. And I can see that these campaigns are just they're barely spending, but they're getting fantastic results. I would then increase these budgets by ten, 20, 30%, depending on that, how much they're actually spending to make sure that this Roas number is coming down to my target Roas. So you're probably wondering how do I calculate target Roas? You need to create a target role as calculator, which I'll provide to you in millionaires.com, but it will look something similar like this.

I'm going to make this much, much better, but I'll walk you through this one. So we've got the unit sales price excluding tax. So this is going to be if you're charging sales tax on your product, let's say you're selling up for and it's a 10% sales tax. Your actual price is going to be 4044. But you need to remove your sales tax to make it 40. Then we got payment phase, which I just average out to be about 4% will give you. Then you've got your curious cost, which the dropshipping platform will give you

as well with the cost. Then you've got units delivered per order. Now only have these units delivered per order because I'm doing I might be doing four packs or seven packs or nine packs or something like that later. So. So with this Bogo I'm obviously delivering two units for the Bogo. This is actually going to be 59 as well, so it is Bogo. I need to have two there. And with a four pack I need to have four because I'm sending four socks. So the cost per the sock is going to be $8 which is

consistent. So you can put your cost per item there. All of these things that are grayed out. I'll make this way nicer for you millionaire scum. But this is then going to multiply that because I need to send two units. The carrier cost might increase slightly because we're sending more units, but realistically the incremental cost is doesn't skyrocket that much, which is great. This this is why we send bundles so that the carrier cost is less because it's very low to actually add more units. Then we've got a bunch of metrics here, like our total

Cogs, which is just like a multiplication of the units and the cogs. Then the total cost per order to send all up. So that's basically all of these costs for you, including the payment phase. And then we've got the gross profit, which is relatively low for this product. I thought we could kind of make it up with packs and bundles and LTV and whatnot, but we'll figure that out as we go. Then we've got a target Roas that we can manually input if we would like. So let's say for this campaign, if we were going

to run a target roll as of like five, then it would spit out the customer acquisition cost that we have and the net profit dollars per order and the net margin percentage. So if I wanted to run this business at 20% profit and I'm running the Bogo promotion, I would need to run the store at 2.8 rolls. If it was just these Bogo promotion, you can kind of ignore these for now. So this target roll, as I also have added a section below which is the break even rise, which means if I'm spending more than

1.8 rolls on this promotion, I am suddenly I'm profitable and I shouldn't. And I want to be running at 2.8 to get the 20% profit. So if I was coming to this store, let's just say, for example, this is the alpaca socks. And I come into these campaign levels and I see that I've got the Roas of 10.6 here or eight, in fact, all of these, just because it's a different store with a different margin profile, I would want to be adjusting my budgets so that this Roas came to the 2.8 Roas that we're targeting.

So I could probably ramp up this campaign a fair bit. Then I would probably ramp up a lot of these other campaigns slightly, because like, this one's at my scale, so I could still ramp it up a fair bit. It's probably the one with all the winning creatives and whatnot. And then I would keep doing that until this row as matches what I want, because I'm going to be maximizing revenue through that. And therefore, and I know I'm profitable. Now if this went to my under my break even Roas or even, you know, in between

the target rise and the break even Roas, then I would want to probably scale back a little bit, pulling back ten, 20, 30% depending on what I'm seeing. So once we start getting a fair few results that are we can look at some of these other these other metrics, but that's not really going to help us that much. You can do some creative analysis, hook rate, hold rates, all of that kind of stuff, conversion rates of specific creatives. And we definitely do that at the Uri. But in the early stages when you're running campaigns, I

really just recommend you just keep adjusting budgets primarily and just keep coming in to ads. And I just saw this and looking at what your top ad is, leaving them if you want. And you can see some of these creatives like, running at really, really low budgets and have a decent amount of spend maybe three, 4 or 5 times your ROV, you can turn these off in the broad campaign so that Facebook doesn't keep trying to spend it, and it's creating inefficient spend for you. I know some people just leave it on completely, but I

recommend that you do turn off some of the ads that are getting bad Roas and absorbing spend, and then you're just literally creating new creatives based on some of the top performers that you've created, but you're also creating new creatives for different avatars. Remember what we talked about the other day about horizontal scaling as well? So we're creating vertical scaling by looking at that top created that I have here, creating variations of that. But we're also creating other avatars, other offers, that kind of stuff, putting those into that broad campaign and seeing if that allows

us to spend more and increase budgets. If that was all really confusing for you, make sure that you're following on the Along the Millionaire Xcom project. Because even if I can't get this initial project to work, which I'm going to do a recap episode very, very soon on what I'm going to do to change this from a creative perspective and offer perspective, all of that kind of stuff. But it's going to help when I have a much smaller ad account that this one, and I can show you the step by step of changing it. So

make sure that you subscribe. Make sure you head to millionaires.com. Sign up and I'll see you in the next episode. In this video, I'm going to cover everything that you need to know about email marketing. I'm going to show you a step by step tutorial about how to set up pop ups, how to set up emails including welcome series, abandoned cards, how to maximize profit per visitor to your store. Email marketing can be a really confronting thing for a lot of people, but realistically, with the tools that now exist, if we pick the right tool,

then it can convert incredibly easily and the set up is getting easier and easier every single day. So the tool that we're going to be using today is Omni. Now, for anyone that has a little bit of experience in this industry, it is quite difficult to know what to use. Are the Klaviyo or Omni? And the reason why I'm recommending on this end today, and I asked them to be an affiliate for this video, is because we do want to keep things as cheap as possible long term. That times that we pick a more expensive

software is when the features within that software create enough profit for us to warrant the extra subscription cost. The trend that I've been seeing lately, which to be completely transparent, I use Klaviyo for that would and all of my other brands. This is because there's a huge switching costs. Once you've set up on the platform. So realistically, I'm always trying to reduce my subscription costs across my brands just because it's such a large expense for online businesses. So if I could have picked the cheapest software possible for this, I would be saving thousands and thousands

of dollars every single month. That's why I'm recommending omnis. And today we can actually see just how cheap it is in just a second. The other thing that we're going to set up today is SMS, which needs to be a part of your customer retention strategy, including email. And thankfully omniscient has that. Granted, Klaviyo does too, but omni send is. It's very, very easy to set up. The editors are easy. So without further ado, let's jump into the tutorial. So to download up any send, you just want to click on the link that I provided

with this video. And then you can integrate your Shopify store with just a few clicks here and here, and click install and Install. Now you should be taken to this. Make sure that this business email is correct. That's pulling directly from Shopify in these settings. So make sure you have the link to your domain already here. Then we're going to create a password and just click agree. And that should ask you to verify. So it will be brought to this section. It will automatically pull this from your website which is your logo. So we just

need to add our brand colors here. Make sure that it's right. And that's starting to match our branding which you can see here. It's really important that we have consistency across our emails, to our website, to our Facebook ads, because that's what reinforcing your brand is and it builds trust. Next we can add our fonts so we can just check what font we're using on our theme. And hopefully this has it. Yep. And we can just make both of those the same font on so it looks pretty clean. Then we can add our social links

if you want. I haven't created them just yet so I'm just going to save this brand asset. Cool. Now we have, been brought to this dashboard, and I just really love the simplicity of this. So we can actually go through these steps. But realistically, depending on when you're watching this tutorial, it's probably going to change. So I'm just going to show you what's up here. The first thing that we want to do is go to form. So we want to create a pop up for our website. So click view other types of forms here. And

this will bring us to our templates. Now the form that I want you to do is click pop up. And I also want you to click multi-step. Now you can pick any of these templates. I'm probably going to pick this one. The reason why we want multi-step is because we want to create a micro decision where they say, yes, I want this discount. They'll be more likely to enter their email after that micro decision. So we don't need the big form here, which looks really ugly. We just want them to commit to it and we

want to change this, this image here. One thing I will point out about this added up. It's drag and drop over here and that this will change the details on this side. We can click here to see the mobile version that we can have. So what I want to do is I want to make this form looks okay, aside from there being no product of course, because this image is blending across to this, this color here, it's just a good way of making it. So it just looks really uniform. So the way that we can

do this is really simple. We come into Canada and we create a design, and we just want to click on this image to see the size of this image. So here we've got the form width which is 590 meaning this is going to be 245 width. And then this is a bad double the height. So I'm just going to do there maybe like this 620 and I'm going to create that design. Cool. Now I can just add this element in here. So I want to add an image so I can grab one of these images

that our photographer has done. Drag this in. Now what we need to do is we just going to grab like just a random shape, like a wave shape. And we're just going to put the curved edge in the inside, expand this as much as possible. And I'm just going to put that there. And I'm going to change it to one of my brand colors. Now I'm just going to save that image. And come back to this replace this image, upload that. Now you can see that this color doesn't match this. So we just click on

here. So I'm just going to put my color there. And you can see now it's just blended into that other image which is good. Now what are the best practices that we want to getting as many subscribers as possible. We really want to push urgency and the discount itself. If you don't have a discount, then chances that your conversion rate is going to be very, very low because people expect that nowadays you can use things like free ebooks like, I've had a great story about someone that created just used AI to create an unhealthy fried

chicken recipe, and they put that as an upsell and absolutely crushed it, or put it as a free guide. But realistically, just stick to the discount for you guys. So we're just going to do need 10% of your comfortable socks and put it down to this size. Comfortable. It's a little bit too long. There. Alpaca cool. That looks better. Let's see if we can go 32 looks good and we could just do ten. I want that 10% off on its own line. Let's do change the all of this color to one of our brand colors.

Sorry. We'll just use white just so it really pops because we've already got a dark color. Now, if this button color is wrong, what you're going to do is you're going to click here button settings, and you can change all your buttons at once. So we're going to change this text to accentuate it with this other color. And then we might make the background color, you know something like what looks a little bit I have to go out of that brown colors really here to make it pop. So let's do this as white with this

as green and then this as the secondary one. We just want this like a dark gray because the background's dark gray. So it won't really pop a match. The other gray. Get rid of this border color. Match it to the other color. So it's just a little bit lackluster. Cool. So we've got this. Step one made 10% of your alpaca socks. Yes. Get 10% off. No thanks. Then goes to step two. So that should have dragged across this design. Now we can actually just copy this here. I'm just going to add a little green border

to this button as well, just to make sure that people can see it and click it. So we're just going to say enter your email. About that. And this looks a little bit weird as well. So I'm just going to click here and click Field Settings. And I don't like this background color being like a yellow. That looks good pretty good. So they will go 110% off your socks. We just need to change this background color to that other color. So click there and email click submit I think I looks pretty good then this one

as well. Just change his background color. Now one thing that we can do here is we can actually drag this discount here. And we can enter in the discount code that we're going to set up in our Shopify store so we can come to discounts. And I've already got the code active. But you just click create discount and you do something like save ten which is 10% off no minimum requirements. So we can just come back to our omni send or we can just, write save ten, change this color to what changes color to what?

You. If we have something awesome, cool. Just adding a little bit of character, a little bit of tone of voice. Sweet. Just always make sure that you click through this to make sure that it looks great. Every single step. Success 510. Here's the code. Here's a code. Great. And this is that they're already subscribed. I'm just going to change that. It's not going to really happen much. And I can just click save and close. Alternatively what I can do is just change that because it's going to bug me is I can just click enable form.

Now we need to definitely finish off setting up that form from a mobile perspective. I just want to show you what it's going to look like on the desktop. We can just click skip this step for now. I'm going to do it in a second. And I can go to an incognito window right in my domain. So the store's still not 100% set up. I'm going to finish the rest today and we can click around. Now. When does it pop up? So that works. Yes. Get and we can test it. We just you know dotcom

and we've got the code here. So that's all working perfectly. It just shows that omnichannel is integrated. Well without Shopify store when do we want it to pop up. We need to come back to these forms section click on here. Now we've got all of these things over here on the the behavior. So let's click through them. Audience. The main thing to thing is enable double double opt in. Now if you want to really preserve the hygiene of your list and warm up your domain, meaning that like maybe you're going to spam folders a lot

and whatnot, you could start with double opt in. You wouldn't give them the discount code straight away if you're going to do that. But realistically, if it's a brand new story, just leave that kind of unchecked scheduling. Always show the form display. This is the paid row, so the time on page, we just don't want that to pop up too quickly. It's just going to delay them. So I'm just going to go to seven seconds and then targeting. We can leave that for now. Visibility. We want them on both frequency. And one thing they can

do with visibility is you can create a desktop only pop up with this design, and then you can create duplicate it and then do a mobile only set up for the mobile design. And it just gives you a lot more control with the pop ups, which then allows you to do AB testing. So we can click AB testing here and we can straightaway come into this. So the split, if you've already got a pop up that's working really well, you might do like 80% is going to what's working well because you want to capture revenue,

then you just use 20%. But this is just a brand new store. So I'm just going to click actions here. So now you can see up here I am editing the version one of this pop up. So there's a bunch of things that I could do I can change this to like I'd say $110 off rather than 10% off. And I can measure the difference between how much revenue that is making me for the additional percentage off that I'm giving, because a 10% off is going to be more like $5 rather than $10. So that's

one thing that you could test if you've got the margin to do it. You can also test this image as well, which is also a really, really good thing to test. I'm just going to do image on this one. So I'm just going to come back to here and I'm just going to try a product image. It's not going to look nearly as good. It's going to bring that to the back layer send to back. I highly doubt this will work, but I've had many, interesting. So it tests before. Looks pretty bad. But anyway, I'm

just going to download that just to show you guys how to split test. I can just replace this image with this one check that has gone through every step and go to AB settings. So one thing that I didn't do was optimize the mobile version. So we can just click on here. Realistically this should have an image. What you should do if you want an image that is first launched the the form. So we're just going to go here and you can just click here and you can click copy. And now we've got this copy

I'm just going to label this. So this is mobile. And I'm going to update this. And I'm just going to do visibility. And I'm going to do mobile only. So if we wanted an image here we would just simply drag image. And we would need to change this file. So I'm just going to create a square image that's nice and small. Put that there. And then on what I'm going to do is I'm going to do the background remover and I'm going to paste color here, make it as big as possible, share download. It's going

to download this select file add that and you've got something a little bit like that. You could even put a little arrow animation here and put a little text and just say like ultra soft. Go make sure that matches your fonts. Cool. This looks pretty terrible, but you get the idea. That's exactly how you launch it. And we can just click Enable Form here. And that will then launch on mobile. The main thing that we'll have to do though, is what we have to remember to come back here, and we'll have to turn this one

off of desktop. So desktop only update live form. So now we've got the desktop is doing an AB test the mobile. It's just running we could set up an AB test for that as well, which wouldn't be a bad idea, but I think you guys understand exactly how to do it now. Now, one thing you'll see about this pop up is down here. It's got powered by omniscient. We cannot have that. It looks like a scam website. It looks immature. What we have to do is we have to come back to Omni send, and we

need to upgrade our plan to remove the watermark. Now we want to set up email and SMS. Again, you're going to need both of those at the very high return on investment as SMS. So I'm just going to pay monthly. Don't pay three months upfront. You don't need that. You don't know if it's going to work. So we can just do pay monthly at this stage and we can check out and you can see that this will now remove the Omni send branding from the pop ups. We can come to our form and we can

see that is now gone. And will also be gone, of our website. So up next we need to set up our automation. So automation basically means that when someone takes an action you're going to send an email in a certain way. This is different to the other section here which is campaigns, which you're going to set up a manual campaign to talk about something and send it to all subscribers. Whereas realistically, if we wanted to send a campaign every single time we wanted to advertise to someone, it would just be not applicable because we're just

sending thousands and thousands of emails every single day. So the automation side of things is really important to set up, especially as a single person founder. We are just getting started with dropshipping, and we can basically set up automations for everything that you need. So you don't really need to keep coming back and sending campaigns, at least for the first month of business, because your customers will get the right amount of emails through automation, rather than having to manually set up campaigns. Because setting up campaigns costs a lot of money, we might need agency as

many designers because it might not be worth our time. So with automation, there are a few different automations we want to start. So I'm just going to click Explore all Workflows down here. The main thing we want to set up is the welcome emails. So the first one here doesn't have SMS. So you can see that with the little icons I'm just gonna set up with SMS. And we get brought to this editor on the left. We can drag and drop things into this sequence. This is what's called a trigger with this little lightning bolt

here, meaning this is an action the customer took, which is they, subscribed to marketing, which is like a list which is going to we're going to set this up to be the pop up. So they subscribe to marketing by signing up to the pop up we set up at our store. Then the other thing to read is customers exit this workflow when they place an order. The welcome series is designed to educate the customer about your product, because you may have not convinced them in the first place. There's no point us just continuously educating them

in the exact same way as a person that has ordered the product. If someone has ordered the product, we want to ask them for reviews. We want to sell them different products. So we want them to exit this workflow, but we want to make sure that we can educate all of the customers that don't purchase through this website. So this thing, this is like a time delay. So you can say flight, action here. This is saying that when someone signs up, you'll wait one minute because they might order the product. Then you're going to send

an email which is dragged here, which is this welcome here. So we can just click on this on the left hand side we have subject lines. We have pre headers. So the subject line is what's going to pop up. The pre header is the thing that's underneath that which is also important. Then we've got the sender name as well the sender name. We can actually do something like Dave from textile which just makes it feel a little bit more personal rather than the company. And then we've got the email here. We can receive replies to

a different email address. Now this isn't necessarily a bad idea. Eventually you might want a customer service email versus a promotional email, but when you're first starting, you can just kind of leave that you can save that and then you can go to Edit Content and we can check this out. Now we're going to use AI to make sure that, we're going to enter all of this. So the great thing about omniscient is we can come across here and we can just basically go down from header down to add all of the elements that we

want. So currently we've got this as our header, which I don't think looks too bad at all. I just to show you how I could change it, we could drag this header and let's say we have lots of products. We could drag this and that would link to the collections on our website. But I'm just going to delete that for now. I'm quite happy with this. Then we need to change this, this hero image, which is quite important. So we can scroll down and select something that looks good here. I don't mind something with a

little bit of text in it, so we can grab that. Now I can delete this. I can delete that as well. Now the main thing that we want to do is we want to add some depth to this email, similar to how what we did before. So we can actually just use this graphic. And we're just going to resize this to match the email. Let's go custom size because it's 600 wide. The email then it's going to be like 500. And we're going to replace this. And upload this image. So now we've added this image.

We can click the background. So this is going to change the setting across the whole email. Click background changed up the canvas color. And then we're going to click here as well. Click the background for this section. Change that. Now this logo needs to be what it's going to replace that and get my white logo. Cool. The other thing you probably need to know is padding. So padding just means the spacing between things. Here we don't really want any padding, so we're just going to make this zero zero. So now what we can do is

we can click preview and we can just check how that looks on mobile. So this looks a little bit strange because it's being cut off here. I also don't think that that text is ideal either because there's a element in design or design, not just email design where things are either centered or that to the left. So pretty much all of this needs to line up perfectly across the board so that you can see that that logo goes a little bit there. It's just helps people's eyes roll off it and also this is probably going

to be a little bit smaller than our, heading, which is going to look a little bit weird on email. So we can fix this. What we're just going to do is we're going to remove this image and we're just going to grab a different image. There's a 3D render. Realistically, I should have you probably use this for the pop up as well. So we can just grab this. And the arrow is going to be consistent. So bring this forward. Or maybe we just need a curved arrow like this. So I'm just going to download that

image and a compress the images on Canva. But you can always if you want to make that email as small as possible, you can just go to Compress Image and come to one of these. Select the image that you've got. And I highly recommend doing this every single time. I know I'm moving quite quickly, but I highly recommend you add the image and you compress it. And you can see in as now 49% smaller. And it shouldn't really ruin the the quality of it at all. I can upload from computer. Drag this in. And that's

starting to look good. It's really apparent the the bad shadowing here but I'm okay with that for now I'm just going to go 0% padding 0% padding. So it's that out as much as possible. Now I'm going to add header text. Should be able to drag this one up. And we're going to make it big. We're going to make it bold. And we're going to make it white to match our pop up. And we're going to go most comfortable suck ever made go. And that looks pretty good. So now we can click preview and just

check it on mobile. There's going to be text there as well. Now what we need to do is actually sell the stock as well as include the, discount code that we're pushing them to use. Generally, the structure that we want to use with the welcome series is the first email. We want to tell them a little bit more about our brand, as well as the features, value propositions of our products, why you would use it, that kind of stuff. You can also do what's called objective handling. We want to make sure that they are very,

very clear on everything that we want to be, just kind of guessing what objections they have. Things like shipping times, things like how long's the discount going to be available for? Just things like, you know, well, sizing, that kind of stuff. We want to make sure that we address all of them, as well as just sell the product a little bit. So what we can do is we can come to our website. So we've got our page here. Now you can do it as well as we can click command P or control P. Now what

this is going to give us is all of the details I actually want these things expanded command P. They should now be expanded which is awesome. So all of the details and this is images as well. And I can save this as PDF. Just because it interprets images relatively well you can also just upload it as a HTML. You can also just copy and paste the link. And I want to write in you, an expert email marketer, create a conversational welcome email for someone that is thinking about buying the attached alpaca socks. Make sure you

address any objections they could have about purchasing. Break each sentence into its own line. Keep it under 100 words. So let's see what that does. Cool. It's just a little bit too short. Expand it. That's probably more like 200 words. Cool. Let's just punch this in and see what it looks like. Honestly, guys, very few people are going to rate a mouse. Like it really comes down to the images and just the design, making sure that you're always telling the story of the product and what they want to know through like icons and the images

themselves, just because they're going to to look at that. So I'm just going to space this out into its own lines. It's definitely too long, but that's okay. Just expanding is so this all looks pretty good. We just need to make sure this is bold. Now we can add the discount code here as well. Quick add discount. Drag this in. Delete this. So when we use this discount block it's going to create a brand new discount code for this email which is great from a tracking ability. Point of view tracking back to the the person

as well. It's not going to be the same ten. So it's got an integration with Shopify. It's going to create that discount every single time. So you just need to make sure this settings is correctly. So 10% off. You can reuse a unique discount. You probably don't need to do that. Apply discount to all products is is fine. It's such a small discount. You're probably always going to be running it. And yeah, that should be pretty much it. You can change the button as well to, you know, the different colors that we've been playing around

with. But I think that looks pretty good. We can just add use your discount code below. Now one thing that I highly recommend is using icons. We've used these here like these that these are icons. We've also use them here as well. I think it would be worthwhile bringing some. We should keep the icons consistent, but we should probably be bringing these across onto here underneath this section. So I'm just going to go in and duplicate this. So what I'm going to do here is I'm going to grab this. I'm just going to write ultra

soft. And I'm going to bring in a soft icon. Realistically we should bring these icons across. It's just I can't really be bothered at this point. I'm going to put this here and make it white. Then I'm going to make this bold. And then I'm just going to duplicate this cross. Now I just need to resize this so it's not outrageously tall. I can just shrink this down to 300 so we can open this up. So I just want to make sure that this is like coming right to the edge. And this also right to

the edge. You know, it feels like these icons are taking a long time. But the truth is you're going to use them for a bit. They're going to be pretty much on every single email. So it's worth getting some icons. As I said, nobody rates. Let's do compress it and we're going to drag and drop this quick add image, add new image, select drag this one in upload select. So there's a couple of places we can put this. We can put it up here. Probably doesn't look too good. We can put it there. Just probably

needs some level of connect in with this section and a little bit of separation there. So what we could do is we could put a simple line like a divider here. And we can just put what I just realized. One thing that I didn't do well is we probably need a button here on this image, simply because we want people to click. And sometimes people don't even scroll. So let's quickly add a button here and go claim 10%, discount and add the URL that we're sending to, which is Peak textiles.com. We'll go to this. Just

go to a secondary button. It looks a little bit cleaner. And that's starting to look pretty good. These icons here, they definitely can come under here almost like a footer breaker. And they can go and everything. Go email. But I'm actually going to put it I like mine up here. Cool. Now that's how welcome email. Now you might think we've finished here, but what we need to do is we need to click Save as template. This will make it much, much easier to create the rest of the emails in the welcome series, but I'll just

do welcome template one and click Save as template, so it's worth taking a step back and talking about types of emails that you could send, types of emails that you could even prompt into ChatGPT. Because the last thing that you want to do, I need to create another 2 to 3 welcome series emails next. So I don't want to just talk about just the general brand. And just like welcoming them to the brand. If I do that every single time, it's not going to be great. There is a bunch of formats that we can follow.

There's the general info email, which is kind of what we just did, which is great for a welcome series. We've got the main pain point email, which is kind of talking about the let's say we're selling to traders. It's blisters. We just do an email about blisters and how the products features can give you that benefit. So you could do that a couple of times about different features until it really hits hits a nerve. The next one is a social proof email where you could talk about how many happy customers you have. You could add

their stories. You could just screenshot reviews, customer generated content one a really important email, which is great for the abandoned cart float as well, is an offer slash guarantee. So it's saying this is a promise, this is our product. We're going to guarantee that if you purchase right now, it's not going to cause any issues for you. Like there's a refund policy that only X amount of people refund will do this crazy thing if you don't actually like it, that wouldn't be expected. This gets people really over the hurdle of like I'm just waiting. The

next one is just a blatant urgency email, which is like your discount code is running out. That can be a really good email. And then finally we have other products where we can flight. Hey, this is another product that you might be interested instead. Now with the other product email, we don't want to use it. We're about to set up abandoned carts, by the way, but we don't want to use the other product email in the abandoned cart because the difference between abandoned carts. What we're about to set up is the customer has probably gone

through the website a fair bit. They've probably educated themselves, they've probably seen a little bit more. So we don't want to just be like, hey, do you want to go buy this instead? That's just going to confuse it. We're trying to get them to complete the transaction. So we're using a lot of those other email formats. Is is going to be the best way to go about it. If you're feeling really stuck with emails you can just come to milkman, which is a great free website. We can go into brands here and we can go

into, you know, some brands that we respect in terms of email brooklinen, great, ecom brand. And we can just check out some of these, these emails and we can say, you know, this is the final hours. This is an urgency email that I've talked about comforter your way. This is talking about the brand itself. And you can just check out some of these formats and basically copy copy the template across. So to do that what I could do is I could write in abandon and we can actually let me just writing cart and I can

go to United States apply. I'll probably be able to see a bunch of really good abandoned carts. So like this one, Urban Outfitters really we want to look at E-comm brands as much as we can. Let's just look at this one just from a copy perspective. So this is an abandoned cart email and it's talking about this this. And soon it's adding a little bit of urgency. Talks about it's buy two and get free shipping free. So it's got an offer. It's got it's 100% guarantee some really great just basic email practices like the design's

a bit lackluster, but like that doesn't really matter. It's nice and raw. Sometimes you can actually just run basic text emails. You don't actually need any images. I might actually show you how to set that up for the first abandoned cart. I won't be lazy and I'll show you how to do other ones, but I'll just. Because this can work really, really well. Let's go into, let's finish editing this email. So one thing to do here is scroll down as well. We've got this SMS, which is one day after they've signed up. I will definitely

need to finish this, but we need to make sure that our privacy policy on our website is all set up. So I'm going to you definitely want to set up SMS marketing. Like guaranteed. We can go through this, verify our number and set all of that up now if you want. But I'm going to keep going with email and finish abandoned car. And then I'll come back and and set up that in a second. So to do this I'm going to I can just delete this for now and delete this for now. And I can

just start workflow. You can go back to your website, sign up to the pop up, check that you've got the email, check the formatting, always check your links as well. I forgotten something, so come back into this editor. Apologies guys and click Edit Content because I've used this image here. It's really important we add an old text here. I just do a pack of socks. Really important to add this old text to make sure deliverability is good. You also want to add the URL to all of the images, just in case someone text clicks that

instead. So I add the images at alt text icons for alpaca socks, because that will communicate to the computers pretty much. And then this should be fine. That will have an alt text. So cool. And now we can just click Finish Editing. Okay, now we're done with that welcome email. If I wanted to create more welcome emails, I can just drag and drop and add some of those emails that I've talked about. I'm not going to do that in this tutorial. It's going to get way too long. So let's set up an abandoned court email.

Let's set up a text based abandoned court email so it feels very native. And if you don't know what that is, you will in a second. One interesting thing about Omni send, which I believe will be fixed, or maybe I'm just being stupid, is when you come and create emails through this section here, it gives you the building blocks of emails, but it doesn't give you any templates. Whereas how many centers have amazing templates? And maybe it's because they think that you're going to come through. Maybe they think you're going to create a campaign fast,

which, you know, I would never do. But if you just come through this like, I'm just going to add ad like test here just so I can get to this choose email template stage. We can see all of these beautiful designs here. You can actually go in and you'll see my saved template in here. But we could go through one of these and actually save this template first. This definitely should be an option in the builder. Maybe I just missed it every single time. So I just want to scroll through here. And what I'm going

to do is I'm going to click other I'm going to use this HTML template. So I'm going to go into here and I can simply get rid of all this text. So now I'm in this HTML editor I can simply just go through this and write the email. So hey there. Actually I'm just going to use ChatGPT for this as per usual. So I'm going to come to the previous ChatGPT thing that I had before, and I'm going to go write me an abandoned court email that's conversational and introduces myself as the brand founder. My

name is Davey and now you can copy and paste this. You can see that that's a similar email that you would send in a cart. So you can see that there's no spaces in between this because it's HTML. So I'm just going to add some HTML code. Just stands for break code. And just wanted to reach out and found I'm Davey, founder of the Pay Textile. I've noticed you've left, so I wanted to share a bit more about them. For instance, we offer free returns. Cool. Realistically, this probably shouldn't be your first abandoned cart. You

probably want to set up an automated one that will have the product image that automatically pulls from the website because it'll be integrated with Shopify. So pull a product image and people will feel really comfortable. But I'm going to actually test this. Maybe I'll spit test just to show you guys how to do that. So I that just within reach out. We're going to need a link here and a link to Peak Tech. So how come give me the email. InnerHTML. It's a Shopify link. So push it to the cart. Cool. Let's fix that. Cool.

And this URL should change. To forward slash cut. So this m so that all looks great. The layout is white as well. So this is going to come through and look really clean really easy to read. And it's added a border. Gosh why is it done that. Let's just get rid of this border. You're just asked ChatGPT to remove the border. If you don't know how HTML. And this looks pretty good. So we can always test on mobile. So let's check the preview. Now. Looks good, looks good. So it's worth noting that I was creating

this in a campaign. So we don't actually want this in a campaign. We want it in the abandoned cart. So all I want to do here is I want to save this as a template, as our text base template. And what I'm also going to do is I'm going to come back. So what we want to do now is we want to come down to automation and we can just preview this. This looks pretty good. We could just save this. And you've got that product there. You can just change the colors. Look I don't think

I need this template. I think I created a pretty good template before. So that's just how you do it. I definitely wanted the text base template. So now we come into automation, create workflow. So one thing you'll notice here is you have abandoned car and abandoned checkout as well. Now abandon it depending on what your website is set up. Abandoned court is they might add the product to cart but then never reach the checkout. The checkout is where you're filling out the payment details, so it's sometimes it's only one click after. Realistically, if you're at

early stage store, you probably want to be sending the exact same emails to abandon cart as abandoned checkout. And you can just have one flight. So what I'm going to do is I'm going to set up the early one, which is abandoned car, and then I'm actually just going to duplicate the templates to abandon checkout as well. Now we want abandoned car and we're going to customize this. So here we're coming to our triggers. And we've got one that add it to item to cart. And then customers exit when they place an order or they

start that checkout. So I've got the right filters. Now I just need to edit this email and I can just click into Edit content. Yes. Save 90% of the time you're going to be clicking save there. And you can see what I was talking about before. There's this this product image here, which is really important. So what I need to do here because I've only got a single product store. So and for the most part, like you might want to show to two products and two columns in case they're adding, you know, 1 or 3

and another. But I'm only going to add one product here because I only have one product. So now what I want to do is I want to come up here and click change template because I want my abandoned car emails, because they probably got that welcome email that I've set up this one. So I want to modify this one from one of my abandoned cards. And then I'm going to split test this one to see what works best. So the one thing that we want to add here, which is different, which I talked about before,

is this abandoned product section. This here is going to auto populate whatever was on Shopify. What they added I only have one product. You might have lots, you might want to keep them. So I want this automatic product quite high up in my thing. Probably not that high up. But anyway, I'll fix that. So we can probably go to all into this this section to be honest. We want to come here product details. So that's going to have all of its image price all of that kind of stuff strikethrough price. So what you can see

here is that text because it's just dark. But this will be like the product name and stuff like that. So I'm just going to change this just and also change this. And now we want a header text here similar to this. I'm just going to delete this because I don't need actually I just keep it simple. So just in case I delete that keep that don't need any of this text. So we've got that realistically this button we might just want to rebuild that down I kind of want this section out. So I'm going to

delete that like that. So now I can just change this text to you forgot your socks. Don't wait. We will sell out because I definitely will sell out. So we've got you forgot your socks. Don't wait. We will sell out. Then it will be the socks. Then the Shop now button is like claim your discount. And then I want this to be the secondary button. I don't really need a product description here, so I can come in here and get rid of the description. So this will auto populate with the product image with the price

and it should look really good. We can preview that in just a second with the template. But I'm just going to finish editing here. Now I want to show you how to split test the the alternative thing. So what we can do is we can add a B testing here and we can split participants 5050. And then we can add another email here and then add the email. Yeah. Cool. So we've got one email here which is our first email which I just designed that I showed you. Now I want to change this to we

want this all to be the same. Whenever you are split testing something that can only be one variable. So I can't split test my subject line if I'm actually split testing. What the email is as well. So this all needs to be exactly the same. And then I'm going to update this. And then I can just edit the content. And I can go into templates which I set up before save templates. Is this one that looks should look pretty awesome. And I can just click Finish Editing. And I'm excited to to see the data for

this. Now what I need to do is I need to go through those other formats of template, emails and go through these and make sure that there's a bunch of emails. I just want to show you how I set up omnis. And when I first start to make sure that the abandoned checkout abandon cart, it's great that there's the flexibility of abandoned cart versus abandoned checkout because it's just more data. But just as a beginner, you just don't need that customization. Today, it's just going to take too long. Like I need to focus on my

creatives. So I what I'm going to do is I'm going to just come back to these flows and I'm going to copy this abandoned comp. So I'm just going to call this run and checkout and then yeah, this should be good. That's the last thing that I need to do. I need to delete this exit condition him. So just so that makes sense of a down. If they go add it to car and then they abandon they'll get the other day if they check out that was an extended edition on the other flow that that

started at checkout. So they would be removed from that one. Then this one would kick into place. If we had that exit condition of if they start checkout, then this is not going to work. It's just like a loop. So I can just click publish changes there and I'm going to let them finish the workflow. And this is now I'm just going to rename that. It's going to bug me. Abandoned cart. Yeah. So so now what we've done is we've created an abandoned cart, abandoned checkout, a welcome series. I need to expand these emails. I

need to monitor the split tests. And the next round of split testing that I would do is just subject lines. Subject lines? You can just come into ChatGPT and you go write me three subject line variations for the welcome series. Cool. So let's do write me ten subject lines. Be direct, talk about the product. And we can just grab a bunch of these subject lines and split test them. Easy peasy. And we can monitor that accordingly. We probably want three abandoned cards. Three welcomes. The only other automation that you might want is creating a workflow,

which is these are brows. Brows, abandonment, which means that they kind of look at a product and then bounce. I don't need that. I think binds. Mine's fine at this stage. We've got other things to focus on. The final thing we do need to talk about is SMS. So if I come to this welcome series, we actually I'm going to do a abandoned cup because that's going to be the highest return on investment. And I come into here, I can add an SMS here after 11 hours, which is going to be really, really great just

to remind them so I can come into here. Pick textile is the name I can say, hey, don't we still have those socks you were looking at? Had to text outcome and use code. So ten. Cool. So again, you can use ChatGPT to punch this stuff in. So you can see here head to the which is great text outcome. So so just added the car. We don't want to add any gifs or anything like that. No point. You can see the recipients or gap. Now what we need to do is we can publish these changes.

Now one thing to note, guys, is the abandoned cart that they might not have the phone number. Right. Because you're going through this checkout here and you're only putting your phone number in at this point, which is important. So they realistically the SMS needs to be in the abandoned checkout flow. That's where it's primarily going to get it. Get it. So you saw duplicate this across first finish off your abandoned cart series. What I'm showing and then just duplicate it once you're finished the abandoned checkout okay. So I'm going to click verify here. And we

just need to go through all of these steps so we can click Verify Number here. Enter your details. There's a lot of compliance around SMS for obvious reasons. You can get big fines if you don't do it properly. So it's really important that you set it up properly initially. And that's what they're just trying to try to verify. So to get this approval what we need to do is click settings and we need to come down to check out. And then we need to scroll down here. First we want to select phone number and email.

But we want to come into this with email. And we also want to click SMS. So this setting will pop up. So we definitely need to change our privacy policy as well to match this. But what we can do now I'm going to do that in a second is and again you need to check with a lawyer in your local area to ensure that you are compliant in the region that you're selling. I'm not liable for your mistakes in your region. I'm going to get mine is compliant as possible for my regions, but you should

get some advice. So I have now clicked. I've opened that option up. So now when I come to my court and I come here, there's going to be takes me with news and offers. I can change this text if I want in the code, but realistically, as long as they opt in here, it's good. We don't want to pre select this stuff that that can cause us real issues. So then we want to go, that it was all saved. And we can basically show this. We can screenshot this and upload that. So we need the

signup form that you're using to collect SMS, you store's checkout page and information how you maintain your consent of your privacy policy. So I'm just going to upload that screenshot and I'm just going to submit that if it doesn't work, then I'll let you know. I've got to, I might have to upload a little bit more details about my privacy policy, but I'm just going to submit that and I'll add extra to this video if it doesn't work, or I'll add it to my Nasscom about how to get that approval. I work with the Omni

Send team to sort that out. So that's now verifying the toll free number, which will be really, really handy. And aside from that, we probably need to go through some other compliance stuff. So let's just use ChatGPT one to send a SMS in USA. What the main compliance steps I need, it's Shopify and Omni send code. So the customers must explicitly opt in for SMS marketing or set that up. What information though, receive. So all of the messages need an unsubs scribe so we can come to, the actual SMS themselves, which we've setting up over

here. I put in the ban in court. So this will have, they automatically reply stop to opt out, which they are automatically putting here, which is good. So we've got that, void prohibited content. We're just selling socks. Nothing. Nothing to say here. If you're sending SMS, you may need to register a ten digit long code with the carriers to ensure deliverability. I'm pretty sure Omnia senders sorted that out. I'll check into that now. The data privacy is the main thing. So, what, a main privacy policy, things I need. And I might just go into my

privacy policy. For those that don't know, you can actually just click here to find this. And I'll just put this. Code. So we just need to go through all of this stuff. So I'm just going to let ChatGPT add that. I'll just highlight it so we can learn together. We obviously have lawyers that handle this stuff. We have the audit team. So basically just built improve the privacy policy using ChatGPT. Again just get a lawyer, go for it. If you're worried, I want to be very safe, and I can just copy and paste that new

privacy policy and I can come into kind of policies, and this is automated, but I'm just going to change this now to, and we should be in a good spot there. So that SMS should now work and we can start sending messages to people. So once we get approved there, I'm going to build out a couple more SMSes. So there's going to be one in the welcome series. And then there's going to be the one in the abandoned check out. And it's going to be just one message after they. Yeah abandoned or after they welcome.

And basically just talking about the brand for the welcome series, giving the discount code or maybe even mentioning the buy one, get one free. If you've got a different offer, it's a great time to use it. And yeah, pretty much I'm going to build out the rest of these emails. Oh, leave an update. I'll just go through it all and work through on millionaires.com to show you how that all shapes up. Any other learnings that I have. But yeah, gosh, we're getting pretty close to actually launching the business, which is very exciting. Welcome to this

complete Google Ads tutorial. It doesn't matter if you're a beginner. By the end of this video, you're going to know everything that you need to know about running profitable Google Ads. In this video, I'm going to cover how to set up all your settings, how to launch and scale profitable Google Ads. I'm going to cover the types of ads that you need to run, how to research competitors and get Google ad ideas. Also, how to read the data in the Google Ads account so you can make great decisions. And finally, what you should be doing

as a brand owner on a daily basis in the platform. But first, let's cover who Google Ads is for, because Google is so massive and it's capturing people with demand intent, meaning they already want to purchase the item. It's generally used for almost every single business. Unlike Facebook, where we're doing demand creation, where we're trying to interrupt them and educate them on the product. Google is lower down the funnel so they have higher buying intent. This means that no matter what business you are, you should understand Google ads and understand the concepts we talk about

today. For today's video though, I'm going to be covering e-commerce and you're going to follow me along step by step while I set up a campaign for an e-commerce store. So the first step for me is I actually need to go to my Shopify store to set up the proper tracking. Generally, you need to make sure that you get all of the settings correct on your store and in your Google AdSense account, and what's called a merchant center before you can set up any campaigns. This will ensure all of the tracking is correct and you

don't burn any money. So to do this, I'm just going to go to my Shopify store, which I've already set up. Then I'm just going to go to apps and I'm going to write in Google and this one will pop up, which is Google and YouTube. Now, if you're really, really experience brands and you're doing millions of dollars, you don't want to be using this app to set up all of your tracking. There's more experience ways, but if you're a beginner or you're just getting started and wanting to test the platform, this app is more

than fine. Click Install. Now click install. Now from here we're going to click Connect Google Account. Now it's really important that we use either a Gmail or Work email that is connected to like the Google suite. And we want to make sure that everything that we do over the next few stages is all under the exact same email, but because we're linking them all together, I'm going to click continue. And click allow. And now it's going to be brought to this stage here. So we've got a few prompts here. This is Google Analytics. We don't

technically need that right now. What I really want to set up is Google Ads. Now I'm going to go through these stages and just make sure that this is added. And I'm just going to add this returns policy. So just go through all of these sections. Now we'll be prompted to connect a Google Merchant center. If you don't have one connected to that Gmail that we just set up before, you can just click Create New, Create new, and it should automatically populate one under that Gmail we can click connect. And this will automatically start syncing

our products to this Google Merchant Center. That's now then being approved. Now we can keep going down here. And we just want to enter a phone number. If there's something not selected here, make sure you just click select and enter it. Scroll down. One thing that we want to make sure is this conversion tracking is set up. And then we scroll down to I have read Terms and Conditions and click continue. Now the next step is we want to come down to there should be a section here. If you don't see this you can just

writing Google ads. But for me I can just click Get Started and it will take me to this connect to Google Ads account. I can just click Create New. If your pages look different to this, always just feel free to go to ChatGPT and just ask questions. Then I'm just going to click Create Campaign. Next up, I just want to go to this Google Ads account. So I can either click on here, or I can just show you how you can check your Google out account that's now been automatically created. All you need to do

is just make sure you've got that email selected and you're logged in. As I said, it needs to be a Gmail, the Google Suite. Click sign in and it should automatically take you to this ad account. You can click up here if you need to change an ad account. And that'll be there. The way that I've done that is the quickest way with Shopify. There's no reason if you're not using Shopify, you can't just go to Google Ads, sign up for an account, and then just skip the walkthrough and you'll be taken to this exact

page. You can also do this with Merchant Center. Simply Google Merchant Center and create a new one, and then link it to the ad account. So the next thing that I want to do is before I launch my campaign, I'm just going to come to the merchant center. I'm just going to click sign in. And I'm just going to go through all of these prompts because they'll generally tell you what's going wrong. So these are not approved. We can just click products that need attention. So you might be wondering what's the difference between Merchant Center

and Google Ads. The data is fading from the Shopify store. So when you've set up all of your products then it's getting pulled into the Google Merchant Center to be approved, and you can apply certain settings from it. Some of this will be automatically, as I said, pulled from Shopify. And then the ads platform Google Ads is pulling directly from the merchant center as well. So I'm just going to go through these sections. So this is just missing shipping information. So you can also come up here to find certain things. But it's also on this

left hand side you can come to shipping understand. And we can add a shipping policy. Now this is going to match what you have set up in your Shopify store, in your shipping section. So I can come down here, go to shipping and delivery and I can come into here for my Australian zone. So I've got standard shipping 7 to 10 days. I'm going to add my other countries. Click continue. Select all products. It's 1 to 3 days. Transit time is 6 to 8 days, which will then make the total delivery day 7 to 10

days. Then I'm just going to do a flat rate 7.99. Click save. And click done. Then we can come back to products. So now we're back on products. You can see that there's a little trick here which is saying that it is showing on Google a little bit. But if I do click into this there's still going to be things that need attention. Let me just come back here needs attention. Pretty much what we want to do is we just want to keep working through all of these issues. I'm not going to show you all

of the tutorial just because it's going to take too long, but it will also take 2 to 3 days to even get approved in the merchant center. So I want to make sure that we're not in a rush with this kind of stuff. We just need to make sure that we set up the merchant center maybe first. But that being said, we can still go ahead and launch some ads for it, and once that's approved, it will all start pulling through. So let's head back to the Google Ads section. So there's actually a fair few

different ways that we can set up a campaign, especially with a brand new website. If you have no sales whatsoever and you're just wanting to test this channel or even test the product, which is the situation that I'm in, you can easily set up just the performance Max campaign. Now, performance Max is a campaign where it kind of goes to all placements around Google. It's going to go into search ads, it'll go onto Google Shopping ads, which I'm sure you've seen, and it'll go everywhere. This is basically Google taking control, saying you don't really know

what you're doing. Let me try to convert this for us. Just give us as much information as possible and we'll make it happen. The type of campaign that we're going to set up really depends on where your business is. So if you're just a brand new website and you're trying to kind of get a little bit of data on the product or whether Google is viable and you don't have a huge brand already, which is the exact position I'm in, then you're going to treat it really different to something like the A.D. or someone that

has been scaling on Facebook or has had a really big business for a long time, and they're just like, I'm finally going to go to Google. They're completely different. I'm going to show you the brand new website, because I'm assuming that's kind of where you're at, and try to describe the best way to set that up in Google. We have a lot of placements because they own so much of the internet. If I just write in Best Plumbers, you'll see this section here. So this is what's called Google search campaigns. Now this is quite a

good placement to have. But when we write in something like Best Socks for running, we will say the main campaign that all e-commerce stores will be running and the most budget will be going to, which is called Google Shopping. Some other placements include YouTube, which is obviously you've all probably used YouTube. You're probably watching this on that now. But we also have the display network, which is a network of just blogs and a bunch of the internet that Google Pay is PayPal to host that ads on there. So that's really quite confusing. Where do we

place it? This is why they've created this new campaign. About a year ago or so, they created the campaign called a performance Max campaign, which is similar to if anyone's watched my Facebook videos. It's similar to an Advantage Plus campaign with the performance Max campaign. We're just going to give it a bunch of assets, so we're going to give it some images, headlines, all of that kind of stuff. Our logo, then Google is going to go around the internet and place these ads in certain places. Granted, the majority of it is going to go to

this Google Shopping ad, and this is why it's really important, because this Google Shopping ad is pulling directly from the Google Merchant Center that we set up before. That's why it's so important to before you run Google ads to set up that Google Merchant Center correctly. If this is all feeling really confusing, don't worry, we're going to set it up step by step. But first I want to give a disclaimer with performance max. Some Google experts, rightly so, will suggest setting up a search campaign initially and a Google shopping campaign manually rather than performance Max,

because they are therefore controlling where the placements is going and getting a lot more data. This will then allow them to really hone in on the learnings and make other decisions when they're setting up that performance max at a later date. I don't suggest this for most of the people watching this video because you're just a beginner, so I want to get you a little bit of data. I want to get the campaign launched, and then we can analyze and optimize the campaign structure, creating other search campaigns, creating other exclusions as well, which I'll explain

towards the end of the video. So let's get this campaign running. So to create our first campaign we just click New Campaign in the ad account. Then we want to come to sales. Ignore all of these things at the moment. Then we can scroll down. You can check this conversion action. The era mine is currently inactive either because I've done something wrong. I don't think I have, but I think it's just taking that three hours to verify, so I'll check on that later, but I can still continue. Same with the merchant center. Considering the products

are populating, I can still continue and get my campaign set up today. Now, these are the campaign types that I was talking about before. We've got search performance, max demand, Gen display, shopping and video. I'm going to come to performance Max. Click on that and it should select that merchant center that I've already got. And then we can change the campaign name. So performance max testing and this campaign name won't affect anything. This is just an internal tool for you. So next we've got the bidding strategies. So we got two options here. We've got conversions

and conversion value. If you had a store with ten different products and you had socks, but then you also had a $150 jacket, a $300 product. If you just selected conversions, it's very well may push towards optimizing for the cheaper product because it's easier to convert a cheaper product. There's less buy a decision, but if you selected conversion value, it might give you a better optimization there because it's optimizing how much revenue is coming. I'm going to select conversion value. Mine's a single product, so it's fine. So to calculate what your target return on ad

spend is I'll leave a free calculator on millionaires.com that you can calculate it. But basically what we want to do is we want to find let's say we're selling a product for $100. Then it costs us $40 to get it to the customer. We have $60 left over. Let's say we want 20% profit left over, so we'll need ten minus another $20 from that existing $60 that we already have. That means we have a target cGPA of $40 to turn that into a row, as we do 100 divided by that $40, which equals 2.5. So

I can set a target rise here of 2.5, which is actually 250% here, because Google talks about Roas in just a little bit of a different way, just to keep you on the the toes. So 2.5 would be 250%, two would be 200% and so forth. But for me today, just because I want to make sure I get some data and I want to try that find the true kind of cost per acquisition and true Roas for this product, because I have no idea if it's even going to work. I can just remove this and

I'm going to get a little bit more data, because if you put metrics in here that Google just can't fulfill, it just can't make it happen. It's just going to spend way, way less and it's going to slow down your learning. So then I'm going to go to customer acquisition. So you've got optimize campaign for acquiring new customers. This is not applicable for you at the moment. You can just leave that. And then I can come in to countries I'm going to enter in all three of my countries. So I've got all three of my

countries there and I can scroll down, I can leave languages and then we can come to this thing called brand exclusions. Now, one thing that's really interesting about Google, because Google is kind of this like last click place that people go to. So you're you set up a billboard or something, people are going to see that. And what are they going to do? They're not always going to see the URL in the bottom corner of the billboard. They're just going to go to Google and search it, if that. If they search your brand name, chances

are that customer is kind of already going to go to your website anyway. And we don't really want to give Google the same amount of money to that customer as if we were to someone that maybe was googling a competitor, or maybe they're just googling for socks in general, rather than our peak textiles socks. So we want to spend more for the customers that have no idea who we are, and we want to spend less for customers that we may have already spent a little bit of money educating. Now, if we just give Google free

reign to do whatever they want, they're going to mash all of that together and take credit for kind of everything, which is not good. So we want to come in to brand exclusions. And for this one we're just going to add a new brand list. And we're just going to call it make textile. And then we're just going to add the brand. And we can just click request a brand. And we can enter a URL and click submit. And that's going to go under a view. So I am now excluding if someone went onto Google

and right pate textile socks this campaign that I'm setting up, these ads that I'm setting up shouldn't actually show. But you're probably wondering, don't we want some ads there? Yes, we do, but we're going to do that again in a separate section with a little bit more control towards the end of the video. So next I'm just going to click save. And then I'm going to click next. And you can see this asset generation. It's getting much much easier. So for this we could easily come into here and grab this put this into ChatGPT and

say give me categories for p max campaign that I can add for. I'll just paste the section and we can just grab a bunch of these. Plug them in. Then we can scroll down here. This is pulling directly from my website. You can use ChatGPT to create this, but I'm pretty happy with that. Then I'm actually going to remove these social media. Then we're just going to click Generate Assets and it's going to pull from the website as well as the social media. So we can just wait a little bit for that to populate. And

also some images down here, which we're going to work on ourselves. So we just want to make sure that we grab this final URL. Now I'm actually going to use my product page because it looks way better. It's actually optimized. So I'm just going to put that there. So if you're wondering what does make a good headline, we can just come into a new browser and we can go to Google. And we can go best socks. And a lot of them are going to be shopping. But we can just click through and there's some here.

So you can just check out some of these other people within the industry. And you can get a few ideas that way. Alternatively, what we can do is we can come to ChatGPT and we can grab our product page. We can go create me 15 headlines for Google, make them creative and sorry. My product page. So these headlines are good. But one thing you'll notice is there's 30 characters here. We've got short headlines at 30 characters. Then we've got long headlines at 90 characters. What we want to do is we want to go make some

less than 30 characters and 15 more less, then go and just punch that in. Cool. So we can just punch those in. There's not too many of those more plays. Always be polite to ChatGPT. So now we've got some and we can just punch these in. Remove some of the things that you don't think a compelling. Now we do want to give it all of the options because as I said, Google is just going to mix and match and make things happen. Make sure that, you know, we've got ten. And if you've got multiple avatars,

let's say you're selling two mums, but you're also selling two grandmas. Make sure there's a couple of headlines and assets for each of those demographics. So for me it's going to be hikers and also builders. Cool. Scroll down, sub some of these long headlines out. That's pretty. They're pretty good. So next we've got the descriptions which is going to be this section here. So we've got the headline. Then we've got the descriptions. So I'm actually relatively okay with this these descriptions. But realistically we can always come back here okay. Create descriptions. Cool. And we can

copy some of these. So they're too long. So we've got okay create descriptions under 90 characters. And we can send that. And we can paste them in. So you can see we've got one short description here at 60 characters then the rest in 90. So we can paste some of those in I think these are all good just not the socks in Heuser. Nobody says that. So I can paste that in. Actually that can be the short description. And then we'll grab this long on. And paste that in. Then we can scroll down to images.

Now for images. One thing that you can do is you can go to Google Transparency Center. And coming to here this is just basically the Facebook Ads library. And you can come to ecommerce brands like the hoodie. And you'll be able to see a bunch of image ads that we're probably running through our performance Max campaign. So you can see because just basic lifestyle images with influencers, there's some with like reviews on it. There's some, big graphics where we're talking about the features and benefits of the product. We've got proper photo shirts with offers on

it. All of this kind of stuff is great to add. And to do this, we pretty much just want to go to Canva and we want to import some of our images. We can just start with a square image for now, and we can import some of our images like these ones. And then we can just put different offers on it. We can also just come into templates and we can just write in AD, and you can see some of these templates here which seem appropriate. We could grab this one bunch of different ones if

we want to pull out the offer. We could also write in features and we could grab this image, change out this one, drag this in, remove the background. And just have a play around with this changing this over. So we're going to do that in my own time. But for this I'm just going to click. Plus I can grab all of these images from my store already. They're completely okay. And then I'm going to upload a couple that I already have that I uploaded for Facebook ads. Because this one now if you had your social

media, you could click website and social media here. Scroll down and select make sure you're adding 20 images. If I had to give you some advice, I would definitely say spend a little bit more time creating some of these graphics and just studying the audio ad library. And yeah, getting some ideas there because just having images for performance backs that have no quarter actions or no features or anything like that is not going to optimize performance. Then we can scroll down and we've got logos. Now we can add these logos. I'm going to add my

black logo with no background on it. So that's the black logo. But we also need a square one as well because it will crop like that. So you could grab your icon if you wanted, or you could shrink it down. To be similar to this, you can add something with transparent backgrounds. You can add some that are square. You could add some with white with transparent backgrounds. Just do that as well just to give it as many options as possible. Try just grabbing that. And then click save. Now, one thing I should have probably showed

you before is what? What are we doing? Like what? How are these ads all going to show up? What we want to do is we want to come to this section up here, which is preview. And we can actually see where some of these ads and how they're actually going to look. So we can go to search up here. So you can see if we change these headlines this is going to change. We can also click through this and see a bunch of different examples to see how it's going to preview. So you can check

out the Gmail ads all of that kind of stuff. So I'm going to scroll down here and we're just going to say this pick textile that would have populated then we've got videos. Now the videos are generally primarily going to be displayed on YouTube, but we don't have to set this up right now. We could upload some of the the Facebook ads that we're creating for the brand and put it in there. I'm just going to leave that for now. So for here site links, this can be really good, especially if you've got a store

with a bunch of stuff going on. So for us, we've only really got the contact us, which is a little bit annoying, but let's say we wanted to we could put this about us, or we could change this to our mission and then we could change add the site link. So we do our mission affordable comfortable socks. Then we just want to put this URL here and tuck that in. And we want to just add a few site links. We could add our sizing guide here on its own page. We could also add things about

sustainability. Just whatever unique things that you've got within your on your website. Now for site links, you might also have for example men's or women's if you've separated it, which is a really, really good way to go about it. And then we've got the code action, which we want to leave as automated. So I will explain these more asset types. This promotion tabs is really good. I am running a buy one get one free. So I might set that up for Black Friday. You just click the occasion type and set that up. Alternatively we've got

prices. That's kind of not really that important for us cause I don't have a phone line set up, so I'm not going to use that. Call outs is another really good one. This is just another place where we can just give Google more data so we can do free shipping over $70. Then we can do might just do the buy one, get one free. And the call out for now. And then we could just do the perfect gift. So just anything unique if it's made in Australia or the US here, just call that out as

well. I'm just going to apply that. And then we've also got structured snippets. We can leave that leave forms. We can also leave that. Now we've got signals so we can add. This is basically pushing Google in the right direction of where we want to advertise. It's not exactly targeting these days things, but it's just giving it kind of a little bit of a push in the right direction to accelerate its learning. So you can't really stuff this up. So I could just do socks, I could do hiking socks, workwear, that kind of stuff and

see how that goes. And also just add alpaca socks. And then we've got audience signal, which I'm going to leave and just click next. And then we come to budget. Now depending on your budget and if you're just getting started, this might be feel really, really high. I'm just going to set this at $20 today, because I'm also going to be setting up a second campaign where you might remember, I have excluded my brand from this. So when someone sees my Facebook ads and they write in pink text, it's not going to show up. So

I need a little bit of budget left over for this branding campaign as well, which I'll massively reduce the budget for that and reduce the target acquisition, because one thing that we're going to notice is that we will probably be seeing 2 or 3 times the, cost per acquisition. So the amount we have to spend for the things that aren't branded, which is okay, because we haven't spent any other budget for those customers. So I'm just going to click next here. And realistically, I probably should have named this performance Max non-branded because this is the

non-branded campaigns. Sorry about that. And if you want you can click through these and add some of these things. I'll add some more site links in a little bit as I fix my website. And I'm just going to click Publish Campaign. Now that's going to prompt me to enter my payment methods up here. So I'm going to click fix It and create a new payment profile. Make sure this all matches. Then we can add a payment method, add the credit card, click submit. And then that should go through an approval process. Because that was so

easy and we didn't spend a huge amount of time optimizing the ads doing research. It is likely that we're going to have to spend some time to optimize it. Getting things right and just data needs to come through the account. I have, however, seen multiple brands that I have launched where because there was just nobody advertising on Google Shopping for that product category that set up absolutely flew. And so it's definitely worth in the validation stage. You're getting used to setting up something like that to start getting some data. But we definitely also want to

set up the branding campaign, because that's probably where we're going to get the most results because we're driving traffic through Facebook. So what I want to do now is I want to come to this performance Max campaign. I'm just going to click down here into campaigns. On the left hand side, we can see this one here non-branded. So I'm just going to select this campaign. Click copy click edit click paste. And I'm just going to click paste. This is going to create a duplication of this campaign. And then I'm going to edit it. And I'm

just going to edit this label first. And I'm going to change this to branded. So I know it's from I'm changing click save. Then I'm going to edit the campaign. Then I'm going to come down to additional settings. And I'm going to click these brand exclusions. I'm just going to remove that. And I'm going to click save. Now one thing I could do is come into this budget and bidding. And I'm just going to change this to be far less budget to $5 a day. And I also could come in to this and change the

target return on ad spend like I was talking about for to a much higher level, like two, three, four times the amount that this one is getting targeted at. Because again, these customers already spend a lot of money maybe educating them. And we don't want Google to just take more money from us, but instead I'm just going to leave that for now because again, I'm just trying to get data through. As for the tutorial, so that should update. We've got $5 there on the non-branded. This should show up for Google Shopping now when someone rides

in pick textile, which I think is going to be important. Also, this is going to start popping up for things like best hiking socks, all of that kind of stuff. So yeah, let's let this run just for a little bit. And then I will walk you through the actual results. Plus, I will also probably show you a Google Ads account that has a lot more spend and how to optimize that kind of on a daily basis, but we'll see how we go. So we've launched the brand and we've got we haven't really spend that much.

So this may be a premature video, but it's going to give me a really, really good opportunity to kind of work through it with you. Maybe it's the product. Maybe we need a pivot. One of the hardest things about entrepreneurship as well there's many, but one of the hardest is the continuum of when to pivot and when to persevere. Something that sits on a continuum and you don't really know where the best option is, and it just goes on forever because there's great stories about brands that like YouTube. That was a dating service, and then

it pivoted into what it is today. But then you've also got so many stories about people just persevering and just breaking through barriers to get to the results, to where they want to go. And I think to many people that get started with entrepreneurship, they either pivot too early or they just give up too quickly. I remember bringing on someone onto the team once to launch a brand, and I just said, look, if you just never give up and you keep learning, either two things are going to happen. You're going to die first. Are you

going to become successful? That's just inevitable. And I think that same with this side of things. If we just keep learning and keep iterating, we're going to get some results. Maybe the results don't match our goals, which for me, my goal is just to simply get enough, get results to teach you guys. I don't need this to replace my 9 to 5. That's going to be very, very difficult to do that. Now, you're probably wondering, you just did so much work to get to this point and it didn't work. Is your methods flawed? No they're

not the last probably seven launches I've done. I've got at least 3 to 15 return on ad spend, including a brand that I just recently launched before this that wasn't dropshipping, but that did it in its first month, doing ten K days already. So it is hit and miss. There's always going to be variables if it was 100% formula, then I would just repeat it over and over and I'd be a billionaire by now. There's always going to be work involved. So if you're getting similar results this or you're just not getting a sale straight

away and getting all hooked from it, just don't give up. We can work through it. So what do we do? We look at all of the stages and the assumptions that we've made previously, and adjust those accordingly until we get results. The way I see it, you've got seven things that you can pivot on and change the variables to get results. The first one is audience and targeting. Now, as I said in the Facebook video, we are doing broad based targeting, but audiences can include someone like age, so we could start targeting older people. We

could also change the country. We could go to like, you know, the European countries where there's less competitors. We've also even got the platform itself so we could pivot to TikTok audiences and change that. The way that I see it, just working through this with you now, I think that countries are fine. We're working with the best countries that we could maybe expand to Canada, but I don't think that's going to change too much. One thing with the countries is it's currently winter in the Northern hemisphere. That's why I'm so busy with Oti at the

moment. But the thing that we could definitely do is rethink the age itself. Maybe we need to be targeting older demographics. Maybe that's audience has already facilitated. Maybe, you know, we're doing similar angles to other SoC businesses at the moment. Maybe we need to actually think differently to create new pockets of avatars. Also, an audience and targeting. I don't really want to change away from Facebook at the moment. Facebook is the quickest way for me to test. I don't want to go into TikTok and start doing viral organic TikToks, although it is an option because

Facebook is going to allow me to scale quickly. It's the thing that's going to get you guys the most results. So I'm going to stick on that one. And that brings me to the second thing that you can look at, which is the angle, which is basically why someone needs the product and audience. An angle is a little bit different, although they do kind of work together. If I'm looking at a different audience, such as a TikTok audience that is now Gen Z, the angle for that person is going to be very, very different. I

don't want to do something like a health based angle for fake health for Gen Z. I'm going to want to do is an older audience for the health angle. So that might be something that I'm going to play around. So I'm thinking about the angle. I would definitely just get onto Trend Rocker. I would look at a bunch of winning ads as well. I would go to some of the brands that are scaling. Just click on trending brands or scaling brands. Use the filter score for scaling, and check out some people that are spending lots

of money on Facebook. Make that Facebook ad count quite high, and check out some of the winning ads in the ads library to get some ideas. Then the other thing that we did previously, which was read, which we haven't actually tested yet, which might just be the answer. I remember finding it and checking it out is the warming angle considering their socks? You know, it was probably a pretty silly thing for me to assume that it was going to work really well in summer, but it is a winter product after all, so we probably want

to get more on the cold angle. I went on the hot angle for that for our UGC, talking about how it's great for traders and whatnot, but I'm going to definitely look at that angle as well. And the way that I'm going to go after these angles is I'm going to get someone to shoot some content myself. I'm actually off to LA and Vegas over the next three weeks, so I need to get someone to shoot some. UGC for me as well. But I'm also going to get a UGC creator to whip up some content

along those similar angles that I find using Gen Rocket find using Reddit. And the other thing, if you are struggling to get results, but you have had a couple of sales already, you know I barely got Magikarp is you can just call your customers. You can set up a survey on your website as an exit intent survey that says like, what was the reason you haven't purchased yet as a question, leave it as a text field so that they can write their story. And it's just like it might be. I don't know how to set

up the product or something like that and get some insides out. If you do have some customers, just get on the phone to take some photos and say, hey, I'm the founder of this brand because nobody answers. There's unknown callers nowadays and just say, can I just ask you a couple of questions? My business isn't going as well as I'd hoped, and I want to learn a little bit more. And you can definitely get some some insights there. The third section is the ad creative itself, which I think that this is probably the main issue.

And again, this definitely still flows in some ways a category under the angle and the audience. But the ad creative, we can change the format itself to certain things. Like mine was a very UGC orientated creative where I shot with Alex. We might want to make that more a viral trending thing. So like if you had a cooking product, for example, and you just got someone talking about the product itself, maybe you need to look at Asmr or something like that that's trending on TikTok and copying that format. Not to post on TikTok, but to

post as a Facebook ad because they work really well, because people are getting a lot of ad blenders. So we can also look at, again, we could just double down on UGC, we can look at better esthetics, which are very, very easily a bowl, which I'm definitely going to do as well. And we can also look at something like a found ad. I don't want to do that because I don't want to push myself out alongside this brand. But I found an ad could be a really nice format. Same with a VSL, which is like

a longer form piece of content, which we've talked about previously. So we can look at that rather than these UGC ads. I'm thinking more. I'm not going to touch that too much at this stage. I'm going to stick with the UGC and introduce a few more statics, but I'm definitely going to, change the angle and have a tire as well. The next thing that we've got, which needs to align with the angle that is going to work, but it's the web experience itself. Now we've installed vitals, the app on there. So I can actually see

using screen recordings, people going onto my website and clicking around, you should do the same. You should, you can use Microsoft Clarity if you really don't want to use vitals, but I highly recommend that you do. Again, they are an affiliate, but I do recommend you can go onto it and you can see if they clicking people a sudden bouncing out of certain places or unable to add to cart or something like that and you can try to digest. Is the web experience the issue? You'll want to try to find certain web bugs you can

get your friends and family to try to check out that kind of stuff. But yeah, we can also change the angle of the web experience, which often works better through an advertorial because the title is so apparent around what it is. But for me, mine could be like it's a very hiking orientated website. If I want to change the angle of the website, I could just change all to like these are the warmest socks ever. Like the just the coziest socks. It's a gifting season and I could make some assumptions around that and pivot that.

I'm not going to do that. I'm going to try a different kind of I'm definitely gonna try the warming angle with UGC still to the Shopify store, and also going to create an advertorial around maybe a health side of things, which I'm going to kind of study and understand a little bit more and probably build up, throw a video as well and show you how I do that. Then we've got the office slash mechanism. We can change this now. There's the amount of brands that I've seen that are unprofitable on Facebook ads, and then suddenly

they change the author, and then they also add a bunch of upsells, using something like off to sell, like a really, really high upsell. And suddenly that unit economics work is crazy. So I've got a bunch of offers here that you can run, but you've got percentage off. So it could be sitewide, it could be tiered based on how many they buy. You've got dollars off rather than percentage off. You've got Bogo, you've got a mystery box. You got free express shipping bundle deals. Subscribe and say a purchase to go in the drawer. Gift with

purchase post-purchase with upsell across out lifetime. Whereas the 100 day free trial as well. People can trial it before they have to pay it. A certain things that can do that we've got just pay shipping, exclusive memberships, loyalty programs, and I recommend loyalty programs in the early stages. But I just want to expand your mind around how many offers that we have. What I would recommend here as well is just go to some of your favorite brands, say what offers they're running, and try to customize your offer. I'm not really, really understand what is the

customer using it. This is where the phone calls and surveys come in. Why are they using it and what is a value add that you can add on to it, rather than just a discount and see if that can work. Then the next thing is we've got we can pivot the product. Now we can pivot the product completely. We can go back to the drawing board. We can introduce another product might start cooking one as we go along here in the background to launch. But I know I don't want to do that as I've kind

of talked about. And I don't think that you should do that until at least you've spent a little bit of time trying to dissect this posting your results or whatever, your website, your ads all in the discord so that we can monitor it and be like, yeah, this is working. This isn't working. Or like, you just really need to fix this and getting some feedback. I really don't want anyone pivoting their products yet, because we've just spent so much work and time setting up the website. And then the final thing that I will say is

that you can just be patient, because Facebook is it's using algorithms, and it might just take a little bit of time for Facebook to warm up in terms of the audiences that we're actually targeting, it might also change. Yeah, we might get a little bit more trust there. And Facebook will start lowering those CPMs and going from there. We might get some more reviews as well. Like if you are getting a few sales, which can really kind of snowball things along from there. So patience is definitely something that if you can and it does if

you do believe that the business is eventually going to match your goals, then it's worth being patient. So my ads I found Google ads yesterday still going through the approval process through the merchant center. So that will be really interesting to see how that interacts as well. I don't think that Google Ads is going to be a miraculous cure, because there are a lot of other socks out there, but I have seen weird things where there no competitors and suddenly Google makes the business skyrocket. So I'm just going to keep working through these things and

I'll keep you up to date. So for those that have been following along with the tutorial, they'll know that this is the store that we're launching. It's not a huge trending product. It's going to pop off. But at the same time, I still would have liked the results to be a bit better, to be really transparent. I've been off the past three weeks. I've been in Cabo Vegas, LA for my 30th. I'm officially old, so I haven't done a huge amount of work. I'll explain what I would have liked to have done at this point

so that you guys can actually go and do that. And I'll also explain maybe some things that have changed since the last tutorial. Because again, I'm trying to be really transparent and make sure that you guys kind of see all of the ingredients. So this is now a 3D render, which I've created through Upwork. I think that for those that saw when I set up the Shopify store, I was using a Bogo offer here and it was getting no sales. And I think that that was because it was just a little bit tacky. Whereas realistically,

we've now added these four pairs, seven pairs, one pair with no discount with a banner creator, and I'll cover all of that stuff in my AOF video conversion rate video. However, I present that, because it's such a big part, and that really has helped because we've had a couple of seven pairs come through in the UK, which is, you know, good money. So we've set up these bundle collectors. Asides from that, everything on the website is pretty much the same. I would say we've changed over the Christmas sale, which is good to say. Here's the

revenue of the business. Obviously, it's always great to get your first sale no matter how long you've been doing it. Ask anyone as soon as you get a keychain, even even if it is an unprofitable sale, it's always pretty exciting. So this is that the conversion rate was probably going to be a little bit inflated, which I'll explain in a second because we're using advertorials for this. But yeah, the sales are coming through. Pretty much all I've done on the Shopify side is I've come in to Up and I've got these orders in here. You

can see the title down the right. This is our cost to ship the products I've turned auto fulfillment on. You can actually click down here if you want. I've turned auto fulfillment on just because I want them to ship it out straight away so that, it gets there for, for Black Friday. But if your order is under $10, you're going to want to like so under this, there's going to be a charge that Zandra will charge you for. So you kind of want to use daily fulfillment, and then they'll pick all of the orders at

the end. And yeah. So there's going to be a slight delay I guess. But at the same time it's just going to be much cheaper for you to do that fulfillment. I'm just on and film it on. But the coolest part about, well, what I've been doing at the moment is I've just been when I first started, I was just manually fulfilling them, clicking them in. And because if you've used my link and you've got the Z drop off, this is free money. Like, they're not charging us anything. We've got the voucher there and it's

just pulling down, on this credit so that. Yeah, we're basically, making money for free, which is pretty cool. So that's all going fine. I've had no complaints there. One thing that had been doing is I've just been coming into these orders, and I've just been coming in. I've just come into my order. My test order. This was a while ago. This is just to make sure everything was flowing through. And I've just been checking, tracking numbers, just making sure that they are moving, and are going through obviously I've got my email on the website as

well so that customers can contact me, which is really, really important. I'm expecting, you know, some customer service emails because it's Black Friday and it's Christmas, and the customers are going to want it before Christmas. And I've been pushing to get that to happen. The delivery times have been looking good. Everything's moving, but you just need to make sure you have a customer service email so you can sort that out. But I haven't had any customer service requests yet. I have been getting a few emails like what is the fabric composition of the product? So

when you're getting those emails, you then need to go and add it to the website, which I have now done. What are the materials? I've added them there, so make sure that you're adding that stuff to quite high up on your product pages when you're getting these customer service emails. But asides from that on the Shopify front, it's all been pretty good. So how have we gotten these sales? For those that watched my Facebook video, you know that I filmed a couple of UGC launch them. A lot of them were I'm hiking and go thinking

that that was going to work. A lot of them were around the calling angle as well. I'm in Australia, it's hot at the moment and I thought Australia might work because, you know, the competitors for this product are very, very good at what they do. And I thought that they just kind of had the US wrapped up in a bow. So I assumed that that was going to be a really good market in Australia. That's why I went down that angle. A lot of those creatives didn't work. So where you now using UGC creators? And

this is definitely where if I was 100% focused, didn't have hoodie Black Friday, didn't have my birthday, didn't have daily mentor, I would want like 100 creatives. Like at least I would want to be setting up a group of viral content creators, closing the loop using something like TikTok shops, Amazon, and just getting so much volume, just working with these creators on a daily basis and smashing that out. Unfortunately, I haven't had time to set that up. I probably will over the next couple of months if the time permits, but we have had some winning

creatives, which I can show you now. So for those that were with me when I first set up the account, I kind of segmented based on the country. This was to really just ensure that all countries got a little bit of spend so that I could be like, yeah, what's going on here? What's going on in each of these countries? The result from that was all the CPMs or the clicker rates were all kind of terrible. They're still pretty bad, but at the same time they're getting better. So I created a CBO or advantage based,

sorry, where all of the countries are within that one campaign, meaning that kind of Facebook is going to decide where to spend that money. So it's definitely been pushing kind of to everywhere. Interestingly, you know, I've got ten rounds there in Australia, which is it, which is interesting. But at the same time, when we expand the thing, this is why it's not great results, because I don't think we're profitable. We can expand here. You can see UK is doing relatively well. Australia is not getting too much spend. The US is doing okay. But when we

look at the role as it's all pretty, pretty low. So I am also testing advertorials. So I just come into one of these advertorials like this is the hiking advertorial that I ran. I'll just show you kind of the experience that you're getting. So I would love for these ads to be very, very tailored to the advertorial. But as I said, I'm very limited on creative at the moment. But when we come into this advertorial that I built, I used actually, rather than using ChatGPT, I use code, I just put in the framework of advertorials

problem mechanism, isolation mechanism, and then added some of my own story to it as well because I've, you know, done Everest, I've done a lot of these hikes, I've done Machu Picchu. So I added this advertorial and started driving traffic to that. Interestingly, the advertorial around just more so around circulation and the fact that polyester socks can be really, really bad for you is performing better than the hiking advertorial, which is again, kind of down the the angle that that hiking stuff isn't working, which is largely what I built that my initial positioning of. So

that's really, really causing us some issues. But we can definitely solve that. This advertorial definitely still needs work. All of them need testing. I was just testing it. Like you can see the favicon is not even fixed on that one. But god yeah, as I said, like you can see that the advertorial here is is working quite well. So let me break it down week by week. And what I saw now Google spending $2 a day, I just set it up and it's is basically spending nothing and there's no conversion. So we've only got one

form of traffic, which makes it a little bit easier to to know where it's all coming from. But you know, first week we got our first sale, at $167, which is good. It was a kid was coming through that. And then I introduced the advertorials later. You can see that there's no spend. So that was all good. Then the week after, which is I believe that was Black Friday week. I was in Cabo at that time, which is fun. So this week introduced the advertorial. Can see that there's getting better results there. So my next

steps with this is definitely I've got one more advertorial to test around suck smell. Because I have like a I've got a really good story for that. Like an actual personal story. It's it's kind of funny, but I'm going to test that one as well. I don't think that that's that's stronger angle. I think the health angle is really good. I think niching down more onto what I've learned from the creative side of things, which I'll show you now is probably where I would also go. So when we look at the creatives that have worked,

we'll look at the whole picture, got the whole picture there. So as you can see here, we've got 0.96 Roas, which means we're losing money. If that was the correct, we can come into Shopify and check the the sales in here and make sure that the sales match what is in here, just to be set and that, you know, it's attributing correctly, which it is. But yeah, basically we're losing money, which is why it's not great that we've got even though we've got 2000 sales. But the great thing is we are getting data right. So

this is the iterative process. One of my friends, I launched a brand. He was getting 1.1 Roas in the first month, iterated on it. He's going to do $10 million in his eighth month of business profitably. So it is this iterative process. But yeah, we can come into here. We can look at the amount spent, sort by that kind of shot to understand. You can see that there's just this one winning creative that we can come into and we can play it. So you can see it's talking about merino wool socks. So the merino wool

customer is probably very very set on that product. But we are explaining why we have a better mousetrap pretty much which looks like it's going to work for hikers, for a bunch of different demographics. That's a really interesting insight that that's working so well. We could definitely double down on that with landing page angles, adding, you know, a comparison table is putting it in our emails, or we can just get a ton more UGC creators to actually make that call out and find a winning format, because that format, you know, we've just stitched a bunch

of customer generated content or UGC to tell that story. Imagine if we get someone very, very compelling that talks about the science using the formats that we've done. And we just keep doubling down on that, guys. Just like just keep going. This is why it would be really good if you can get great results initially with the first product selection, because you need those profits. You need that money to just keep reinvesting into content and get that engine flowing. So where do we take those brand now to get it profitable? The first thing we need

to do is we need to actually be tracking daily profit is really, really important. So I'm going to do a, session on that and set that up. I know that I'm not profitable. Again, with a Zen drop credit. I'm not I don't have any cost of goods right now. So I think that that's, you know, cost of shipping. So I think that that is, you know, makes it much easier. But I am definitely losing money on ads. Then, you know, we could go change the offer, but this is just a creative issue. Maybe it's a

website issue as well. I need to make that a little bit better. But if I can get a winning creative with winning positioning and work on those advertorials to increase AOB and also the angle with that and make sure that that is dialed in, this is going to work and we can definitely get it to a profitable point. I should have some actual time to deal with that over the next three weeks. Even though it is Christmas. But yeah, that's basically where the brand is at for those at home. Okay. You can yeah, think about

your offer. Think about your creatives. Keep briefing in creators. I'm going to do some maybe I need to keep doing some videos on creators. Maybe I need to keep doing some videos on how to design the website. Just drop the comments below and we'll keep working through it together. In today's episode, we're going to show you absolutely everything that you need to know about e-commerce and dropshipping finance. This is a thing that so many people make mistakes with. We're going to cover how to use a template. I'm going to give you the template completely free

to track your daily profit and adjust your marketing budgets. People are often asking me, how much is that I spend on Facebook? This is going to give you the answer. Then we're going to show you a free app that's super simple. It automatically pulls all of those numbers and allows you to adjust quickly. And then finally, we're going to cover just general things about finance and team members, because now you're making profit. You need to stop paying taxes. Now, one thing that's quite unique about e-commerce and dropshipping, which is kind of different to a lot

of other businesses, is our ability to change marketing spend on a daily basis based on the results that we're getting. This is the beauty of it. We can put a dollar in and we can see if we get a $1.50 back when not making money, in which case we might leave our budget there or reduce our budget, or we're getting $10 back for that $1. And we want to spend a little bit more, because the gross amount of money that we get at the end of the day is going to be higher. If we spend

more. It's this marketing machine. So a lot of other businesses, we need to track daily profit. They kind of have a set marketing budget for the month and then they spend to that. Whereas we want to be variable. We want to spend as much as we kind of can profitably. We need to track daily profit because there is a good risk that if you aren't tracking daily profit, you're going to spend way too much and you're going to get, let's say you do $1 million in sales and you're so excited you did your first million

dollars day, but there was no profit in it because you spent it all on marketing. The incremental cost was not profitable for the amount that you spent. We've got a simple formula for net profit. We've got net profit equals the revenue for the day minus the cost of goods, which is anything to do with getting your product to the customer, minus the marketing spend, which I'm talking about is variable. And then we've got minus other expenses, which might be, subscriptions or it might be you're paying a consultant as well. So I'm going to walk you

through this spreadsheet that you can see on screen for our example store, which is Peak textile. For those that have been following along a series. Now they'll know what this is about. And I'm going to walk you through each of these columns and how we can actually use Shopify to pull this metric out. You can see as we come across we've got our profit and our profit percentage. This spreadsheet I actually purchased through a guy I just met off Twitter, but I really liked it. I just sent out a customer. It looks super, super simple.

So Shopify is like 70% there, especially if you set it up right. We need to make sure that we set up Shopify correctly so we can just pull the data across from here to do that. What you want to do is you want to come in to this, and you might need to change this tab by just duplicating this tab. Changing the dates shouldn't be too hard. You can just change that, drag it down and should be all good if you ever get stuck with Excel, ChatGPT is incredible at it. So you just screenshot what's

happening and saying, oh, how do I change this formula? Then what we want to do is let's say this is all empty, right? So I could pretty much come into this report here, which is like analytics. And then you click on reports and there should be something called sales. Over time. It's just easiest to grab it over time. And it will give you all of these columns down here. You can always just go into analytics. And because you'll be populating this on a daily basis. But realistically you can save this report which is super, super

easy. And the main thing that we want to do is we want to come down to these columns here, and we want to add two things. We want to add gross profit. We also want to add units as well. So we've got these units per transaction. Now I can say December 1st. We've got the total orders. And then we've also got the gross profit. The one thing that we also want to add is we just want to add cost as well. And we can now start populating all of this. So I'm going to come in

here and grab this 11 and put it there which I already have orders one. So the next thing we need to do is we need to grab this revenue number. Now you're going to see a few revenue numbers that we could be grabbing here from gross sales is I definitely wouldn't be taking from that because I've got discounts that are getting deducted through our bundles. Then we've got returns. I haven't had any returns when selling something this kind of branded and solid. Then we've got net sales, which is basically the deduction of that. Now this

might be an okay number to grab for some people, but you can see I'm also charging shipping the people that aren't spending enough money. I've got a shipping threshold. So the number that I actually want to be grabbing is this total sales number here, which you can see that it's added back the shipping now with duties and taxes. This is where it can get a little bit confusing. And it's a little bit difficult because there's multiple different types of demographics watching this video for me. But right now we are under the sales tax threshold in

all of these countries because it's a brand new store. I think I've done like $10,000 in sales, less even. And realistically, until you hit a certain tax threshold in the country that you're selling in, and you can just use ChatGPT to do that. We covered that in previous courses. You don't actually need to be charging sales tax when you do starts charging sales tax, you need to make sure that you are excluding them from all of these calculations because that money is not yours. It's just going to pass straight through. It does, however, affect the

consumer's decision because it does make the product expensive. I'm not going to get down that rabbit hole, but if you do have a store that's doing over the tax threshold in a certain country, go onto ChatGPT and say, what is the sales tax threshold where I need to start collecting sales tax for the UK, US, Australia, whatever, all of them. And then eventually you're going to have to turn that on if you get to that point and you can put in your sales and say, is this close enough? You can actually go into analytics reports

and export for each country the total sales that you've got if you need to. But if you're a beginner, which this video is generally for, you're not going to need to worry about that. So I can grab this total sales number here, which is 242 and paste that in there. Now what's this column here. Revenue have to pay me. This is revenue after payment processes. Now you can see that this is automatically populated. I probably should have calibrated them so that you know which ones you don't need to fill out. But it's just tightening it

by 0.96, which means that it's reducing the total amount by 4% because it's timing it by 96%. So this means that generally on average, if you're just using Shopify payments, maybe you're using PayPal and maybe you're using Afterpay or Clear Pay or something like that. On average, payment processing is ends up at about 4%. So we just kind of average that out. And that money is never coming to you. Then we got Add spent. Now this is very easy to find. Go into business manager go into Facebook or let's say you're running TikTok as well

and you need to populate every single dollar that you're spending on those platforms. Okay. So this gets you what we refer to as your meet your marketing efficiency ratio. Remember the first formula that we talked about which is net profit equals revenue minus your marketing efficiency ratio which is going to be this ad spend minus this Cogs, which you can see here on this screen. And we're just kind of managing all of this stuff so we can get to the profits like revenue minus ad spend minus Cogs minus all other expenses which I mentioned equals

profit. Okay. I hope you're following along. You're probably wondering, do you put your agency costs or like maybe employee costs that are running the ads in this ad spend? No, you're just copy and pasting the spend from the platform to get this ad spend. This is what we refer to as the MSR because we this is highly, highly variable. So we've got Cogs now. Now this is where I see a lot of people make mistakes. And I'm going to cover it for our store here using Zenger. Drop in a dropshipping tool. And then I'll just

cover it. Just generally for e-commerce as well. This Cogs line, we want to basically have every single cost for getting a product to the customer in one metric. Right? So if you were doing e-commerce as a whole, you would want this to include the cost of the product, the freight of the container to get it to the three Po, the three Po costs the courier costs to get it to the customer. You basically want it every single cost, and the courier cost is going to just be an average of how much it costed to ship

to the customer, and you want to calculate that, and then you want to make sure you put it into the Shopify cost per item. So to add all of these costs to Shopify, we come into here and we click on select the product and we can click Bulk Edit. And then we've got all of these things here. We've got our price. But we go to columns and we go to cost per item. Select it and input the cost per item for all of your products and make sure that stays up to date. Are you really

want to do this early? Because what's going to allow you to do then is come across to this spreadsheet here in the actual reports analytics. And we can scroll down. We can get things like our gross profit and even the cost which includes all of that. So you can see here on this product, our average cost is around $6. I've just chucked that in. And then we know that we have 11 units sold. So realistically that should be 66. But I think I've changed that slightly. You can see that this is $55 here. So when

I come over here and I go to Cogs, we can easily pull. And I again remember I had to put the cost into here. I can just grab this number 55 and paste it here. Now you're probably wondering how do I calculate this Cogs number and it can be quite complicated because you have different couriers, you have different, countries and that kind of stuff. This is where a tool like Xandra can be really helpful. You can just come in to this order section. Now, they've assured me that this is going to get very, very clear

on calculating the cost of these items and that they're changing this design, but we can also export these orders. If you're on then drop select they're they'll send you a spreadsheet which makes it very very easy. You can export these orders, chuck them into ChatGPT, average them out. Or you can just yeah. Yeah. Go through them and you should be able to get a pretty good average. That shouldn't fluctuate too much. The only time that it will really fluctuate is for our brand. We realized that the UK was working really well and suddenly, you know,

we changed all of our ads to be more formatted towards that. And UK started to become a significant part of the business. So once that something fundamentally changes within the business like that, and you should probably be doing this on a weekly basis, changing the cost per item based on what you have. And I've also used virtual assistants to do this on a on a regular basis. Yeah. Just be aware that when something fundamentally shifts in the business, that cost per item might also shift. You need to go back into Shopify and change it. But

there is another method as well that I'm going to show you now. So let's say you're just in Zone Drop and you're like, okay, what with my, cost per orders for today. Oh, you can even get a VAT to do it. And they export all of this and they go, okay, my average cost per sock is $5. And let's say you have multiple products. I've added this other tab on this template. So let's say we've sold the product B as these socks I'll just fix this tab this a little bit. And we saw ten units.

We can calculate the amount of daily costs that we had for that product, because we sold 65 of these other ones that cost 950. And we can get the total cost here. And we could plug that into this section here. Alternatively. Yeah we could just get the VAT calculator and tell us exactly how much a part item is. We've got such simple stores right now. For the most part we're a single product, so it shouldn't be too difficult to go. Okay, this is kind of my average check it over and input from the Shopify metric

as I kind of show you. I hope that made sense. If that didn't just hit me up on discord and I'll, clarified a little bit better. Now I've left refunds in here. But because I've taken from the actual, total sales here, which includes returns here, we're not actually going to need that. So I've just left it in. Now we can actually delete that column if we need to. And then we've got operating costs now. Operating costs. What we've done here is you can come across here and let's say we've got John who's a media bum.

And he does it cost $3,000. Let's say we've got a marketing email agency which is $1,500. Let's say you've got rent as well. I don't know, we can really chop whatever we want into here. Let's say you've got a little studio and we add that there and we've got all of our softwares as well, which is really important, to not forget about. So we've got, a bunch of example software that we might use here. This is going to give the total of each of these. It's going to put the overall total here, and then it's

going to give the daily total just down here. Now these are all just placeholders I don't have anything else. I've got Shopify and Omni Send. And I can just go like go ahead and populate that. I'll do that in my own time. But this would create the daily total of 2 to 1. And now I can simply go into here and go 2 to 1, and I can just drag that down. And now I can see that. And this is why I don't have all of those costs, because I'd be bleeding money so I can

get rid of that. But you guys can populate your own sheet. Just make sure that this stays up to date. Then we've got AOF, CPI and Roas. Now these will automatically be populated. Average order value is the average amount a customer has spent with you. So this is really big because they bought the 11 socks. Whereas you can see down here you know we've got two orders. Maybe one was a $20 order, but maybe one was more like a $100 order to bring that AOF up around that mark. And then we've got CPI, which is

just the cost per acquisition. So the amount that it cost per order to actually acquire the customer and then Roas, which is a similar base metric, role as can sometimes also be referred to as Emir. Then we finally we've got our profit and our net profit percentage. We can see if it's green. It's profitable for the day, red. It's obviously unprofitable. And then we've got the weekly thing. So we can say that the profit of this brand is gone with loss making. I think I talked about that actually. And then, slightly less loss making but

similar revenue. Then we had a good week before Christmas, probably some urgency around that Christmas sale and it made some profit. So we can actually see that. So what am I actually looking for here? What I would look for. You can see certain periods here. So let's say I'm getting a 2.75 Roas 2.6 rise after two terrible weeks. And I go, okay, maybe this is starting to work, maybe I found a new creative or maybe I, you know, created an awesome offer landing page. You can see that I'm starting to actually make profit. So why

don't we try to spend a little bit more, which you can see here on the ad spend that goes from, you know, 79, 60. We do start to spend a little bit more. We increase the budgets to try to increase the amount of money that we make. Now, ironically, it actually didn't work out like that. And we once we dropped it budget, it came more efficient, which is just Facebook things. But generally when you see a certain amount of profit, let's say you're aiming for 20% profit for your business or 30% profit for your business,

and you are hitting 50% or something like that. You just want to be spending more. You want to be increasing your budgets on the corresponding ad platforms, so that this percentage will drop down to the increase amount that the actual total profit will increase. Now, if that all just felt way, way too complicated, there is an app that does all of this for you. And I do have an affiliate link for them and I do highly, highly recommend them for beginners. But there's a free version, and the free version can give you every single thing

that we just kind of covered. There, which is great. So it's called Triple Out. So we can just click on the link in this video and you'll get my offer. It should automatically connect to your Shopify and start pulling in sales data. But you also need to make sure that you connect your Facebook ad account and your Google account if you're running it and just any anything that you're running ads on. So you can actually directly integrate with that. So I'm just going to do that now. Then you should be brought to a page that

looks similar to this. So this is going to match similar metrics over here. But you can see that it's pulling in my ad spends, which is should be approximately. Yeah around about. So pretty close and what we can do when we've got this share, we can scroll down, we can see, I mean, which is really not, not great on a daily basis. We can come in here. Let's just say I'm trying to decide whether to increase my budget today. And I can click apply. What I can do is I can come in here, I can

just scroll down, I can look at my net profit, make sure that that's profitable, look at my Roas, both here and then. Also in my meta account go to refer to though the Facebook meta buying video to understand that a little bit more. And I know that I can raise my budgets here a little bit more if I can see that, and this net profit is at zero, I definitely wouldn't be raising my budget. So it's just going to stop burning things unless I've got like a promotion or something like that. But yeah, realistically, you

just want to make sure that this net profit is kind of cooking and you're generally targeting maybe 20 to 30% net profit for a dropshipping business. So that's how you use this. So it's pretty much all done for you. It will pull in all of those metrics. But the main thing to remember with this is this is pulling through the cost of the product that I talked about before. So you need to make sure that this this this section here, this cost per item is as accurate as possible with everything excluding the media buying costs.

Okay. So to get it to the customer. So the cost of the product, the cost, the shipping as averaged out as best as possible to track it on a daily basis. The good thing about triple well as well, for those people that start to get more progress, is you can upgrade it. You can start, tracking new customer acquisition cost so you can see the brands are getting big. Maybe you're acquiring lots of returning customers, but that can sometimes be a negative thing because you're not building a new customer base as well. So you can stop

measuring those metrics. You've also got the the pixel as well, which can help with multi-touch attribution and crediting the correct marketing channel. I might do a video on, multi-touch attribution, but yeah, realistically, it's, it's a great free tool for those that want to just track daily profit if you don't want to use my manual shape. So now you've got your daily profit. It's important that we talk about how accurate these reports actually are and why we produce these reports. These reports, as I said, to adjust your marketing spend and make sure that you don't spend

on that too much on a daily basis. These reports are not designed for you to really judge with 100% certainty how your business is performing from a profitability standpoint, because that let's take an example. Let's say your what you actually paid to then drop was slightly different than your averages, which of course it's going to be. Let's say you forgot to add the omni cent subscription cost there for a couple of months. And all of these things, when you're, reporting to the government how much money that you've created or, how much profit you've made or

loss you needs to be completely accurate because they will do something called an audit, and they will ask you for every single invoice and they'll go through and check it out. So to do that, we need to have a more accurate form of accounting. The first step that you do, let's say you just started out and you don't really know what you're doing. The main thing that you should just be doing is every single transaction that you have on your bank card or your credit card should be in a Excel spreadsheet, and you could even

Google just basic bookkeeping, Excel spreadsheet with the link or, with the file itself of the invoice. So let's say we subscribe to Shopify as soon as we subscribe to Shopify, you will get an invoice or a receipt, and then you want to save that into the spreadsheet. Just by doing this, you're going to be light years ahead of most people at the early stage, because when you comes to actually lodging tax, you can then provide all of those transactions to a bookkeeper or an accountant. Sorry. So the difference between a bookkeeper, a bookkeeper is generally

going to be a lesser tier of a financial person in that they just reconcile. This expense is a subscription cost, or this expense is a cost of goods, and they will help you deduct the perfect amount or the legal amount that you can actually do for each of your transactions, because something is going to interact differently internationally. Some things you can't deduct. You got sales tax as well. So a bookkeeper is just going to go through it for every single one of those transactions and kind of let you know what you can actually deduct. An

accountant can obviously do that as well. And some people will get accountants that do their bookkeeping as especially in the early stages. That's completely fine. But the accountant will actually also be accredited in the region that you're lodging in. Most probably the region where you pay all of your taxes and you live where you've incorporated, and then they will do the final lodgment for you. So my main takeaway there is if you just start tracking all of your transactions and have them all into the spreadsheet at this stage, and you're doing daily profit traveling to

make sure you don't spend too much, eventually you're going to have to give that spreadsheet to an accountant or a bookkeeper. When you know that you're making enough money and it's going really, really well. The other option is in the early stages, let's say, let's say you've followed my guide and you're doing 10,000, $20,000 in a first month and you're like, this is crazy. I would highly recommend that you get, one of the tools, either zero or my OB, doesn't matter which one. They're both very, very highly used. And linking your bank account straight away

to those toes. So it's pulling on all of those transactions and getting a bookkeeper that is proficient in your local area and understands e-commerce to many people, they go on to there's like Upwork and they hire a bookkeeper who's never worked in, let's say, Australia for me. And they've never done e-commerce either. And they'll just give them that and they won't check any of their work. And it's just an absolute nightmare. Do not do that. Right. So if you're getting quite big and you're getting some success, you want to hire someone that really understands and

you can use Upwork or or something like that initially. But realistically, you can also just go to your local accountant and get them sorted out. But I do recommend highly, highly recommend someone that has worked on an e-commerce based business. That is experience with importing from China, dealing with a bunch of different countries as well. So if you can get a referral, that would be a very good way of confirming that. Now, once you have an accountant working with something like Xero on my hub, they're going to produce what's called a profit and loss statement.

And this profit and loss statement is going to be far more accurate than what we've got set up here. Because, as I said, we might have forgotten that omniscient charge, or we might have calculated the averages from the profit and loss statement that is produced from those accounting softwares is exact, because that is exactly what has been taken from the bank account itself, because it's linked to your bank account. Right? This is us estimating. So you can't just get miss all of these transactions. Well it's as accurate as possible. So this is why really having

both of those forms of panels is important. Because if you get to the end of your like let's say you're in month three and this is saying that you're at 30% net profit and you're profitable, but your accountant is saying and producing this more accurate report and saying, hey, you're unprocessed fillable, then chances are you've gone wrong in this set up where you're setting up the daily tracker and something needs to be adjusted, because otherwise you're going to keep spending. And don't just keep getting reports from these financial people and just being like, oh no,

I'm pretty sure I'm making money. My cash balance is going somewhat up. You need to make sure that those things to reconcile, because trust me, you'll just keep spending and you'll start losing money. And so that is a closest source of truth, those panels. But at the same time you also do need to manage that finance person. Long story short, there's a few things that you've got to work through. As you start to get a little bit more successful, what I'm trying to do is just keep you organized at this point so that when you

engage that account, they're like, wow, how did you even know to do that? And you can say, David told me to. So I think that's a general good start to profitability and tracking that. Alrighty, that is a wrap for this very long tutorial on my main page. We're still going to be posting tutorials on millionaires.com, so go check that out. Go check out the YouTube. Make sure you go to our discord. We have had so many results, people getting their first sales, people doing $20,000 in sales. Go learn from those people. Learn from the community.

I still want to post more tutorials on like how to do multi-product dropshipping. Like more traditional rather than branding TikTok shops all of those cool things. So don't forget to like and subscribe. I'll see you in the next video.